Document Section Front Matter: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 List of Contents: Issues and Updates Mechanical Symbols and Colour Scheme Electrical and Instrumentation Symbols Introduction PART 1: SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.1 Cargo Tanks Layout 1.1.1 Tanks, Capacity Plan and Loading Rate 1.1.2 Tank Heating System Illustrations 1.1.1a General Arrangement - Ship 1.1.1b Cargo Tank Arrangement 1.1.1c Cargo Tank Internal Arrangement 1.1.1d Tank Capacity Tables 1.1.2a Tank Heating System 1.1.2b Observation Tank 1.2 Cargo Piping System 1.2.1 System Description 1.2.2 Measuring and Sampling System 1.2.3 Slop Tank Usage Illustrations 1.2.1a Cargo Piping System 1.2.2a Measuring and Sampling Positions 1.2.3a Slop Tank Arrangement 1.3 Cargo Pumps 1.3.1 Main Cargo Pumps 1.3.2 Portable Cargo Pump 1.3.3 Compressed Air Purging and Stripping System Illustrations 1.3.1a Framo Pump Hydraulic System Architecture 1.3.1b Framo Hydraulically Driven Cargo Pump 1.3.1c Main Cargo Pumps - Control Console 1.3.1d Diesel Engine Local Control Panel 1.3.3a Cargo Pump Compressed Air Purging System 1.3.3b Air or Nitrogen Purging of the Manifolds 1.4 Inert Gas System 1.4.1 System Description Illustrations 1.4.1a Inert Gas System in the Engine Room 1.4.1b Inert Gas System on Deck 1.4.1c Main Inert Gas Generator Panels in the Engine Room and CCR 1.4.1d High Velocity Pressure/Vacuum Valve 1.5 Crude Oil Wash and Tank Cleaning System 1.5.1 Tank Cleaning System 1.5.2 Methods of Tank Cleaning Illustrations 1.5.1a Tank Cleaning System 1.5.1b Tank Cleaning Machines 1.5.1c Tank Cleaning Machine Speed Adjustment 1.6 Hydraulic Valve Remote Control System Illustrations 1.6a Remote Valve System 1.6b Stationary Hand Pump 1.7 Ballast System 1.7.1 System Description 1.7.2 Ballast Operation 1.7.3 Ballast Vent System Illustrations 1.7.1a Water Ballast System 1.7.2a Ballast Operation 1.7.2b Deballast Operation PART 2: CARGO HANDLING PROCEDURES 2.1 Cargo Handling and Operation Sequence Diagrams 2.1.1 Loading 2.1.2 Discharging 2.2 Inerting Cargo Tanks 2.2.1 System Operation 2.2.2 Primary Inerting 2.2.3 Use of Inert Gas While Loading Cargo 2.2.4 Use of Inert Gas While Discharging Cargo and Crude Oil Washing 2.2.5 Use of Inert Gas on Loaded or Ballast Passage 2.2.6 Use of Inert Gas for Purging Cargo Tanks 2.2.7 Use With Vapour Emission Control (VEC) 2.2.8 Minimising Inert Gas Air Pollution Illustrations 2.2.1a Inert Gas System in the Engine Room 2.2.1b Inert Gas System on Deck 2.2.1c Inert Gas Generator Panels in Engine Room and CCR 2.2.2a Primary Inerting 2.2.2b Primary Inerting 2.2.3a Inert Gas Flow During Loading (Non VEC) 2.2.3b Inert Gas Flow During Loading of Cargo Tanks 2.2.4a Inert Gas Flow During Discharging 2.2.4b Inerting During Discharging 2.2.6a Inerting Cargo Tanks 2.2.7a Inert Gas Flow During Loading with VEC 2.2.7b Vapour Emission Control Monitoring and Alarm System 2.3 Loading Cargo 2.3.1 Loading a Single Grade Cargo 2.3.2 Loading a Multigrade Cargo Illustrations 2.3a Cargo Piping System 2.3.1a Loading Single Grade 2.3.2a Loading Two Grades Front Matter - Page 1 of 7 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section Front Matter: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.4 Discharging Cargo 2.4.1 Discharging a Single Grade Cargo (25% COW) 2.4.2 Discharging - Single Grade Cargo (Products) 2.4.3 Discharging - Two Grade Cargo without Pre-Wash (Chemicals) 2.4.4 Discharging - Three Grade Cargo Category A, B and D (Chemicals) Illustrations 2.4.1a Single Grade Discharge (25% COW) 2.4.1b Crude Oil Washing 2.4.1c Single Grade Stripping to Port Slop Tank 2.4.2a Discharging Cargo - Single Grade (Products) 2.4.3a Discharging Cargo - Two Grades (Chemicals) 2.4.4a Discharging Cargo - Three Grades (Chemicals) 2.5 Tank Cleaning Operations 2.5.1 Chemical Tables 2.5.2 Pre-Wash with Water 2.5.3 Pre-Wash by Ventilation 2.5.4 Water Wash (Hot and Cold) 2.5.5 Disposal of Slops 2.5.6 Washing with a Medium Other than Water Illustrations 2.5.1a Cleaning and Disposal Procedures 2.5.1b Pre-Washing Tables 2.5.1c Disposal of Pre-Wash or Slops 2.5.2a Pre-Wash with Water 2.5.3a Pre-Wash by Ventilation 2.5.4a Hot Wash with Sea Water 2.5.5a Discharge of Slop Water at Sea 2.6 Gas Freeing 2.6.1 Purging Cargo Tanks 2.6.2 Gas Freeing for Entry Illustrations 2.6.1a Purging 2.6.1b Flammability Composition Diagram 2.6.2a Gas Freeing 2.7 Ballasting and Deballasting Operations 2.7.1 Heavy Weather Ballasting 2.7.2 Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment (ODME) Illustrations 2.7.1a Heavy Weather Ballast 2.7.1b Loading Heavy Weather Ballast 2.7.2a Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment PART 3: CARGO OPERATIONS, CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION 3.1 Cargo Control System 3.1.1 Distributed Control System Overview 3.1.2 Operator Stations 3.1.3 Screen Displays and DCS Operation 3.1.4 Operations Illustrations 3.1.1a Distributed Control System Overview 3.1.2a Operator Control Station Keyboard 3.1.3a DCS Typical Screen Display 3.1.4a DCS Operator Station Screen Display 3.2 Cargo Control Room 3.2.1 Cargo Control Centre Illustrations 3.2.1a Cargo Control Room and Ships Office 3.2.1b Control Console for Cargo Pumps, Ballast Pumps and Hydraulic Power Packs 3.3 Cargo Tank Instrumentation System 3.3.1 Tank Level Measurement 3.3.2 Gas Detection System 3.3.3 Portable Measuring and Sampling Equipment 3.3.4 Loading Computer 3.3.5 Remote Sounding and Draught Gauging System Illustrations 3.3.1a Saab Tank Level Monitor Display 3.3.1b Tank High Level and Overflow Alarm System 3.3.2a Gas Detection Alarm Panel 3.3.3a Manual Sampling Device 3.3.4a Loading Computer Profile Image 3.3.4b Loading Computer Longitudinal Strength Screen 3.3.5a Tank Level and Draught Gauging System 3.3.5b Tank Level Gauge Boards PART 4: EMERGENCY SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES 4.1 Fire Hydrant System Illustrations 4.1a Engine Room Fire Hydrant System 4.1b Deck Fire Hydrant System 4.2 Deck Foam System Illustrations 4.2a Deck Foam System 4.3 Discharge of Cargo from a Damaged Tank Illustrations 4.3a Discharge of Cargo from a Damaged Cargo Tank 4.4 Cargo Spillage 4.5 Emergency Inerting Illustrations 4.5a Emergency Inerting of a Ballast Tank 4.5b Ballast Tank Inerting Front Matter - Page 2 of 7 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section Front Matter: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 ISSUE AND UPDATES This manual is provided with a system of issue and update control. Controlling documents ensure that: Documents conform to a standard format; Amendments are carried out by relevant personnel. Each document or update to a document is approved before issue. A history of updates is maintained. Updates are issued to all registered holders of documents. Sections are removed from circulation when obsolete. Document control is achieved by the use of the footer provided on every page and the issue and update table below. In the right hand corner of each footer are details of the pages, section number and page number of the section. In the left hand corner of each footer is the issue number. Details of each section are given in the first column of the issue and update control table. The table thus forms a matrix into which the dates of issue of the original document and any subsequent updated sections are located. The information and guidance contained herein is produced for the assistance of certificated officers who, by virtue of such certification, are deemed competent to operate the vessel to which such information and guidance refers. Any conflict arising between the information and guidance provided herein and the professional judgement of such competent officers must be immediately resolved by reference to the BP Technical Operations Office. This manual was produced by: WORLDWIDE MARINE TECHNOLOGY LTD. For any new issue or update contact: The Technical Director Dee House Zone 2 Parkway Deeside Industrial Estate CH5 2NS UK E-Mail: manuals@wmtmarine.com Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Issue 4 Front Matter - Page 3 of 7 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section Front Matter: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Issue 4 Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Issue 4 Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Issue 4 Front Matter - Page 4 of 7 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section Front Matter: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 A S S M A A S E W F Not Connected Crossing Pipe Connected Crossing Pipe T Pipe H B F Mechanical Symbols and Colour Scheme Stop Valve Thermostatic Temperature Regulating Valve Float Valve Gate Valve Angle Stop Valve Butterfly Valve Hydraulic Operated Butterfly Valve Intermediate Position Type Butterfly Valve Screw Down Non-Return Valve Screw Down Non-Return Valve Non-Return Valve Swing Check Valve Ball Valve Hose Valve Angle Hose Valve Needle Valve Angle Needle Valve Foot Valve Pressure Regulating Valve Breathing Valve Angle Safety / Relief Valve Safety / Relief Valve Self-Closing Valve Pneumatic Operated Emergency Shutt-Off Valve Angle Self-Closing Valve Regulating Valve Two-Way Cock Three-Way Cock (L-Type) Three-Way Cock (T-Type) Air Motor Valve Electric Motor Valve Emergency Shut Off Valve Rotary Disc Automatic Three-Way Valve Storm Valve Storm Valve (Without Handle) Wax Expansion Type Control Valve Flap Check Valve Blind Flange Valve Rose Box Mud Box Simplex Water Strainer Simplex Oil Strainer Drain and Water Strainer Duplex Oil Strainer Y-Type Strainer Steam Trap with Strainer and Drain Cock Steam Trap with Strainer Duplex Auto-Backflushing Oil Strainer Simplex Auto-Backflushing Filter Sight Glass Observation Glass Flow Meter Disc Float Type Air Vent Disc Float Type Air Vent (With Flame Wire Screen) Hopper without Cover Hopper with Cover Scupper Air Vent Pipe Manual Hydraulic Deck Stand Deck Stand Air Vent Pipe with Flame Screen Air Vent Pipe (Without Wire Net) Air Vent Pipe (With Wire Net) Sounding Head with Cap/Filling Cap Sounding Head with Self Closing Device Pressure Vacuum Relief Valve Pressure Vacuum Breaker Fire Hose Box Air Horn Steam Horn Electric Horn Suction Bellmouth Overboard Discharge Centrifugal Pump Gear or Screw Type Pump Hand Pump Ejector (Eductor Injector) Reciprocating Type Pump Diaphragm Pump Spool Piece Flexible Hose Joint Discharge/Drain Tank Penetration Blind (Blank) Flange Orifice Spectacle Flange ( Open, Shut) Piston Valve Piston Diaphragm Operated Valve Solenoid Valve Solenoid Driven Electric Motor Driven Air Motor Driven Hand Operated Cylinder with Positioner Hand Operated (Locked Close) Hand Operated (Locked Open) Spring Weight Float Diaphragm Diaphragm with Positioner Cargo Grade 1 Cargo Grade 2 Cargo Grade 3 Cargo Grade 4 Cargo Grade 5 Cargo Grade 6 Inert Gas Hydraulic Oil Fresh Water Sea Water Ballast Water Fire Water CO 2 Line Air High Temperature Water Low Temperature Water Marine Diesel Oil Heavy Fuel Oil Slops Lubricating Oil Saturated Steam Exhaust Steam Condensate Bilges Electrical Signal Instrumentation Refrigerant Front Matter - Page 5 of 7 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section Front Matter: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Resistor Group junction box xx (xx = location) Whistle relay box Governor motor Water transducer Humidistat WT joint box 2 glands (4 glands) NWT joint box Receptacle Solenoid valve Variable resistor Fuse Normally Closed switch Indicator lamp Relay coil Buzzer Bell 110 Central meter Rectifier equipment Making contact Making contact Making contact Breaking Breaking Breaking Making contact Breaking Pushbutton switch (alternative) Pushbutton switch (alternative) Power supply unit Zener barrier box Limit switch GSP C P PD LD LD L M Starter (direct on line) Local group starter panel Control panel 440V dist. board 230V power dist. board Lighting dist. board Air circuit breaker M.C.C.B 1 phase M.C.C.B 3 phase Normally Open switch Battery charger Battery Pushbutton (start/stop) Pushbutton (start/stop/running) Emergency stop pushbutton box Overcurrent relay Diesel generator Liquid sensor Transformer J HS ( ) J J 10A RL D-D BZ BL XXX XXXX ZBK LM AC induction motor M LD Emergency generator EG DG WT GM S I G R B GJB/XX Function is Locally Available Functions are Available in Control Room XXX XXXX Functions are Available on a Local Panel Letters outside the circle of an instrument symbol indicate whether high (H), high-high (HH), low (L) or low-low (LL) function is involved O = Open C = Closed CP Capacitance CI Compound Indication CO 2 CO 2 Meter O 2 O 2 Meter DP Differential Pressure DPS Differential Pressure Switch DPX Differential Pressure Transmitter DPI Differential Pressure Indicator DIS Displacer EM Electromagnetic Flow Meter FA Flow Alarm FC Flow Controller FX Flow Transmitter FI Flow Indication FS Flow Switch FCO Flow Counter FLG Float Type Level Gauge HY Hydrazine Detector/Meter H 2 O Hydrometer LAH Level Alarm (High) LAL Level Alarm (Low) LC Level Controller LCG Local Content Gauge LI Level Indication LR Level Recorder LS Level Switch/Limit Switch MS Microswitch PAH Pressure Alarm (High) PAL Pressure Alarm (Low) PAHLI Pressure Alarm High/Low Indicator PX Pressure Transmitter PC Pressure Controller PR Pressure Recorder PI Pressure Indication PS Pressure Switch PD Pressure Displacement Meter PH PH Detector/Meter RI RPM Indicator RCO RPM Counter RX Revolution Transmitter RC Revolution Controller SA Salinity Alarm SI Salinity Indication SX Salinity Transmitter SM Smoke Indication SMX Smoke Transmitter TR Temperature Recorder TC Temperature Control TI Temperature Indication TAH Temperature Alarm (High) TAL Temperature Alarm (Low) TAHLI Temperature Alarm High/Low Indicator TS Temperature Switch TH Turbine Meter TM Torque Meter VA Vacuum Alarm Space heater (element type) Earth With time limit in closing With time limit in opening Flicker relay XXX Auxiliary relay contact H L XXX XXXX Trip Automatic Trip S VI Vacuum Indication VX Vacuum Transmitter VR Viscosity Indication VC Viscosity Controller VAH Viscosity Alarm (High) VAL Viscosity Alarm (Low) Electrical and Instrumentation Symbols Front Matter - Page 6 of 7 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section Front Matter: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 INTRODUCTION General Although this ship is supplied with shipbuilders plans and manufacturers instruction books, there is no single document which gives guidance on operating complete systems as installed on board, as distinct from individual items of machinery. The purpose of this one-stop manual is to assist, inform and guide competent ships staff and trainees in the operation of the systems and equipment on board and to provide additional information that may not be otherwise available. In some cases, the competent ships staff and trainees may be initially unfamiliar with this vessel and the information in this manual is intended to accelerate the familiarisation process. It is intended to be used in conjunction with shipyard drawings and manufacturers instruction manuals, bulletins, Fleet Regulations, the ships Captains and Chief Engineers Standing Orders and in no way replaces or supersedes these publications, all of which take precedence over this manual. Information relevant to the operation of the British Environment has been carefully collated in relation to the systems of the vessel and is presented in three onboard volumes consisting of BRIDGE SYSTEMS and EQUIPMENT OPERATING MANUAL, CARGO OPERATING MANUAL and MACHINERY OPERATING MANUAL. The vessel is constructed to comply with MARPOL 73/78. These regulations can be found in the Consolidated Edition, 1991 and in the Amendments dated 1992, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2001, and 2003. The information, procedures, specifications and illustrations in this manual have been compiled by WMT personnel by reference to shipyard drawings and manufacturers publications that were made available to WMT and believed to be correct at the time of publication. The systems and procedures have been verified as far as is practicable in conjunction with competent ships staff under operating conditions. It is impossible to anticipate every circumstance that might involve a potential hazard, therefore, warnings and cautions used throughout this manual are provided to inform of perceived dangers to ships staff or equipment. In many cases, the best operating practice can only be learned by experience. If any information in these manuals is believed to be inaccurate or incomplete, the officer must use his professional judgement and other information available on board to proceed. Any such errors or omissions or modifications to the ships installations, set points, equipment or approved deviation from published operating procedures must be reported immediately to the BP Shipping Technical Operations Office, who should inform WMT so that a revised document may be issued to this ship and in some cases, others of the same class. Safe Operation The safety of the ship depends on the care and attention of all on board. Most safety precautions are a matter of common sense and good housekeeping and are detailed in the various manuals available on board. However, records show that even experienced operators sometimes neglect safety precautions through over-familiarity and the following basic rules must be remembered at all times. Never continue to operate any machine or equipment which appears to be potentially unsafe or dangerous and always report such a condition immediately. Make a point of testing all safety equipment and devices regularly. Always test safety trips before starting any equipment. In particular, overspeed trips on auxiliary turbines must be tested before putting the unit to work. Never ignore any unusual or suspicious circumstances, no matter how trivial. Small symptoms often appear before a major failure occurs. Never underestimate the fire hazard of petroleum products, whether fuel oil or cargo vapour. Never start a machine remotely from the cargo and engine control room without confirming visually that the machine is able to operate satisfactorily. In the design of equipment, protection devices have been included to ensure that, as far as possible, in the event of a fault occurring, whether on the part of the equipment or the operator, the equipment concerned will cease to function without danger to personnel or damage to the machine. If any of these safety devices are bypassed, overridden or neglected, then the operation of any machinery in this condition is potentially dangerous. Description The concept of this Machinery Operating Manual is to provide information to technically competent ships officers, unfamiliar to the vessel, in a form that is readily comprehensible, thus aiding their understanding and knowledge of the specific vessel. Special attention is drawn to emergency procedures and fire fighting systems. The manual consists of a number of parts and sections which describe the systems and equipment fitted and their method of operation related to a schematic diagram where applicable. Part one details the machinery commissioning procedures required to bring the vessel into varying states of readiness, from bringing the vessel to a live condition through to securing plant for dry dock. The second part of the manual details ships systems, providing a technical description, system capacities and ratings, control and alarm settings and operating details. Part three provides similar details for the vessels main machinery and control system. Parts four and five describe the emergency systems and procedures. The valves and fittings identifications used in this manual are the same as those used by the shipbuilder. Illustrations All illustrations that are referred to in the text and are located either in-text where sufficiently small, or above the text, so that both the text and illustration are accessible when the manual is laid open. When text concerning an illustration covers several pages the illustration is duplicated above each page of text. Where flows are detailed in an illustration these are shown in colour. A key of all colours and line styles used in an illustration is provided on the illustration. Symbols given in the manual adhere to international standards and keys to the symbols used throughout the manual are given on the following pages. Notices The following notices occur throughout this manual: WARNING Warnings are given to draw readers attention to operation where DANGER TO LIFE OR LIMB MAY OCCUR. CAUTION Cautions are given to draw readers attention to operations where DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT MAY OCCUR. Note: Notes are given to draw readers attention to points of interest or to supply supplementary information. Safety Notice It has been recorded by International Accident Investigation Commissions that a disproportionate number of deaths and serious injuries occur on ships each year during drills involve lifesaving craft. It is therefore essential that all officers and crew make themselves fully conversant with the launching, retrieval and the safe operation of the lifeboats, liferafts and rescue boats Front Matter - Page 7 of 7 PART 1: SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.1 Cargo Tanks Layout 1.1.1 Tanks, Capacity Plan and Loading Rate 1.1.2 Tank Heating System Illustrations 1.1.1a General Arrangement - Ship 1.1.1b Cargo Tank Arrangement 1.1.1c Cargo Tank Internal Arrangement 1.1.1d Tank Capacity Tables 1.1.2a Tank Heating System 1.1.2b Observation Tank Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.1.1a General Arrangement - Ship NO SMOKI NG No.6 Cargo Oil Tank Engine Room CO 2 Room Store Work Shop No.5 Cargo Oil Tank No.4 Cargo Oil Tank No.3 Cargo Oil Tank No.2 Cargo Oil Tank No.1 Cargo Oil Tank Cargo Oil Tank Starboard Cargo Oil Tank Port Bosuns Store Chain Locker Bow Thruster Room Aft Peak Tank Engine Casing Deck Store Air Con Room Hospital Laundry Fish Meat Veg. Shower/ Sauna Gym Cargo Control Room Steering Gear Room Heavy Fuel Oil Tank Dry Provisions Room Fresh Water Tank Fore Peak Tank Side Elevation Upper Deck Principle Particulars Length Length Breadth Depth Draft O.A. B.P. MLD. MLD. MLD. (Design) MLD. (Scantling) EXT. (Scantling) Abt. 182.55 m 175.00 m 27.34 m 16.70 m 10.85 m 11.20 m 11.217 m Section 1.1.1 - Page 1 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.1 CARGO TANKS LAYOUT 1.1.1 TANKS, CAPACITY PLAN AND LOADING RATE The vessel is designed and constructed for the carriage of crude oil, petroleum products, caustic soda, methanol, mtbe, molasses and edible oils. The cargo area consists of six (6) sets (port and starboard) of cargo tanks and two (2) slop tanks, each protectively located within a full double hull structure. The cargo tank area is divided into seven main groups: Number 1 group: No.1 port and starboard cargo tanks. Number 2 group: No.2 port and starboard cargo tanks. Number 3 group: No.3 port and starboard cargo tanks. Number 4 group: No.4 port and starboard cargo tanks. Number 5 group: No.5 port and starboard cargo tanks. Number 6 group: No.6 port and starboard cargo tanks. Number 7 group: Port and starboard slop cargo tanks. The ballast tanks are located outboard of and beneath the cargo tanks. Ballast tanks No.1, 2, 3 and 6 are of an L shaped side wing and double bottom tank design, while No.4 and 5 ballast tanks although of a similar design only extend to the seventh longitudinal. An additional centre double bottom tank from the seventh longitudinal, which although identified as No.4 centre stretches below No.4 and 5 cargo tanks. The fore peak tank can also be used for ballast. The aft peak is filled and emptied via the bilge, fire and GS pumps in the engine room. The loading and discharging of the cargo tanks is carried out via seven completely independent manifolds located amidships, either from the port or starboard side, the seven combined cargo loading/discharge lines lead to separate drop lines for each cargo tank. The system can be made common at the port midships manifold area via a 300mm nominal bore crossover line linking any combination of tanks together by means of the double shut-off manual valves leading to each set of loading/ discharge lines. Discharge of the cargo is achieved via each of the Framo deepwell cargo pumps located within each cargo tank and through the respective manifold on deck. Cargo tanks are drained using the Framo deepwell pumps via the 40mm nominal bore stripping line, bypassing the cargo discharge valve on deck and discharging into the main line through the manifold. The cargo oil pumping system is designed to discharge the bulk of the cargo oil from all cargo oil tanks in approximately 24 hours, compliant with charter party terms. The design is such that all loading/discharging operations, including ballasting, deballasting and COW can be completed in approximately 32 hours. The cargo tanks should be fully inerted during cargo handling operations. Crude oil washing (COW) is an essential component in achieving maximum out-turn when a crude oil product is carried. The starboard slop tank cargo pump is used to supply the crude oil to the fixed tank cleaning machines located in all the cargo tanks via an isolating valve CO162 and a removable elbow piece. Alternatively any of the cargo pumps can be utilised for crude oil washing when the pipelines are configured correctly. All of the cargo and slop tanks are fitted with heating coils located inside the tanks. The maximum vapour flow rate through a cargo tank PV valve at 20kPa is 840m 3 /h and through a slop tank PV valve at 20kPa 840m 3 /h even though the ND for the slop tank PV valves is 125mm against 150mm for the cargo tanks. The drop line to No.1 wing cargo tanks is of ND 150mm, at 7m/sec this gives a loading rate of 445m 3 /h due to pipeline diameter and 535m 3 /h for gas oil. The maximum vapour flow rate through an individual PV valve restricts the loading rate of gas oil rather than the pipeline diameter except where more than one PV valve is connected to the tank through the IG system then a higher loading rate would be acceptable. The drop line in No.2 to 6 cargo tanks is ND 200mm, due to the PV valve vapour flow this gives a loading rate of 535m 3 /h for both products and gas oil. Maximum Loading Rates Products Gas Oil No.1 wing tanks 445m 3 /h 535m 3 /h No.2 to 6 wing tanks 535m 3 /h 535m 3 /h Slop tanks 150m 3 /h 150m 3 /h Maximum Loading Rates for Products 1 manifold connection with at least 4 tanks open 1,780m 3 /h 2 or more manifold connections with at least 6 tanks open 3,200m 3 /h Maximum Loading Rates for Gas Oil 1 manifold connection with at least 6 tanks open 3,200m 3 /h Maximum Discharging Rates Cargo tanks No.1 wing tanks 300m 3 /h Cargo tanks No.2 to 6 wing tanks 450m 3 /h Slop cargo tanks 150m 3 /h Maximum Discharging Pressure Cargo system 10 bar Maximum Loading Pressure Cargo system 10 bar Maximum loading pressure on pump top cover 8 bar Inert Gas System Design flow capacity: 3,750Nm 3 /h (102mmWG = 1kPa) PV valve settings kPa mmWG mbar Pressure 20 2040 200 Vacuum -3.5 -343 -35 PV valve capacity (100%): 840m 3 /h, pressure 1,350m 3 /h, vacuum PV breaker settings kPa mmWG mbar Pressure 23.5 2,400 235 Vacuum -5 -500 -50 Section 1.1.1 - Page 2 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.1.1b Cargo Tank Arrangement No.5 Cargo Oil Tank Port No.6 Cargo Oil Tank Port Aft Peak Tank No.5 Cargo Oil Tank Starboard No.6 Cargo Oil Tank Starboard No.4 Cargo Oil Tank Port No.4 Cargo Oil Tank Starboard No.4 Double Bottom Water Ballast Tank Centre No.3 Cargo Oil Tank Port No.3 Cargo Oil Tank Starboard No.2 Cargo Oil Tank Port No.2 Cargo Oil Tank Starboard No.1 Cargo Oil Tank Port Fore Peak Tank No.1 Cargo Oil Tank Starboard MDO Storage Tank Starboard MDO Storage Tank Port Oily Bilge Tank Stern Tube LO Sump Tank Bilge Well No.5 Water Ballast Tank Starboard No.6 Water Ballast Tank Starboard HFO Tank Starboard No.4 Water Ballast Tank Starboard No.3 Water Ballast Tank Starboard No.2 Water Ballast Tank Starboard No.1 Water Ballast Tank Starboard No.5 Water Ballast Tank Port No.6 Water Ballast Tank Port No.4 Water Ballast Tank Port No.3 Water Ballast Tank Port No.2 Water Ballast Tank Port No.1 Water Ballast Tank Port HFO Tank Port Section 1.1.1 - Page 3 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.1.1c Cargo Tank Internal Arrangement 1 1 2 2 Cargo Tank (P) Cargo Tank (S) Upper Deck Cargo Main Crossover Connection Inert Main Key PV Valve Gas Freeing Valve Tank Inert Gas Isolating Valve Deepwell Cargo Pumps 1 2 3 4 3 3 4 4 4 x 20mm Diameter Vent Holes Cargo Drop Line Temperature Sensor (High) 100mm 1m 8.5m Temperature Sensor (Low) Authors Note: Heights To Confirm Section 1.1.1 - Page 4 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CARGO OIL AND SLOPS TANKS Compartment Location Frame Volume VCG From BL m LCG from Midship m Max. Moment of Inertia m 4 100% m 3 98% m 3 98% (Barrel US) No.1 Cargo Tank (P) 162 - 187 3,069.8 3,008.4 18,922.3 9.853 66.15 1,971 No.1 Cargo Tank (S) 162 - 187 3,069.8 3,008.4 18,922.3 9.853 66.15 1,971 No.2 Cargo Tank (P) 138 - 163 3,666.3 3,593.0 22,599.3 9.678 44.97 2,877 No.2 Cargo Tank (S) 138 - 163 3,666.3 3,593.0 22,599.3 9.678 44.97 2,877 No.3 Cargo Tank (P) 114 - 139 3,670.8 3,597.4 22,627.0 9.677 23.18 2,881 No.3 Cargo Tank (S) 114 - 139 3,670.8 3,597.4 22,627.0 9.677 23.18 2,881 No.4 Cargo Tank (P) 90 - 115 3,670.8 3,597.4 22,627.0 9.678 1.31 2,884 No.4 Cargo Tank (S) 90 - 115 3,670.8 3,597.4 22,627.0 9.678 1.31 2,884 No.5 Cargo Tank (P) 66 - 91 3,670.8 3,597.4 22,627.0 9.677 -20.50 2,881 No.5 Cargo Tank (S) 66 - 91 3,670.8 3,597.4 22,627.0 9.677 -20.50 2,881 No.6 Cargo Tank (P) 43 - 67 3,370.0 3,302.6 20,772.8 9.937 -41.67 2,645 No.6 Cargo Tank (S) 43 - 67 3,370.0 3,302.6 20,772.8 9.937 -41.67 2,645 Slop Tank (P) 40 - 44 441.1 432.3 2,719.1 10.623 -53.91 481 Slop Tank (S) 40 - 44 441.1 432.3 2,719.1 10.623 -53.91 481 TOTAL 43,119.2 42,256.7 26,789,00 FRESH WATER TANKS SG 1.000 Compartment Location Frame Volume 100% m 3 Weight 100% MT VCG from BL m LCG from Midship m Max. Moment of Inertia m 4 Fresh Water Tank Port 1 - 9 112.3 112.3 15.093 -83.21 52 Fresh Water Tank Starboard 1- 5 48.5 48.5 15.105 -85.01 15 Boiler Fresh Water Tank Starboard 5 - 9 63.7 63.7 15.084 -81.84 34 FRESH WATER TOTAL 224.5 224.5 WATER BALLAST TANKS SG 1.025 Compartment Location Frame Volume 100% m 3 Weight 100% MT VCG from BL m LCG from Midship m Max. Moment of Inertia m 4 Fore Peak Tank Centre 187 - 201.2. 1,593.7 1,633.5 10.385 82.18 4609 No.1 WB Tank Port 163 - 187 1,652.9 1,694.3 6.518 67.64 3904 No.1 WB Tank Starboard 163 - 187 1,410.0 1,445.2 7.298 67.69 1805 No.2 WB Tank Port 139 - 163 1,232.7 1,263.5 5.864 45.94 3210 No.2 WB Tank Starboard 139 - 163 1,475.7 1,512.6 5.226 45.87 6294 No.3 WB Tank Port 115 - 139 1,473.7 1,510.6 5.194 24.01 6375 No.3 WB Tank Starboard 115 - 139 1,230.7 1,261.5 5.827 24.08 3262 No.4 DBWT Centre 64 - 115 1,599.9 1,639.9 2.454 -10.38 8292 No.4 WB Tank Port 91 - 115 901.0 923.6 6.675 0.46 926 No.4 WB Tank Starboard 91 - 115 1,058.3 1,084.8 6.580 2.10 1058 No.5 WB Tank Port 67 - 91 1,006.4 1,031.5 6.384 -20.06 1116 No.5 WB Tank Starboard 67- 91 1,006.4 1,031.5 6.384 -20.06 1116 No.6 WB Tank Port 37 - 67 1,625.8 1,666.4 5.548 -43.88 4815 No.6 WB Tank Starboard 37 - 67 1,230.8 1,261.6 6.194 -45.19 1977 WB After Peak Tank Centre -5 - 9 417.8 428.2 11.498 -84.66 4922 WATER BALLAST TOTAL 18,915.8 19,388.7 NOTE: 1. As for LGC, - (minus sign) means After Midship + (plus sign) means Forward Midship 2. MT = Metric Tonne M = metre 3. Unit of Barrel is based on US Standard Illustration 1.1.1d Tank Capacity Tables Section 1.1.1 - Page 5 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 FUEL OIL TANKS SG 0.990 Compartment Location Frame Volume 100% m 3 Weight 98% MT VCG from BL m LCG from Midship m Max. Moment of Inertia m 4 HFO Tank Port 31 - 40 492.5 477.8 9.870 -57.60 1092 HFO Tank Starboard 31 - 40 584.3 566.9 10.354 -57.52 1047 HFO Service Tank Port 37 - 39 41.1 39.9 12.599 -57.11 7 HFO Setting Tank Port 37 - 39 36.9 35.8 12.175 -57.10 4 FUEL OIL TOTAL 1,154.8 1,120.4 DIESEL OIL TANKS SG 0.900 Compartment Location Frame Volume 100% m 3 Weight 98% MT VCG from BL m LCG from Midship m Max. Moment of Inertia m 4 MDO Storage Tank Port 20 - 35 67.1 59.2 1.274 -62.98 140 MDO Storage Tank Starboard 20 - 35 38.2 33.7 1.394 -64.70 37 MDO Service Tank Port 25 - 31 42.5 37.5 14.55 -65.09 11 DIESEL OIL TOTAL 57.4 50.4 - LUBRICATING OIL TANKS SG 0.900 Compartment Location Frame Volume 100% m 3 Weight 98% MT VCG from BL m LCG from Midship m Max. Moment of Inertia m 4 Main LO Sump Tank Centre 19 - 30 19.9 17.6 1.235 -68.07 8 Main LO Settling Tank Starboard 25 - 29 14.3 12.6 14.550 -65.90 1 Main LO Storage Tank Starboard 25 - 29 14.3 12.6 14.550 -65.90 1 Generator Engine LO Storage Tank Starboard 25 - 27 3.6 3.2 14.550 -66.70 0 Generator Engine LO Settling Tank Starboard 27 - 29 3.6 3.2 14.550 -65.10 0 Stern Tube LO Sump Tank Starboard 13 - 15 1.7 1.5 1.708 -76.27 0 LUBRICATING OIL TOTAL 57.4 50.7 MISCELLANEOUS TANKS Compartment Location Frame Volume 100% m 3 Weight 98% MT VCG from BL m LCG from Midship m Max. Moment of Inertia m 4 Stern Tube Cooling Water Tank 4.9 - 10 21.6 19.1 4.060 -81.28 9 Bilge Holding Tank Centre 10 - 18 35.7 31.5 1.186 -76.51 27 Oily Bilge Tank Port 16 - 18 6.6 5.8 1.235 -73.88 2 HFO Overflow Tank Centre 35 - 37 29.3 25.9 1.088 -58.75 472 Sludge Tank Port 27 - 35 7.6 6.7 7.900 -62.7 2 Hydraulic Oil Tank Starboard 33 - 36 15.7 13.9 7.900 -59.9 117 HPU Engine Gas Oil Tank Port 25 - 29 50.1 44.2 14.550 -65.9 40 Cylinder Oil Storage Tank Starboard 25 - 29 28.6 24.9 14.550 -65.9 7 MISCELLANEOUS TOTAL 195.2 157.5 NOTE: 1. As for LGC, - (minus sign) means After Midship + (plus sign) means Forward Midship 2. MT = Metric Tonne M = metre 3. Unit of Barrel is based on US Standard Section 1.1.1 - Page 6 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PI PI PI CD 110 Illustration 1.1.2a Tank Heating System Key Saturated Steam Condensate Compressed Air Sea Water Electrical Signal CD102 CD103 CD219 CD140 CD138 CD229 CD227 CD152 CD150 ST167 ST171 ST170 ST132 ST131 ST126 ST125 ST166 ST123 ST122 ST124 CD215 CD134 CD132 ST189 CD136 ST188 ST121 ST191 CD142 CD154 CD225 CD223 CD146 CD144 ST128 ST129 ST168 ST169 ST190 CD148 ST163 CD212 CD210 CD203 ST162 ST161 ST159 ST158 ST 160 CD206 CD204 CD264 ST201 CD208 ST200 ST507 Observation Tank Deck Water Seal Tank ST302 ST220 CD401 CD402 CD109 CD 120 To Engine Room Drain Cooler From Engine Room Boiler 7kg/cm 2 System ST111 CD214 ST117 ST118 ST120 ST119 CD104 CD105 CD106 ST203 Slop Tank (Starboard) Deck Store (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Port) Residual Oil Tank No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) Fore Peak Tank CD117 CD119 ST104 CD122 ST 130 ST 136 ST 116 ST 113 ST 112 CD 107 CD149 CD137 CD143 CD131 ST127 CD245 CD243 CD176 CD174 ST179 ST178 ST144 ST143 ST195 CD178 CD241 CD230 CD170 CD168 ST140 ST141 ST176 ST177 ST194 CD172 ST 142 CD173 CD167 ST139 CD237 CD235 CD164 CD162 ST175 ST174 ST138 ST137 ST193 CD166 CD233 CD231 CD156 ST134 ST135 ST172 ST173 ST192 CD160 To Sea Chest To Sea Chest CD253 CD251 CD188 CD186 ST183 ST182 ST150 ST149 ST197 CD190 CD249 CD247 CD182 CD180 ST146 ST147 ST180 ST181 ST196 CD184 ST 148 CD185 CD179 ST145 CD261 CD259 CD200 CD198 ST187 ST186 ST156 ST155 CD199 CD202 CD257 CD255 CD194 CD192 ST152 ST153 ST184 ST185 ST198 CD196 ST 105 F.R. F.R. F.R. CD 116 ST 154 CD197 CD191 ST151 CD161 CD155 ST133 ST 157 CD209 Tank Cleaning Heater (120m 3 /h) Sea Water Sea Water Temperature Control Panel ST202 ST101 ST102 Set 7kg/cm 2 Air Supply 7kg/cm 2 CD158 ST303 ST304 CD405 Section 1.1.2 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.1.2 TANK HEATING SYSTEM Introduction Each of the cargo tanks, slop tanks and the residual tank are fitted with heating coils so that steam heating can be supplied to raise and maintain the temperature of the cargo or wash water as required. Stainless steel piping, type 316L schedule 10S, with a 40mm nominal bore is used and arranged in a grid pattern across the bottom of the cargo tanks and both slop tanks in a sleeve welded construction. The 150mm nominal bore main steam supply line is of mild steel construction, branch lines reduce to a 80mm supply to the tanks steam headers, thereafter down to 40mm. The steam condensate return out of the tanks at the condensate header is 25mm before rising to 50mm before the return isolating valve. The branch line now increases to 65mm diameter before feeding the 100mm nominal bore main steam condensate return line which passes through an observation tank prior to return to the engine room. The steam supply and return lines on deck are lagged with a water repellent insulation which is covered with a 1mm F.R.P. resin coating on the weather deck (check). The specification of the heating ratio in each of the slop tanks is such that the heating system is designed to raise the temperature of the cargo from 33C to 66C within 24 hours. This ratio is based on an ambient sea temperature of 5C and air temperature of 2C. No.1 cargo tanks are each fitted with 3 group layers of heating coils, cargo tanks No.2 to No.6 each have 4 groups, each slop tank has 2 groups. Steam is supplied at a pressure of 7kg/cm 2 controlled from a steam supply isolation valve located at the after end of the main deck before supplying of the cargo oil and slop tanks. Additionally, steam from this main line is also branched off for steam heating on the deck seal and cargo tank cleaning heater unit which is located in the starboard deck store. Each tank is fitted with a steam header and a condensate header. Drain valves on the steam header and on the condensate header are used to test the quality of the condensate returns. Heating coils should be pressure tested, and if necessary, thereafter blown through and repaired, on each occasion prior to: Loading a cargo which requires heating. Carrying out tank repairs (so that any coil leak will not leach hydrocarbon gas or product into the tank). Gas freeing for voyage repairs or dry-docking. Similar action should be taken when changing from a low flashpoint to a high flashpoint grade or from dirty products to clean products. The normal method of testing the coils is simply to crack steam on to the system and test the quality of the condensate returns. The condensate returns are directed to an observation tank situated on the upper deck. This is intended to give early warning of any cargo finding its way into the system. This is possible if a heating coil has become ruptured and cargo has gained entry. Cargo finding its way into the boilers could cause major problems and so must be avoided. The observation tank is fitted with a glass window so that regular observation of the drains can be made. Cargo Tank Name Tank Vol. 98% m 3 Heating Ratio m 2 /m 3 Heating Coil Length Initial Temp C Final Temp C Heating Time (Hours) No. 1 3,008.4 0.02 403 44 66 96 No. 2 3,593.0 0.02 481 44 66 96 No. 3 3,597.4 0.02 481 44 66 96 No. 4 3,597.4 0.02 481 44 66 96 No. 5 3,597.4 0.02 481 44 66 96 No. 6 3,302.6 0.02 442 44 66 96 Slop 432.3 0.04 117 33 66 24 Procedure for the Operation of the Cargo Heating System All valves and drains are closed. a) Ensure all spectacle blanks in the steam inlet and condensate lines are in the OPEN position on only those tanks to be heated. b) Open the main condensate return valve CD119 and block valve CD405 to the cargo heating condensate observation tank and valve CD120 from the observation tank to the engine room. c) Open the forward warming through valves ST163 and CD102. d) Open the condensate outlet drain valves on all tanks to be heated and the double block valves ST303 and ST304. e) Crack open the main steam warming through valve ST102 and warm through the deck lines. Open the forward drain valve CD103 and check the drains are clear the close the drain valve. f) At the individual tank heating coil manifolds crack open the inlet valves and warm through the heating coils. g) Open the steam warming through valve ST102 to its full extent and continue warming through the lines. h) When the deck lines are warmed through slowly open the steam master valve ST101. Close the warming through valve ST102 when the master valve is fully open. Close the forward warming through valves ST163 and CD102. i) Check the condensate outlet from the heating coils for signs of oil at the drain valves. j) Open the individual heating coil condensate return valves and the main return isolating valve from each header. k) Close the drain valves. l) Check the cargo heating observation tank for contamination. m) Monitor the temperature in each tank being heated from the Aconis screen displays in the CCR. Each cargo and slop tank has two temperature monitoring points, the lower sensor is approximately 1m above the tank bottom, while the upper sensor is positioned approximately 8.5m above the tank bottom. n) Ensure any heated cargo is raised and maintained at the correct temperature according to the charterers requirements. Note: The heating coils are controlled manually and should be shut accordingly before nearing completion of discharge of the tank to avoid overheating of the residue cargo. Shutting Down the System a) Shut off all individual tank steam and condensate valves. b) Open drain valves to prevent a vacuum forming which could draw in oil through any pipe defects. c) Close drain valves when the coils have reached ambient temperature, to prevent ingress of sea water during heavy weather. d) Close the main steam supply valve ST101 and return valve CD119. e) Return the cargo tank system spectacle blanks to their closed position as necessary. Section 1.1.2 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Procedure to Deal with Contamination WARNING Oil entering the water side of the boiler can have immediate and serious effects on the boiler possibly leading to tube failure and the need for the boiler to be shut down for repair. In the event that contamination of the condensate is detected, it is essential to stop it from returning to the boiler. The steam supply to the deck system and the condensate return CD120 must be shut off and the scumming valve on the observation tank to the slop tank CD122 opened. This allows the cargo to be scummed from the surface of the water into a suitable receptacle. The engine room should be informed of the situation so that the returns to the engine room cascade tank can be monitored and dealt with. To locate the source of the contamination, operate each individual steam trap drain valve to locate the coil with the problem. A small pressure may be needed to assist the drains to move up from the coil to the deck level. This can be achieved by opening the warming through steam valve ST102 a small amount. Once the defective coil is located it should be isolated by shutting its individual steam and condensate return valves. The rest of the system can now be carefully put back into service but maintain the scumming of the observation tank until no further contamination is detected. When this can be assured, open the condensate return valve CD120. Illustration 1.1.2b Observation Tank Sampling / Scum Valve Inlet Outlet CD121 ST506 CD120 CD122 CD124 CD123 Safe Area Upper Deck Steel Plate Thermal Resistance Type Observation Glass Section 1.1.2 - Page 3 of 3 1.2 Cargo Piping System 1.2.1 System Description 1.2.2 Measuring and Sampling System 1.2.3 Slop Tank Usage Illustrations 1.2.1a Cargo Piping System 1.2.2a Measuring and Sampling Positions 1.2.3a Slop Tank Arrangement Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Illustration 1.2.1a Cargo Piping System CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade Slop CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 125 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 Section 1.2.1 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.2 CARGO PIPING SYSTEM 1.2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The cargo system is designed to permit the simultaneous loading and discharging of up to seven grades of segregated oil parcels. The cargoes carried may be crude oil, products (black or white) or chemicals. The cargo space contains six pairs of side (wing) cargo tanks, one pair of slop tanks. The vessels slop tanks have a combined capacity at 100% of 882m 3 (2.05% of the total cargo carrying capacity). The cargo tanks are divided into seven segregation groups: Group 1: No.1 cargo tanks Group 2: No.2 cargo tanks Group 3: No.3 cargo tanks Group 4: No.4 cargo tanks Group 5: No.5 cargo tanks Group 6: No.6 cargo tanks Group 7: Slop tanks Each cargo tank is served by a hydraulically driven deepwell pump. The pumps in each of the cargo tanks No.2 to 6 have a capacity of 450m 3 /h, while No.1 cargo tank pumps each have a capacity of 300m 3 /h, the slop tank pumps each have a capacity of 150m 3 /h. A hydraulically driven single stage centrifugal type booster pump may be mounted on deck for use with the discharge of molasses. This pump has a capacity of 500m 3 /h and is capable of taking suction from the manifold crossover and discharging to either No.3 or No.4 manifolds. The designed maximum unloading rate is 2,700m 3 /h based on six cargo pumps being operated simultaneously. Additional pumps can be operated simultaneously at reduced pumping rates. Each group segregation is provided with an exclusive deck discharge line running forward and aft and branching into a midship manifold line of 300mm nominal bore for group lines No.1 to 6 and 200mm nominal bore for group 7. For loading the drop lines to No.1 cargo tanks and both slop tanks are of nominal bore 150mm and to No.2 to 6 cargo tanks are of nominal bore 200mm. The discharge side of the slop tank pumps are interconnected through a crossover line terminating in a high and low overboard discharge outlet by the port side of the port slop tank as required by MARPOL Annex I and II. The overboard line has a sampling probe for the oil discharge monitoring and control system and a flow meter sensor. The slop tanks are interconnected by a levelling line and valve CO255 which is manually operated from a deck stand valve unit. Each cargo pump is mounted in a suction well of optimum design in the aft inboard area of the starboard cargo tanks, and the aft inboard area of the port cargo tanks. In this way a slight alternate list of approximately 0.5 and a trim of 2m by the stern will assist in running the remaining liquid into the pump suction wells during the stripping phase. A portable hydraulic pump is provided of capacity 70m 3 /h for use in an emergency to transfer cargo to the adjacent cargo tank or ashore. Six (6) sets of quick coupling hydraulic connections are provided along the deck at suitable intervals with sufficient hoses to permit the pump access to any cargo tank. Ballast is normally never carried within the cargo tanks. If it is considered that additional ballast in a cargo tank or tanks may be required during the ballast voyage, under the conditions and provisions specified in Regulation 13 (3) of ANNEX I in MARPOL 73/78, such ballast water can be handled by the ballast/ cargo pumping and piping system. Stripping of the cargo is performed by the cargo pumps. Stripping of the cargo lines and the individual cargo pump discharge stack is carried out using compressed air. The manifold area is fitted with drip trays either side. There is a pneumatic pump installed in the drain line which enables the tray contents to be transferred to the port slop tank. CAUTION All main cargo, inert gas and tank cleaning lines are electrically bonded together using knurled washers at each of the pipe flanges. It is therefore important that whenever any cargo pipelines are opened up, or pipeline blanks removed, these washers are replaced on completion in good, clean order. Cargo Transfer Limitations Seven segregated grades of cargo may be loaded simultaneously via the individual top lines, to their designated group of cargo oil tanks. This must be done in accordance with the requirements laid down in the Company Safety Management System, work instruction lists and with regard to the design limitations of the vessel. The maximum loading rates for products and gas oil are given in section 1.1.1. Venting should not pose any problems during loading, provided that the system is in good condition and the vent valves correctly set up. According to BP Shipping WI 15, a rate of rise limitation of 150mm/minute is imposed when loading any cargo tanks. This affects the maximum rate when loading into the slop tanks, the maximum load rate allowed here being 150m 3 /h per tank. The maximum liquid velocity permitted in any part of a pipeline system is 12m/s. At higher velocities serious pipeline erosion may occur. The table below indicates the liquid flow rates according to pipeline size: Line Diameter Line Diameter Flow Rates m 3 /h (inches) (mm) 1m/s 7m/s 12m/s 3 75 16 111 191 4 100 28 198 339 6 150 63 445 763 8 200 113 792 1,357 10 250 177 1,237 2,122 12 300 254 1,781 3,054 14 350 346 2,425 4,158 16 400 452 3,167 5,430 When loading white products, with the exception of gas oils, two other limitations apply to prevent the accumulation of static electricity on the surface of the oil in cargo tanks. These are: 1 metre per second until the strum is covered. 7 metres per second at any other time. Note: These also apply to gas oils loaded into tanks which contain hydrocarbon vapours. That is, tanks which have not been washed and purged of hydrocarbon gas after the last cargo if that cargo was other than gas oil. The maximum cargo loading rate while using a vapour recovery system must not exceed the lowest of the three following limitations: 1) As outlined in the Oil Transfer Procedures. 2) The shore side vapour recovery system. 3) The shipboard vapour recovery piping, which gives a maximum vapour discharge rate of 5,040m 3 /h. 4) At no time should the pressure in any tank exceed 80% of the lowest PV valve setting (160mbar or 1600mmWg) The maximum bulk loading rate of 3,200m 3 /h should not be exceeded. The maximum loading rate for segregated ballast is dependent on the ballast pump rate. The pipeline system size is sufficient to cope with the maximum pumping rate. Section 1.2.1 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.2.2a Measuring and Sampling Positions Detail Of 2" Seal Valve 2" Seal Valve Upper Deck Cap Sleeve No.5 COT (Starboard) Slop Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Port) No.5 COT (Port) No.6 COT (Starboard) No.6 COT (Port) No.4 COT (Starboard) No.4 COT (Port) No.3 COT (Starboard) No.3 COT (Port) No.2 COT (Starboard) No.2 COT (Port) No.1 COT (Starboard) No.1 COT (Port) Vapour Control Valve (1 inch) Temperature Sensor Attached to Framo Pump Column Used for : 1. Ullage, Oil Water Interface and Temperature 2. Hand Dipping T Vapour Control Valve (2 inch) Pan-Asia Magnetic Float Level Gauge ML Autronica Radar Beam Level Gauge R R R Pan-Asia Independent Overfill and High Level Alarm HO Pan-Asia Independent High Level Alarm HH HO R HO R HO R HO R HO R HO R HO R HO R HO R HO R HO R HO R FCP FCP FCP FCP FCP FCP FCP FCP FCP FCP FCP FCP FCP FCP T T T T T T T T T T T T T T HO HO Section 1.2.2 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.2.2 MEASURING AND SAMPLING SYSTEM The cargo and slop tank levels are relayed to the ships Cargo Control Room (CCR) by the Autronica Cargo and Monitoring System radar beam type transmitters and are displayed on the Aconis Control, Alarm and Monitoring System CRT monitors. An additional Autronica digital readout panel, type NL- 190 is mounted in a wall cabinet. Each cargo and slop tank are fitted with a Pan-Asia independent high level and overfill alarm unit which is activated at 95% for the high level alarm and 98% for the overfill. A single ND50 (2'') seal valve for use with the portable MMC measuring unit is fitted to each cargo, slop and residual oil tank and are located adjacent to the individual cargo pumps. The seal valves are to provide hand dipping points for independent ullage checks, temperatures and oil/water interface using the portable MMC cargo monitoring device. The seal valve allows connection and disconnection without having to broach the inert gas in the cargo tanks or the tank atmosphere. Additionally there are two ND25 (1'') seal valves in each cargo tank, one placed adjacent to the radar gauging unit and another at the forward end of each cargo tank. The slop tanks only have one ND25 (1'') seal valve which is located aft of the ND50 (2'') seal unit. These smaller hand dipping points are fitted for checking the dryness of the tank in accordance with the requirements of the IMO. The temperatures and pressures of the cargo and slop tanks are displayed on Aconis CRT screens. The ballast tanks, fuel oil and diesel oil storage tanks, forward, aft and midships draughts are also displayed on the Aconis system screens. These tanks (including the fuel oil and diesel oil service and setting tanks which are not displayed on the Aconis screens) are measured using pressure transducer type equipment, the purge control panel for this system is located on port bulkhead. Portable Measuring Equipment Manufacturer: MMC Type: Flexi Dip Model: D-2401-2 Number of sets: 3 Tape length: 30m (Authors note: To be confirmed whether UTI is MMC or Hermetic) Instrument Description The MMC Sonic tape is a gas tight portable, multi-function gauging instrument designed to measure the ullage, temperature and interface of liquid cargoes under closed gauging conditions. Each instrument is individually identified with a 5 digit serial number enabling instrument records to be easily maintained and followed. Fitted with a UTI sensing probe, the unit emits three different audible beeps to alert the user as to the measuring medium in contact with the probe: A single control beep is emitted every 2 seconds when the sensing probe is in contact with air A continuous beep is emitted when the probe is in contact with petroleum products An intermittent beep is emitted when the probe is in contact with water The instrument is powered by a 9 volt battery stored in the electronic terminal housing. Electronic power consumption is very low, ensuring long operation without the need for battery replacement. The instrument is fitted with a low battery continuous tone indictor signal, making the operator aware of the battery condition which may lead to erroneous readings if not replaced immediately. Designed for easy maintenance, the MMC sensing probe consists of a stainless steel tube terminated by a PFA head, the probe incorporating an ultrasonic liquid level sensor, temperature sensor and conductivity electrode. The instrument has the facility to be calibrated for temperature correction should it be required. The ullage detector consists of two piezoceramic plates and electronic circuits. When the sensor head is immersed in a non-conductive liquid (oil or petroleum), the emitted ultrasonic signal is detected by the receiver, coded and sent to the instrument unit which activates a buzzer with a continuous beep. Interface detection is possible using the principle of measuring the conductivity between an active electrode and a grounded electrode. When the liquid in which the probe is immersed is conductive (water), the ullage sensor detects the presence of the water as well as the oil and the conductivity electrodes and associated electronic circuits modulate the coded signal to generate the intermittent beep. The sensing element used to detect temperature is a semiconductor, the current output of which is proportional to the absolute temperature. One conductor of the measuring tape is used as a power line for the temperature sensor and the other as the return conductor. Operation of the Ullage/Water Interface Mode a) Ensure that the tank gauging 2'' sounding pipe isolating valve is closed. b) Remove the sounding pipe screw cap. With the MMC Sonic gauging tape completely wound onto the hub and in the lock mode, fit the UTI barrel onto the sounding pipe and secure it in place with the screw collar. c) Secure the UTI earth strap to the ships structure before switching on. Switch on the power unit via the ON/OFF pushbutton on the hub face, by default the ullage/interface mode will be shown and a 1XX.XX will appear on the LCD. Unscrew the tape locking device. Open the sounding pipe isolating valve and slowly lower the tape into the tank. d) Lower the tape fully until the unit begins to emit a continuous beep. At this point, slowly raise then lower the tape a number of times until the noise just begins, so giving an indication of the ullage. The measurement reading is taken from the tape at the point it begins to pass through the wiper unit. From this measurement, the height of the sounding pipe and the barrel length up to the wiper unit must be subtracted. This will now give the actual tank ullage. The MMC UTI unit when operated diligently can give an accuracy of 3mm under calm conditions with the ship not moving in a seaway. e) After the ullage has been established, continue to lower the tape. If there is an oil/water interface, the unit will emit an intermittent bleep when the probe is passed into water. At this point, again slowly raise then lower the probe a number of times to give an accurate position of the interface. From these two sets of figures, i.e. ullage and water interface, an accurate product height can be established, again allowing for correction of height. f) When winding the tape back in, the wiper device should be set to ON. When the tape is fully housed, apply the locking screw. Close the sounding pipe isolating valve, unscrew the locking ring and remove the UTI unit. Replace the sounding cap. Operation in the Temperature Mode The unit should already be switched on after completing the above operations. Toggle the mode pushbutton to T, the temperature reading will now be displayed on the LCD in C/F. The probe should be allowed to soak for approximately two minutes to give an accurate indication. A temperature reading should be taken from the bottom, middle and top levels of the product to give an average overall reading. The sensor range is -40C to +90C, with an accuracy of 0.2C. Section 1.2.2 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.2.3a Slop Tank Arrangement Slop Tank (Port) Dirty Slop Tank (Starboard) Clean From Slop Tank Pump Discharge Deck Stand (Hydraulic Transmitter) with Valve Position Indicator Drain Hole 25mm Full Load Water Line ODME Overboard Discharge Line Under Water Chemical Discharge Line CO250 CO247 CO252 CO251 CO249 CO255 250mm CO253 H m 1/4 H m 7500mm 200mm 1m Segregated Ballast Water Line Hydraulic Oil Drains Key CO248 Section 1.2.3 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.2.3 SLOP TANK USAGE The vessel has two designated slop tanks which are designed for a number of uses: Cargo carrying tanks Crude oil washing using the cargo pump Water washing prior to tank inspection or refit As part of the ODME system. The flow when decanting slops or discharging heavy weather ballast to sea is automatically diverted to the port slop tank as necessary Water washing for change of grade in the clean oil trade Loading the slop tanks is completed in the normal manner via direct loading/ discharge lines from the deck line. Note: Both slop tanks are in group 7. Discharge of the slop tanks is via individual deepwell pumps. During water washing, both slop tanks can be utilised, the port slop tank acting as the primary tank and the starboard slop tank the secondary. Clean water is drawn from the starboard slop tank and the drainings from the cargo tank being washed pumped to the port slop tank. Clean water flows across to the starboard slop tank via the balance line, the crossover isolating valve CO255 is operated from a hydraulic deck stand valve. Careful management of the slop tanks is essential at all times. The following useful guidelines should be followed: The slop tanks are aft and of relatively small volume. Care must be taken when loading these tanks as they fill quickly. Prior to COW, it is necessary to debottom all COTs including the slop tanks, subject to grade segregation. Slop tanks are to be discharged and refilled with dry crude oil prior to the commencement of COW. The levels to which the slop tanks are recharged are arbitrary, but sufficient ullage is required in the clean slop tank to allow for the cargo pump to maintain suction and the balance line to remain covered if both slop tanks are used. Oxygen content readings of the atmosphere in the cargo tanks to be crude oil washed must be taken prior to COW or water washing and monitored at regular intervals. Levels must be less than 8%. Section 1.2.3 - Page 2 of 2 1.3 Cargo Pumps 1.3.1 Main Cargo Pumps 1.3.2 Portable Cargo Pump 1.3.3 Compressed Air Purging and Stripping System Illustrations 1.3.1a Framo Pump Hydraulic System Architecture 1.3.1b Framo Hydraulically Driven Cargo Pump 1.3.1c Main Cargo Pumps - Control Console 1.3.1d Diesel Engine Local Control Panel 1.3.3a Cargo Pump Compressed Air Purging System 1.3.3b Air or Nitrogen Purging of the Manifolds Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.3.1a Framo Pump Hydraulic System Architecture Hydraulic Power Unit Diesel Engine Control Panel Auxiliary Unit Diesel Driven Pumps Electric Pumps Key Hydraulic Oil Air Electrical Signal Hydraulic Oil Filling Hydraulic Oil Transfer Unit Hydraulic Oil Storage Tank Deck Winch Deck Winch Deck Winch Deck Winch Deck Winch Deck Winch Junction Box Electric System / Pump Control Panel Air 2 Ballast Pumps Type SB300 750m 3 /h - 25mth 1.025kg/dm 3 - 1.0cSt 1 Portable Pump Type TK80 70m 3 /h - 70mth 1.0kg/dm 3 - 1.0cSt 2 Cargo Pumps Type SD125 (Slop Tanks) 150m 3 /h - 120mth 0.75kg/dm 3 - 1.0cSt 2 Cargo Pumps Type SD150 (No.1 Cargo Tank) 300m 3 /h - 120mth 0.75kg/dm 3 - 1.0cSt 10 Cargo Pumps Type SD200 (No.2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 Cargo Tanks) 450m 3 /h - 120mth 0.75kg/dm 3 - 1.0cSt 1 Hydraulic Thruster Motor 800kw - 1315rpm Section 1.3.1 - Page 1 of 9 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.3 CARGO PUMPS 1.3.1 MAIN CARGO PUMPS Main Cargo Pumps Manufacturer: Framo Location: Cargo tanks No.2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 Type: Hydraulic deepwell Model: SD200-6DT-HH200-C410-S Capacity: 450m 3 /h at 120mth Rating: 453 litres/minute at 212 bar, 240 bar maximum No. of sets: 10 Manufacturer: Framo Location: Cargo tanks No.1 Type: Hydraulic deepwell Model: SD150-5DT-HH107-B325-S Capacity: 300m 3 /h at 120mth Rating: 304 litres/minute at 208 bar, 240 bar maximum No. of sets: 2 Manufacturer: Framo Location: Slop tanks Type: Hydraulic deepwell Model: SD125-5DT-HH63-A328-S Capacity: 150m 3 /h at 120mth Rating: 173 litres/minute at 200 bar, 230 bar maximum No. of sets: 2 Portable Cargo Pump Manufacturer: Framo Type: Hydraulic submerged Model: TK80-DU-HH16-A168-S Capacity: 100m 3 /h at 70mth Rating: 69 litres/minute at 211 bar, 230 bar maximum No. of sets: 1 Ballast Pump Manufacturer: Framo Type: Hydraulic submerged Model: SB300-3MU-HH200-A405-S Capacity: 750m 3 /h at 25mth Consumption, rating: 242 litres/minute at 192 bar, 210 bar maximum No. of sets: 2 Bow Thruster Manufacturer: Framo Type: Hydraulic, fixed pitch variable speed and direction Model: 2xA4V1000 Rating: 800kW at 1,315 rpm Consumption rating: 1,735 litres/minute at 197 bar No. of sets: 1 Electrical Power Pack Manufacturer: Frank Mohn (Framo) Model: A4VSO 500 DP/30R-PPH 25N00-SO1068 Capacity: 708 litres/minute at 250 bar Rating: 425kW Pump speed: 1,780 rpm No. of sets: 2 Diesel Driven Power Pack Manufacturer: Frank Mohn (Framo) Model: A4VSO 500 DP/30R-PPH 25N00-SO1068 Capacity: 704 litres/minute at 250 bar Pump speed: 1,770 rpm Diesel engine: Cummins Model: KTA 19D(M1) Rating: 425kW Specific fuel cons.: 216g/kWh at full load No. of sets: 2 Feed Pumps Manufacturer: Frank Mohn (Framo) Model: L3MF60/96-IFOKT-O-S Capacity: 533/260 litres/minute at 7 bar Rating: 15.2/10.6kW Pump speed: 3,505/1,745 rpm No. of sets: 2 Introduction The main cargo pumping system consists of submersible hydraulic cargo pumps situated in each of the cargo and slop tanks. The main cargo pumps in No.2 through to No.6 cargo tanks all have the same capacity but the No.1 cargo tanks and the slop tank pumps are of a lower capacity. The pumps are supplied with hydraulic oil from a central power pack, which also supplies the ballast pumps, tank cleaning pump, portable cargo pump, booster pump, the bow thruster, mooring winches and windlasses. The cargo and ballast pumps, deck machinery and bow thruster are supplied with hydraulic oil from a central power pack unit located in the engine room on the XX deck starboard forward(check) which incorporates: 2 diesel driven hydraulic pumps 2 electrically driven hydraulic pumps 1 hydraulic oil transfer pump 340 litre hydraulic oil tank Water cooled hydraulic oil cooler Pump control panel Control valves and instrumentation 2 feed pumps To prevent cargo leaking into the hydraulic oil system, feed pumps are supplied to maintain the system pressure at approximately 6.0kg/cm 2 when the cargo pump, deck machinery or bow thruster systems are not in use. The auxiliary hydraulic unit consists of a float tank and two electric dual speed motor driven feed pumps. One of the feed pumps must be operating at all times with the other pump set to the standby condition to cut in automatically should the duty pump fail. The operating feed pump circulates oil from the return/suction side of the main hydraulic circuit back to the return line via the built-in low pressure relief valve. High speed mode operation of the feed pump ensures that there is a pressure on the suction side of the main power pack hydraulic pumps, it is essential that one of the feed pumps is running before any of the main power pack hydraulic pumps is started. Only one feed Section 1.3.1 - Page 2 of 9 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.3.1b Framo Hydraulically Driven Cargo Pump Discharging Stripping Purging and Seal Monitoring Exhaust Trap Cofferdam Compressed Air Connection Capacity Control Valve Local Capacity Control Connection for Compressed Air Cargo Valve Stripping Valve Top Plate Deck Trunk Cargo Discharge Pipe Cargo Stripping Pipe Bearings Anti-Rotation Brake Oil Seal Cargo Seal Ceramic Sleeve Cofferdam Seal Cofferdam Purging Pipe Cofferdam Concentric Pipe Cofferdam Concentric Pipe Hydraulic Concentric Return Pipe Hydraulic Concentric Return Pipe Hydraulic Pressure Pipe Cofferdam Surrounding Hydraulic Section High Pressure Hydraulic Motor Volute Casing Impeller Section 1.3.1 - Page 3 of 9 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 pump may operate at any time, interconnections prevent simultaneous running. The operating feed pump runs at half speed when none of the main hydraulic pumps are running and changes over automatically to high speed when a main unit is started. It will also automatically change back over to slow speed 10 minutes after all of the hydraulic pumps are stopped if this operation is not carried out by the operator. Starting and stopping of the feed pumps can be performed at the cargo pump control panel in the CCR or from the electric starter panel in the hydraulic pump room. Each feed pump has an individual local starter panel which includes a Local/Remote selection switch and high and low speed start. When set to remote, the duty feed pump automatically changes over to full speed when the first hydraulic power pack pump is selected for starting, there is a delay in starting the main hydraulic power pack pumps during the feed pump run-up to full speed. In local control the duty feed pump high speed start button must be pressed before a main hydraulic pump can be started. The designed maximum unloading rate is approximately 2,700m 3 /h with a specific gravity and viscosity of 0.75 and 1.0cSt respectively. The maximum number of cargo pumps that can be operated in parallel at any one time at full load is six. If the ballast pumps are operating at the same time as cargo discharge, then the number of cargo pumps which may be operated at full capacity will have to be reduced. The maximum hydraulic oil supply with all four hydraulic pumps operating is 3,284 litres/minute, therefore the total use of hydraulic oil by the pumps and other consumers must fall within the capacity of the supply pumps. No. Consumer m 3 /h mcl litres/min bar 10 Cargo pump SD200 450 120 453 212 2 Cargo pump SD150 300 120 304 208 2 Cargo pump SD125 150 120 173 200 2 Ballast pump SB300 750 25 242 193 1 Portable cargo pump TK80 70 70 69 211 1 Bow thruster 800kW 2,735 197 Each Pump Total Supply Diesel driven unit 704 litres/minute 1,408 litre/minute Electric driven unit 708 litres/minute 1,416 litre/minute When pumping separate parcels using separate discharge lines and terminal connections, the pumps are operated independently within the capacity of the hydraulic system. The hydraulic power pack system must be operated so that sufficient hydraulic power is always available for the pumps. Hydraulic pipe quick connections are arranged on the main deck and adequate sections of hydraulic cargo hose are supplied to enable the portable pump to operate from all cargo tanks to allow shifting of the cargo in the event of a cargo pump failure. Starting and stopping of the hydraulic power packs, both the electrical and diesel driven pump units can be carried out remotely from the CCR on the Framo control panel, see illustration 1.3.1c. For this operation the local control selector switch for each unit must be set to REMOTE. Alternatively, each power pack pump can be started locally at the individual start control panel when its mode selection switch is set to LOCAL. The Framo control panel in the CCR also includes the running hours and alarm indication. For normal bulk discharge operations the speed of the cargo pumps are controlled remotely from the Framo control panel in the CCR using the pressure control levers, see illustration 1.3.1c. During stripping operations the speed of each pump will be controlled locally via the speed control valve STC (Speed Torque Controller) located on the top of each pump. This STC valve controls the discharge from the pump by regulating the hydraulic oil flow to the pumps hydraulic motor; oil discharge from the pump is proportional to the speed and this is regulated steplessly by means of the speed control valve. Speed control of the portable pump is locally at the pump. Hydraulic pipe connections are arranged on the upper deck to enable the portable pump to be operated at all cargo tanks, if necessary, by means of flexible hydraulic hoses connected to the pump and the pressure and return hydraulic mains. Procedure for Filling and Purging of the Cargo Pump Hydraulic System The following procedure is only required when initially setting up the system or if the system has been completely drained for maintenance. a) Ensure that the hydraulic oil outlet valve and oil drain valve on the hydraulic oil header tank are closed. b) Fill the header tank to the correct working level using the ring main and the hydraulic oil transfer pump. The transfer pump is fitted with a flexible discharge hose and a snap on connection. The transfer pump can be used to fill the hydraulic power pack unit float tank directly or through the connection to the ring main high pressure side. c) Open the suction valves to both the electric and diesel hydraulic power packs. d) Open the hydraulic oil header tank outlet valve. e) Maintain the hydraulic oil header tank level as the system is being filled with oil. f) Ensure that the hydraulic power pack pump casings are completely filled with oil. g) Open all the hydraulic oil inlet valves to all the hydraulically driven components. h) Set the pilot flow control valves for each hydraulically driven component, to zero flow. This will ensure that when the hydraulic pressure is raised in the ring main no hydraulically driven components will function. i) Set the PRESSURE SET valve on the cargo pump control panel to zero pressure. j) The oil level in the hydraulic oil header tank will fall as the head of oil in this header tank fills the hydraulic oil system. By maintaining the correct oil level in the header tank, the system can be efficiently filled with hydraulic oil. k) With the PRESSURE SET control valve on the cargo pump control panel set to zero pressure and the pilot control flow valves on each hydraulically driven component set to no flow, start one of the electrically driven power pack pumps. This will circulate oil through the power pack pump but not through the ring main. l) Repeat procedure (k) for each of the power pack pumps ensuring all air is removed from each unit. m) With only one hydraulic power pack pump running adjust the pressure in the ring main to 2.0kg/cm 2 by using the PRESSURE SET control valve on the cargo pump control panel. This will allow oil to flow round the ring main and thus fill and purge the system with oil. Any air in the system should be carried through the system to the header tank where it will be separated from the oil. n) The hydraulic components in the system should be individually run in order to fill and efficiently purge the components of oil. Section 1.3.1 - Page 4 of 9 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 MANUAL OVERRIDE BOARD (Placed inside the Control Panel) WARNING DETAILED INSTRUCTION IN SERVICE MANUAL TO BE FOLLOWED STRICTLY. OVERRIDED FUNCTION TO BE WATCHED CAREFULLY OIL LEVEL FEED PRESSURE ACTIVATE CHECK LIST. BEFORE AND DURING OPERATION: - FEED PRESSURE - OIL TANK LEVEL - OPEN SUCTION/RETURN VALVES - OPEN COOLING WATER VALVE/OIL TEMP. VALVE POSITION RETURN LINE SYSTEM PRS. COMMAND LIMITATION OVERRIDE OF INDIVIDUAL SHUTDOWN FUNCTION MODE 1 . OVERRIDE OF ENTIRE CONTROL SYSTEM (PLC FAILURE)-EMER. STOP BUTTONS ARE ACTIVE MODE 2 . 1 0 - UNLOAD HYDR. PUMPS DURING START UNLOAD LOAD Illustration 1.3.1c Main Cargo Pumps - Control Console FRAMO CARGO PUMPING SYSTEM 300 225 190 75 0 BALLAST PORT BALLAST STBD SLOP PORT 6 PORT 5 PORT 4 PORT 3 PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT SLOP STBD 6 STBD 5 STBD 4 STBD 3 STBD 2 STBD 1 STBD 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 No.1 PP HEATING HEATING FEED PUMP No.1 FEED PUMP No.2 HYDR. OIL TANK VALVE CLOSED VALVE CLOSED VALVE CLOSED MAIN PRESSURE LINE No.4 DE PP No.2 PP VALVE CLOSED MAIN RETURN LINE 10 0 5 bar 2000 2500 0 1000 R.P.M 0 50 100 150 C EXCESSIVE WEAR ALARM TRIP REMOTE CTRL RUN START STOP No.3 DE PP 10 0 5 bar 2000 2500 0 1000 R.P.M 0 50 100 150 C EXCESSIVE WEAR EXCESSIVE WEAR ALARM TRIP POWER ON THRUSTER ON 24 VDC POWER FAIL MANUAL OVERRIDE IGS PRS. LOW LOW RETURN PRESS. LOW FEED PRESS.LOW FILTER CLOSED SUCTION LINE CLOSED COOLING SYSTEM FAIL SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW OIL TEMP. HIGH OIL LEVEL HIGH OIL LEVEL LOW OIL LEVEL LOW LOW REMOTE CTRL HEATING ON RUN START STOP START STOP ON OFF RUN LUBE OIL PRESSURE DIESEL RPM COOLING WATER TEMP LUBE OIL PRESSURE DIESEL RPM COOLING WATER TEMP START HIGH START LOW STOP START HIGH START LOW STOP 200 400 600 800 A EXCESSIVE WEAR START LAMP TEST ACCEPT RESET STOP RUN 200 400 600 800 A PRESSURE SET. STOP SYSTEM PRESSURE 0 100 400 300 200 bar FEED PRESSURE 0 5 15 10 bar HYDR. OIL TEMP. 0 20 80 100 40 60 C ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Section 1.3.1 - Page 5 of 9 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CAUTION The operation of running each hydraulic component should only be undertaken if it is completely safe to do so, taking into account the cargo and ballast tank levels, and the mooring condition of the vessel. The PRESSURE SET control valve should be set to give 2.0kg/cm 2
pressure and only one of the electrically driven power pack pumps used. Operate the pilot flow control valve for each cargo and ballast pump so that the pump rotates at low rpm. Deck winches should be operated in accordance with the procedures in section 3.1 Bridge Manual. o) Once all hydraulic components are filled and purged set the PRESSURE SET valve to zero and stop the hydraulic power pack pump. Cargo Pumping System Control Panel The cargo pumping system control panel is located in the cargo control room and allows for starting and stopping of the hydraulic power packs and feed pumps, pressure/speed controls for the cargo/ballast and tank cleaning pumps and other indications as indicated in the illustration 1.3.1c. The control panel is also fitted with an internal buzzer and a manual override panel located inside the main panel.
Manual Override Panel The manual override panel has two modes of operation. Mode 1 Fitted with four manual override buttons which will override the following individual shutdown functions: Hydraulic oil tank oil level Feed pressure Valve position return line System pressure command limitation Mode 2 Mode 2 allows for the complete override of the entire system and includes a key operated switch for activation of Mode 2 and a toggle switch which will allow the hydraulic power pack pumps to be started on load. Diesel Engine Control Panel A diesel engine control panel for both units is located adjacent to the inboard entrance door to the hydraulic pump unit room and consist of the following: Gauges RPM indication LO pressure indication Cooling water temperature indication Alarms, Shutdowns and Other Indications LO pressure low alarm LO temperature high alarm Cooling water temperature high alarm Cooling water level low alarm Overspeed shutdown LO pressure low low shutdown Cooling water temperature high high shutdown Hydraulic system Diesel engine running Power on Switches and Pushbuttons LOCAL/REMOTE selection switch Manual override Lamp test Buzzer accept Alarm reset System Shut Down The following conditions result in a system shutdown by the control system: Low oil level in the tank A closed valve on each pump suction, return inlet to the cooler, outlet after the filter unit Low feed supply pressure Feed pump failure when running at high speed Note: After a system shutdown the cause of the problem must be rectified and the oil system refilled if necessary with venting prior to start-up. Starting the Hydraulic Power Packs The engine room department must ensure all pre-operational checks are carried out on the diesel driven units and auxiliary systems before the request for operations are undertaken. The electrically driven pump units are supervised by the power management system, which will only allow a pump unit to be started when there is at least two diesel generators supplying the main switchboard. A run mode selection switch is situated on the local isolation panel for each motor. For operation from the CCR control panel, the mode selection switch must be set to REMOTE. The maximum allowable starts for an electrically driven pump is four in one hour, with a maximum of two consecutive starts, thereafter a cooling down period of 15 minutes is required. The diesel driven pump units local control panel is shown in illustration 1.3.1d. When selected and run up in remote or local operation, the engine will initially run up to its low speed setting of 1,300 rpm and remain at this speed for approximately 150 seconds. During this period the Run indicator light will flash on the local control panel. After the warming up phase is completed, the engine will increase up to its normal operational speed of 1,770 rpm. After a running period of 180 seconds the hydraulic pump will be engaged, at this point the local run indicator lamp will become steady and the RUN lamp on the CCR control panel will be lit. An interlock prevents the starting of either the electrical or diesel driven hydraulic pumps in local mode unless the duty feed pump is locally started in high speed mode. Procedure for Operation of the Cargo Pumps Remote Control Operation The following procedure assumes pre-discharge checks have been carried out including the line set up and an inspection of the cargo pump hydraulic system and that the required number of hydraulic power pack pumps are running. a) Set the local control valve (STC) on the top cover plate of the deepwell pump to the CLOSED position by turning the valve fully clockwise (fully down). b) Ensure that each cargo pump discharge valve is closed. Section 1.3.1 - Page 6 of 9 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 c) Increase the hydraulic system pressure to approximately 150kg/cm 2 using the PRESSURE SET valve on the cargo pump control panel. d) Press the green ON control button below each control handle for each pump that is to be started. Using the control handle for the required cargo pump, slowly increase the pressure to 50kg/cm 2 on the cargo pump control panel. Maintain this pressure for a couple of minutes to allow the pump to settle. e) On the cargo system screen display open the corresponding cargo pump discharge valve. f) Once all safety and integrity checks have been completed increase the hydraulic pressure further until the required discharge pressure/rate has been achieved. g) When the cargo tank reaches draining level the hydraulic pressure will fluctuate. In some cases increased vibrations on the cargo pump may be observed when the load is removed from the pump as it begins to lose suction. At this point throttle in the cargo discharge valve until the cargo tank is emptied. h) Stop the cargo pump at the cargo pump control panel by placing the control handle in the neutral position. CAUTION Never operate the pump dry as this will cause excessive wear and temperature on the seals. Local Control Operation a) Open the local control valve on the top cover plate of the deepwell pump by turning the valve counter clockwise (fully raised). b) Place the handle for the remote control valve on the cargo control room panel in the maximum position. c) Ensure the cargo pump discharge valve is closed. d) Increase the hydraulic system pressure to approximately 150kg/cm 2 . e) Start up the cargo pump by slowly closing in the local control valve and maintain a hydraulic pressure of 50kg/cm 2 for at least one minute. f) Increase the hydraulic pump pressure until the cargo discharge pressure is above the cargo manifold pressure then open the cargo pump discharge valve from the Aconis screen display. g) Once all safety checks have been completed increase the hydraulic pump pressure still further until the required discharge pressure/rate has been achieved. h) When the cargo tank reaches draining level the hydraulic pressure will fall and fluctuate between around 50-100kg/cm 2 . In some cases increased vibrations on the cargo pump may be observed when the load is removed from the pump as it begins to lose suction. At this point throttle in the cargo discharge valve until the cargo tank is emptied, then stop the cargo pump by opening the local control valve. i) Open the remote control valve on the cargo control room panel by placing the handle in the MINIMUM position. Stripping Operation a) Stop the cargo pump on completion of draining as previously described and close the cargo discharge valve fully. b) Purge the cargo deck line and minimise the cargo deck line pressure for stripping of the cargo pump. Set the stripping operation either to the respective manifold or to a nominated tank with the designated crossover blind valves set into the correct position. c) Start up the cargo pump locally and increase the hydraulic pressure to between 100-120 bar. d) Open the stripping discharge valve on the cargo pump. e) Connect the air supply line to the main cargo discharge line of the pump and fill with air to a pressure of around 2.0-4.0 bar. f) Continue stripping until the pipestack is emptied. This can be recognised by frequent speed variations on the pump. The stripping efficiency can be improved by closing the air supply during high speed periods. It may be necessary to repeat the stripping process a few times with each pump in order to completely strip out the suction well. g) On completion of stripping close the stripping discharge valve, shut off the air and stop the cargo pump. h) Purge the cofferdam of the pump on completion. DIESEL ENGINE CONTROL DIESEL ENGINE No.1 ALARM SHUTDOWN RPM LUBE OIL PRESS. COOLING WATER TEMP FRAMO POWER ON MANUAL OVERIDE LAMP TEST ACCEPT RESET START HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LUBE OIL PRESSURE LOW LOW WATER LEVEL LOW COOLING WATER TEMP.HIGH LUBE OIL TEMP. HIGH LUBE OIL PRESSURE LOW COOLING WATER TEMP. HIGH HIGH OVERSPEED STOP RUN LOC./REM C 0 50 100 150 0 5 10 BAR 1000 0 2000 2500 Illustration 1.3.1d Diesel Engine Local Control Panel Diesel Engine No.2 Control Fits on the Same Panel as No.1 Engine and has Identical Instrumentation. Section 1.3.1 - Page 7 of 9 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Procedure for Purging of a Pump Cofferdam The cofferdam is the concentric pipe section which surrounds the hydraulic portion of the pump unit and separates the pump unit and its hydraulic pipe system, from the cargo tank. This cofferdam should normally be dry but slight leakage past seals does occur and is normal provided that such leakage is small, up to about 0.5 litres/day when the pump is running. Leakage in excess of that indicates seal failure. For some cargoes, such as Naphtha, increased leakage is likely as this type of volatile cargo penetrates the seals more readily than viscous cargoes like vegetable oil. Purging of the submerged cargo pump cofferdam is undertaken for the following reasons. Leakage detection Condition monitoring of the shaft seal system To show that leakages are not blocking the cofferdam WARNING Venting gas and liquid released from the pump cofferdam may be dangerous. Safety gear must be used to avoid contact with drains from the exhaust the trap and venting line. a) Place a suitable container underneath the exhaust trap to collect the leakage. b) Check that the drain valve and the bottom of the exhaust trap is not clogged by residue after the last purging operation. Close the drain valve. c) Check that the relief valve on the hydraulic control valve is open. d) Connect the air supply to the snap-on coupling on the purging connection. (Maximum supply pressure is 7.0 bar.) e) Drain the supply line of any condensed water. f) Open the valve on the air supply line and check that air coming out of the exhaust trap vent line, which indicates that the cofferdam is open. The relief valve is set to an opening pressure of 3.0 - 3.5 bar so a small leakage here is normal. g) Purge the cofferdam in several sequences if required, draining the exhaust trap between each sequence. h) When satisfied with purging disconnect the air supply, close the exhaust trap drain valve and measure the amount of leakage. Evaluate and log the purging result. Loading through the Pump A design feature of the Framo pumps is that it allows cargo to be loading directly down the pump discharge pipe due to the fact that each cargo pump rotor is fitted with a counter rotation device. Using this method of loading the cargo tanks, in addition to the use of the normal drop line, enables the back pressure in the manifold to be maintained at a lower value, this is especially important during the cargo tank topping off phase. If this method is employed, then it should only be commenced when the normal drop line outlet has been covered. When the pump discharge valve is opened to allow cargo down the discharge pipe, the back pressure at the top of the pump must then not be allowed to exceed 8 bar. Procedure for Shutting Down the Cargo Pump Hydraulic System When there are no further requirements on the hydraulic power pack system either for cargo, ballast, mooring operations or ship manoeuvring operations with the bow thruster, the power packs can be shut down. a) The system hydraulic pressure is reduced to a minimum. b) The power packs can then be stopped. The cooling system is left in an operational state, the inlet valve is motor driven and will thermostatically adjust itself. c) Electrical generating capacity can be reduced as necessary. d) The duty feed pump can now set to low speed operation. If this action is not carried out by the operator, then the system will automatically set the duty pump to low speed mode ten minutes after the power packs are stopped. Note: The hydraulic system must always be maintained at a pressure above that which is acting on any pump unit. The maximum pressure will be the static pressure due to oil in the cargo tank and so the hydraulic system should be maintained at a pressure of about 6.0 bar. Emergency Stopping of the Cargo Pumps In the event of a cargo spillage, fire or other emergency, it may be necessary to stop the cargo pumps immediately. For this reason emergency stops are fitted which trip the power pack pumps. The emergency stops are located at the following places: Port manifold aft end Starboard manifold aft end Cargo pump control panel Inside the power pack unit room at both entrance doors Cold Weather Operations When the vessel is trading in cold weather climates it will be necessary to circulate the hydraulic oil to ensure the oil is circulating around the system. The table below shows the optimum operating temperature range for the hydraulic oil. When the observed hydraulic oil temperature drops below 20C, the heating and vent valves at the forward end of the system on deck should be opened and the Heating On button pressed on the control console in the CCR. The pressure during this period must not be set above 100 bar. Below -5, then the system pressure must be reduced further to 60 bar maximum. Pressing the heating button on the control panel activates a solenoid on the hydraulic float tank in the hydraulic pump compartment in the engine room which allows high pressure oil to flow to the low pressure side through a friction plate device which is installed in the heating/vent valve, which in turn heats up the oil. Hydraulic Oil Temperature (C) 70 60 50 Alarm Temperature Normal Operating Range 20 to 60C Optimum Range Limited Operation. System is to be Heated. Hydraulic Pressure Adjusted to 100 bar Maximum. Limited Operation. System is to be Heated. Hydraulic Pressure Adjusted to 60 bar Maximum. 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -5 -20 -30 Section 1.3.1 - Page 8 of 9 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Precautions when Handling Special Cargo Under normal circumstances the cargo pump cofferdam should be maintained in a dry clean condition. However, when handling certain category cargoes it is advantageous to fill the cofferdam with liquid to improve the pump seal life span and to avoid solidifying cargoes from entering and blocking the cofferdam. Recommendations for the type of liquid to use is given below for a number of cargoes. Filling the Cofferdam a) Disconnect the exhaust trap piping from the pump top plate. b) Using a suitable adapter, fill the liquid through the cofferdam check pipe. c) Open the purging connection to ventilate the cofferdam during filling. Circulating Liquid The circulation of liquid within the cofferdam can be achieved as follows: a) Connect the liquid supply to the purging connection. Note: The supply line must be fitted with a valve to regulate the liquid flow through the cofferdam. b) Open the drain valve on the exhaust trap and collect the return liquid. Note: After discharge of the cargo for which the pump cofferdam has been filled, the cofferdam must be emptied. Acid Cargoes On completion of discharge and purging of the cargo pump in the normal way, it may be advantageous to circulate fresh water through the cofferdam to remove all acidic residues present after any leakage into the cofferdam. Polymerising Cargoes (TDI, MDI) Fill the cofferdam with 5-10 litres of DOP to avoid blocking the cofferdam. Crystallising Cargoes (Molasses etc) Fill the cofferdam with 5-10 litres of fresh water. The cofferdam may also be filled completely and circulated slowly. Phenol, Caustic etc A circulation of hot water through the cofferdam can avoid clogging. It must be remembered that some cargoes in this category are dangerous and all precautions must be taken to prevent contact with the cargo or its vapours. Heated Oil Products (Fuel Oil, Crude Oil) Fill the cofferdam with approximately 5-10 litres of diesel oil or white spirit to maintain any leakage into the cofferdam in liquid form. This is especially important after stripping and during tank cleaning. Note: When filling or circulating liquid in the cofferdam it is important that the hydraulic oil return pressure is always higher than the pressure in the liquid filled cofferdam. Section 1.3.1 - Page 9 of 9 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.3.2 PORTABLE CARGO PUMP Portable Cargo Pump Manufacturer: Framo Type: Hydraulic submerged Model: TK150 Capacity: 100m 3 /h at 70mth Consumption, rating: 191 litres/minute at 210 bar, 230 bar maximum pressure No. of sets: 1 Introduction The portable cargo pump has a pump unit with hydraulic drive motor, hydraulic hoses, a start/stop control and a cargo discharge hose. The pump is a single stage centrifugal pump driven by a hydraulic motor and is designed for complete submersion in the fluid being pumped. Flexible hydraulic hoses carry the hydraulic oil to and from the pump motor and these hoses have snap-on couplings for connection to the hydraulic main lines on the upper deck. WARNING The position of the male and female parts of the snap-on coupling has been determined by the pump manufacturer. This sequence must not be altered as that would result in a high pressure oil flowing to the return connection causing pump damage and possible injury to personnel. The hydraulic hose connections to the pump body terminate in a start/stop control which has a pressure gauge and a bypass valve (start/stop valve). Operation of the bypass valve to the closed position allows hydraulic oil to flow to the pump motor and the portable pump will operate. To cease operation of the pump the bypass valve is moved to the open position. The portable cargo pump discharge hose should be connected to the filling line of the adjacent tank. Handling of the Portable Pump Before the pump is used a check must be made to ensure that the hose material will not be chemically affected by the cargo in the tank (See manufacturers table). Starting up a) The portable pump is lowered into the cargo tank by means of the tripod which is supplied with the pump. The hydraulic hoses must not be used for lowering the pump as that puts excessive strain on the hoses and couplings. b) Ensure that the pressure and return hydraulic oil hoses are connected correctly at the pump and the hydraulic oil manifolds; the snap-on couplings must be secured by turning the retaining rings. c) Open the ball valve on the snap-on coupling station on the pressure hydraulic main pipe. d) Connect the cargo discharge hose. e) Check that the start/stop control bypass valve is open (i.e. the valve is in the stop position). f) Set the duty feed pump into high speed mode, then start one of the hydraulic power pack units. g) Close the start/stop control bypass valve slowly in order to direct hydraulic oil to the portable pump drive motor. The pump will now operate and deliver cargo oil. The hydraulic pressure, and hence the pump speed and delivery rate, may be regulated by means of the bypass valve. At the start/stop control the hydraulic pressure will be somewhat lower than at the control panel due to the pressure drop in the hydraulic lines. Stopping a) The start/stop control bypass valve is moved to the stop position (i.e. the bypass valve is open). b) Open fully the pressure control valve on the control panel. c) Stop the hydraulic power pack unit. d) Disconnect all hydraulic snap-on connectors and place protective covers over those which are no longer in use. Section 1.3.2 - Page 1 of 1 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.3.3a Cargo Pump Compressed Air Purging System No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Port) Foam Room Engine Casing Emergency Generator Room (s) CO2 Room Bow Thruster Room No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) Key Air AR136 AR135 AR138 AR134 AR131 AR130 From Engine Room To Cargo Control Room AR121 25mm 1 5 m m 1 5 m m 15mm 40mm 40mm 40mm 32mm 40mm 25mm 25mm 15mm 15mm 15mm 15mm 15mm 15mm 15mm 15mm 15mm 15mm 15mm 15mm 15mm 25mm 25mm 25mm 25mm From Engine Room To Accommodation Service To A Deck AR148 To Accommodation Service To A Deck AR143 To Steering Gear Room AR101 AR102 AR139 AR140 AR128 AR127 AR154 AR113 AR108 AR107 AR155 AR104 AR156 AR103 AR106 AR105 AR125 AR126 AR124 AR123 AR115 AR114 AR121 AR120 AR193 AR110 AR109 AR192 No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) To Sea Chest Air Blow To Sea Chest Air Blow AR111 Air Drying Filter AR128 Air Drying Filter AR116 AR117 AR119 AR118 Deck Store (P) Deck Store (S) Focsle Deck From Engine Room Drain Valve to be Closed when Pump is Running or Purging Outlet from Cofferdam Exhaust Trap From Air/Inert Gas Supply on Deck Cargo Discharge Pipe Upper Deck Air to Cargo Pump for Stripping Air to Cofferdam for Purging Detail of Cargo Pump Purging System Cargo Pump AR132 AR133 Turbocharger Heater AUTHORS NOTE: TO BE UPDATED WHEN CORRECT DRAWING AVAILABLE Section 1.3.3 - Page 1 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.3.3 COMPRESSED AIR PURGING AND STRIPPING SYSTEM Introduction Working air is supplied to deck from the engine room via a 50mm line and is used for a variety of functions including the use of pneumatic tools, air driven draining pumps, weed blowing in the ballast sea chests in No.5 ballast tanks. In regard to this section of the cargo operating manual, the air supply is used to strip the cargo pump discharge lines by blowing out the lines from the cargo pumps. See illustration 1.3.3b which shows the path flow of the stripping air system. Additionally air can be supplied to the individual pump cofferdams in order to purge them. Each cargo pump is fitted with a quick coupling connector on both the pump housing, cargo and discharge lines. This connection allows the pump cofferdam to be purged when connected to the pump housing via a suitable flexible hose and also ensures that the cargo lines are adequately drained and stripped ashore on completion of discharge when connected to the discharge line. The air line branches off at regular intervals along the main deck terminating with 25mm valve connections. These connections are primarily for use with portable pneumatic tools and equipment suitable for deck use on board. Additionally, 15mm branch lines run off to each set of cargo deepwell pumps, terminating close to each pump unit as 15mm isolating valves with quick connection couplings. Air connections are fitted in the manifold area in order that the manifold lines can be drained and blown down on completion of cargo operations as required. Purging Routine for Cofferdams Cargo pump cofferdams should be purged before and after pump usage in order to determine: Leakage detection Condition monitoring of the cargo shaft seal system Avoidance that any leakage blocks the cofferdam WARNING Venting gas and liquid can be dangerous. Use personal protective equipment to avoid contact with the drain from the exhaust trap and venting line. Preparation for Purging a) Place a suitable container beneath the exhaust trap of the pump vent line to collect any leakage drainings. b) Ensure that the drain valve and bottom of the exhaust trap are not blocked by residues from the last purging routine. c) Ensure the relief valve on the hydraulic control valve is open. d) Connect the air supply to the snap-on coupling of the purge line on the cargo pump unit. The maximum supply pressure should be 7 bar. e) Drain the supply line of water condensate. Purging a) Open the valve on the air supply line. b) Ensure that air is present through the exhaust trap vent line. Note: The relief valve is set to an operating pressure of 3 - 3.5 bar, so a small leak will be expected here. c) Purge the cofferdam in several sequences if required. d) Drain the exhaust trap after each sequential purge. e) Disconnect the air supply on completion. f) Close the exhaust trap drain valve. g) Record the quantity and content of the exhaust leakage, if any. Stripping using Compressed Air The stripping of the cargo pump and discharge column is discussed in section 1.3.1. Final draining and stripping of the cargo lines to shore can, like most cargo operations on this class, be done in different ways. Air is the medium used to blow the lines through to the residue destination; the use of nitrogen for stripping operations is the preferred method as there is no risk of contamination with the cargo liquid or vapours. The strippings can be blown directly ashore through the manifolds or to the slop tank and from there to the shore. Snap-on connections are provided at the cargo pump discharge line, close to each pump both for nitrogen and air. A portable hose is attached to this connection and to the adjacent air supply. Cargo remaining in the discharge lines can then be pushed with compressed air to the desired collecting point. Similarly, air connections are provided on the manifolds these allow the cargo manifolds to be purged with air and for cargo to be blown back from the manifold and directed as desired. At the point in the discharge when stripping of the lines is necessary, the ship will normally be trimmed by the stern. In this case any cargo remaining in the cargo lines will run aft. This will dictate how the stripping is undertaken with respect to the position of the line to be stripped in relation to the manifold. A case example demonstrating how stripping ashore may be achieved is described here. Case Example Purging Stripping of Cargo Lines for No.6 COT and the Port Manifold The following example is based on the drawing 1.3.3b Nitrogen Purging of the Manifolds and comprises three stages. Stage 1 The intention is to purge the line from the cargo pump crossover purge connection up to the manifold crossover line then out through the manifold valve to shore. a) On completion of stripping the tank all valves including the manifold valve for the tank are to be closed. b) Connect the flexible hose to the cargo line purge connection. c) Open the port manifold valve and line block valve. d) Open the nitrogen connection and purge the line to shore. Position Description Valve Open No.6 manifold valve CO362 Open No.6 cargo line block valve CO151,CO151 Closed No.6 tanks drop valves CO227, CO232 Closed No.6 tanks cargo pump discharge valves CO226, CO231 Open No.6 cargo line purge connection CO228 e) Repeat the purge several times then close all valves. Section 1.3.3 - Page 2 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.3.3b Air or Nitrogen Purging of the Manifolds CO362 CO151 CO226 CO234 CO231 CO376 CO365 CO367 CO363 CO158 CO155 CO227 CO151 CO232 CO229 CO368 CO228 CO156 Section 1.3.3 - Page 3 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Stage 2 The intention is to now purge the line from the manifold valve connected to the shore line across to the opposite manifold, down the drain connection and round the drain line back to the outboard side of the manifold valve connected to the shore line. a) Connect the flexible hose to the purge connection at No.6 on top of the manifold connected to the shore inboard of the manifold valve. b) Open the drain line connection valve outboard of the port and inboard of the starboard manifold valves, also the drain line block valve adjacent to port manifold valve. c) Open the drain line valve inboard of the starboard manifold valve, this valves allows the purge to enter the drain line. d) Open the air connection and purge the line to shore. Position Description Valve Closed No.6 manifold valve CO362 Closed No.6 fore and aft cargo line block valve CO152 Open Drain line connections at No.6 manifold valve inboard of the starboard valve and outboard of the port manifold valve CO376, CO473 Open Drain line block valve at No.6 port manifold CO367 Open No.6 cargo line purge connection CO363 e) It may be necessary to carry out the purge several times by closing the drain valve outboard of the manifold and allowing the pressure to build up to ensure the lines are fully stripped and purged. Close all of the valves on completion. Stage 3 The intention now is to purge back from the manifold down the cargo line towards the cargo pump crossover line. The drain line connection from the cargo pump crossover is opened and the drain line is now purged to the outboard side of the manifold attached to the shore line. a) Connect the flexible hose to the purge connection for No.6 on top of the manifold connected to the shore inboard of the manifold valve. b) Open the drain line connection outboard of the port manifold valve and drain line block valve adjacent to the manifold valve. c) Open the cargo line block valve to the manifold crossover valve. d) Open the valves on the drain line leading from No.6 COT pump crossover line back to outboard of the manifold; these valves allow the purge to enter the drain line. e) Open the nitrogen connection and purge the line to shore. Position Description Valve Closed No.6 manifold valve CO362 Open Drain line connection at No.6 outboard of port manifold valve CO365 Open Drain line block valve at No.6 port manifold CO367 Open No.6 cargo line purge connection CO158 Open No.6 cargo line block valve CO152, CO1516 Open Drain line from No.6 cargo pump crossover to outboard of port manifold CO155, CO156 f) It may be necessary to carry out the purge several times by closing the drain valve outboard of the manifold and allowing the pressure to build up to ensure the lines are fully stripped and purged. Close all valves on completion. Section 1.3.3 - Page 4 of 4 1.4 Inert Gas System 1.4.1 System Description Illustrations 1.4.1a Inert Gas System in the Engine Room 1.4.1b Inert Gas System on Deck 1.4.1c Main Inert Gas Generator Panels in the Engine Room and CCR 1.4.1d High Velocity Pressure/Vacuum Valve Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PI CI TZA 2312 TZA 2335 LZA 2322 PT 6006 TI 2331 PZA 2336 GS 2001 TI 2311 PZA 2011 PZA 2320 PZA 2321 PI 2012 PI 2318 PI 1003 PI 1003 PI 1503 PZA 1503 PZA 1505 PI 1504 AS PI 2033 FI 7024 Q 7002 QIA 8009 QI 8015 QIA 7001 P 2226 GS a GS b AS AS P 2226 GS a GS b S S S XZA 2121 XZA 2021 AS PI 2318 GS b S PI CI PI PT PT PT AS P 6002 GC 6003 PIC 6004 PC 8005 AS GS a/b S P 6042 AS P 6022 PIC 6024 GS a/c GC 6023 M M H PIC 7050 PI PIC 6004 PC 1071 S S H Illustration 1.4.1a Inert Gas System in the Engine Room Sea Chest Sea Chest Safe Area Hazardous Area Key Inert Gas Fuel Oil Compressed Air Sea Water Saturated Steam Exhaust Steam Hydraulic Oil Fresh Water Compressed Air Fuel Oil Inlet Ambient Air Inlet Ambient Air Inlet Return to IGG MGO Tank Fuel Oil Pumps 1501 1001 1014 1051 2032 6001 2103 6021 6044 2114 2105 2313 IG152 WS23V WS22V WS25V WS28V No.1 No.2 WS24V Integrated with Burner Cooling Water From Scrubber Pump (245m 3 /h x 40mth) Emergency Supply from Fire Pumps Deck Water Seal Pumps (3.0m 3 /h x 40mth) Drain to Aft Bilge Well To PC8005 Purge Inert Gas Pressure Control Valve Vent Outside Main Burner Pilot Burner Rinsing Water Combustion Chamber Cooling Washing Water Overboard 1001 1012 1022 1014 2205 7023 2225 No.1 Blower No.2 Blower IG154 IG151 IG148 Deck Water Seal IG145 Portable Oxygen and Flammable Measuring Unit IG146 Steam Supply Exhaust Steam IG150 Outside Calibration Air Calibration Gas N 2 1056 2040 WS 32V Section 1.4.1 - Page 1 of 8 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.4 INERT GAS SYSTEM 1.4.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Inert Gas Generator Manufacturer: Smit Gas Systems Type: GIn 3375-0.15 FU No. of sets: 1 Capacity: 844 to 3,375m 3 /h Delivery pressure: 0.15 bar (gauge) O 2 Analyser Manufacturer: ENVICO Model: OPSIS O2000 Probe: OM10 STD Range: 0.01-25.0% O 2 Deck Seal Sea Water Pump Manufacturer: Shin Shin No. of sets: 2 Type: Horizontal, motor driven, centrifugal Model: EHC 40A Capacity: 3m 3 /h at 40mth Inert Gas Composition Oxygen (O 2 ) 2-4% by volume Carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) 14% by volume Carbon monoxide (CO) 500 ppm maximum Sulphur oxides (SO x ) 50 ppm maximum Nitrogen (N 2 ) balance Soot none Introduction The purpose of the inert gas (IG) system is to generate and distribute IG (mainly a mixture of nitrogen and carbon dioxide) to the cargo and slop tanks including the residual oil tank. The IG blankets the tanks at a slightly positive pressure to prevent the ingress of atmospheric air. The system is also used to distribute fresh air to the cargo tanks, cargo pipes and slop tanks when gas freeing for inspection or maintenance purposes is required. Inert gas is produced by a combustion process that takes place in the inert gas generator (IGG) combustion chamber where marine diesel oil (MDO), supplied from the IGG MDO service tank is burnt. The main burner receives its air from one of the blowers and combustion takes place under near stoichiometric conditions. Note: Stoichiometric conditions are those in which the exact quantity of oxygen required to burn the combustible elements of the fuel is supplied. If this was achieved and complete combustion took place, there would be no oxygen in the gas produced. This desirable situation is very difficult to achieve efficiently and therefore there will usually be an excess of oxygen which must be limited when supplying inert gas. After combustion, the IG contains a quantity of sulphur oxides which are highly corrosive to certain metals. The hot corrosive combustion gases are cooled indirectly by sea water circulating round the combustion chamber before passing to the scrubber tower to be directly cooled and washed by a deluge of sea water combined with spray nozzles. Here the sulphur oxides are washed out and discharged overboard by way of the effluent seal/drain valve. The IG is cooled down to a few degrees above the sea water temperature but is also saturated with water. After passing through the scrubber tower the IG flows through a demister where the water droplets are removed. WARNING Inert gas is an asphyxiant due to the low level of oxygen and an oxygen deficient atmosphere will have the following effects: Oxygen Content Effects and Symptoms 15-19% Decreased ability to work strenuously and co- ordination impairment begins. 12-14% Respiration increases with exertion, the pulse rate increases and co-ordination is impaired. Judgement is also affected. 10-12% Respiration increases further the loss of judgement increases and lips become cyanosed. Nausea and vomiting commences. 8-10% Mental failure, fainting and unconsciousness are experienced. The face becomes grey and lips become very cyanosed. 6-8% Eight minutes exposure gives 100% mortality; six minutes gives 50% mortality while four minutes or less gives a high likelihood of recovery with treatment. 4-6% Coma induced within a minute, convulsions and respiratory failure, death. Operating Modes Inert Gas Production Inert gas mode is the systems normal operating condition but during the initial start up of the plant, the gas produced will be automatically vented to atmosphere for a minimum of five minutes. Only after this period and with the oxygen level within an acceptable range will the discharge be able to be selected for standby for delivery to deck. Air Production Mode The fresh air production mode of operation applies when the cargo tanks are to be gas freed for entry or dry dock. The fuel and cooling water systems are not used and the blower simply draws fresh air and supplies it through the system to the deck inert gas main and to the cargo tanks. Inert Gas Deck Distribution System There is a single 250mm nominal bore inert gas main which runs the length of the main deck tapering down to a 200mm nominal bore line at No.2 cargo tanks and 65mm nominal bore after the discharge to No.1 cargo tanks, the continuation of the line is then used as the emergency supply connection for the fore peak tank. The selected blower discharges the inert gas (when in IG production mode) through the deck seal and the manually operated deck isolating valve to the gas main. Distribution to the individual cargo tanks is via 200mm nominal bore branch lines tapering to 150mm that terminate at the tank deckhead. These are located in the after end of each cargo tank. Spade blanks are provided so that the inert gas can be safely isolated from individual tanks or each pair of tanks and must be utilised prior to preparation for tank entry. In addition to the IG main there is a 300mm nominal bore vapour return header which can be accessed from each tank at the vent riser for the PV valve via a spectacle piece. The design of having two IG lines means that the ship can safely load at least two cargoes which have an incompatible vapour admixture, by connecting either the vapour return main or the IG main to the respective tanks. If this method is utilised to load two grades concurrently, then the individual tanks not lined up on the IG main must have their alarm sets points and pressures closely monitored. The tank pressures are under the control of the hi-jet PV valves on each tank, using the vapour return line to connect compatible tanks gives a greater safety factor than relying on an individual tank PV valve. Section 1.4.1 - Page 2 of 8 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PI Illustration 1.4.1b Inert Gas System on Deck To Inert Gas Supply for Water Ballast Connection Line No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) From Sea Chest From Inert Gas System in Engine Room Key Inert Gas Saturated Steam Condensate Sea Water Hydraulic Oil Deck Water Seal Authors Note: No Inert Gas System Valve Numbers Available. Confirm pipeline details during visit to the ship Steam Supply Condensate PT PT PT Ballast Connect To Cargo Oil Line (Port Manifold) Section 1.4.1 - Page 3 of 8 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Deck Seal Unit The deck seal forms a liquid barrier against gas leakage from the inert gas main into the machinery spaces. To do this it requires a continuous supply of sea water supplied by the deck seal pumps. The water level within the unit is kept constant by the effect of the drain overboard being set at the desired water level. The gas passes into the seal unit from the top and down through a column whose open bottom is below the sea water level. This forces the gas to pass through the water and into the main chamber of the unit. The effect of passing through the water further cools and cleans it. The gas now passes upwards through a set of demister screens which remove water particles, and out into the deck inert gas main. The deck seal is fitted with a steam heating coil for use during severely cold weather to prevent the water freezing. Note: The salinity of the returns from this coil should be checked when ever steam is supplied. Due to their infrequent use corrosion may take place and eventual perforation of the coil. These coils are notorious for causing feed water contamination in older plants. Inert Gas Generator Description Main Fuel Oil Burner The fuel oil burner is of the mechanical high pressure type and is ignited by the pilot burner. The fuel oil is directed to the burner tip through slots, which cause the oil to leave the burner as a thin rotating membrane. Impulses of combustion air result in an ultra-fine dispersion of the fuel. The main flame is monitored by a photoelectric cell connected to an electronic flame safeguard relay. This relay will shutdown the main burner, via the main programming unit, if the flame is too weak or has failed to ignite. Pilot Burner The pilot burner is ignited with the aid of a spark generated by a spark plug. An ignition transformer supplies the high voltage for the spark plug. Combustion Chamber The main and pilot burners are mounted on the combustion chamber which is surrounded by a cooling water jacket. The jacket is supplied with sea water from the inert gas scrubber sea water pump which helps to discharge the heat generated by the combustion process. Scrubber Tower The scrubber tower cools and washes the hot combustion gas with sea water and is fitted with a water seal and drain. By-products of the combustion process are washed out of the hot gas and discharged overboard through the water seal and drain system. The sea water supplied to the combustion chamber jacket and spray nozzles pass through orifices which distribute the cooling water in the correct quantities. Fuel Oil System The fuel system consists of two gear type oil pumps which take suction from the IGG MDO service tank. Cooling Water System The sea water supplied by the inert gas scrubber sea water pump is mainly used for washing the inert gas and removing the sulphur oxide. Orifices fitted in the pipework allow for some of the supplied water to be directed to the cooling chamber. A non-return crossover connection from the bilge, fire and GS pumps allows these two pumps to supply the scrubber unit in the event of failure of the main scrubber pump but both bilge, fire and GS pumps would be required to fulfil the scrubber requirements. Water Seal and Drain System The sea water effluent from the scrubber drains overboard through a U-type water seal. The U-type water seal and the IG pressure control valve (6001) maintain a constant furnace pressure required to sustain a steady flame and produce a constant oxygen content. A drain to the aft bilge well is operated in the event of a flame failure to ensure that possible contamination of the effluent with MDO is not discharged overboard. Control, Monitoring and Instrumentation The pressure inside the combustion chamber must be kept at a constant 0.15 bar to ensure efficient combustion and this is held constant by the pressure control valve. An oxygen analyser is installed which monitors the IG O 2 content after it has passed through the demister. Control Panels Several control panels situated around the ship are used to either monitor or control the IG system. Local control panel as shown in illustration 1.4.1c Cargo control room panel as shown in illustration 1.4.1c IGG bridge panel IGG blower No. 1 panel IGG blower No.2 panel Fuel oil panel The local control panel contains the programmable controller which takes care of the starting, stopping, alarm/trip functions and the running conditions of the plant. On the front of the panel the IG system is in the form of a mimic diagram, with motor running, automatic valve open/closed and alarm/trip indication lamps which include the following: Fuel pump selected, pump running and failure Fuel supply pressure low Air blower selected, running and failure Sea water pump running Instrument air pressure low Flame failure Combustion air pressure low Sea water inlet pressure low Sea water inlet pressure high Burner on Inert gas outlet temperature high Inert gas outlet pressure high Purge valve position indication (open) Deck delivery valve position indication (open) Deck delivery valve position indication (closed) Oxygen high and low Oxygen analyser failure Sea water level high Drain valve cancel indication Power and power failure Emergency stop PLC battery low Common fault Deck seal water pressure low Generator ready to start Standby The mimic board also includes the following pushbuttons: Reset Acknowledge Lamp test Section 1.4.1 - Page 4 of 8 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.4.1c Main Inert Gas Generator Panels in the Engine Room and CCR CONTROL PANEL 2 SMIT GAS SYSTEMS PLC BATTERY LOW EMERGENCY STOP POWER FAILURE FAILURE RUNNING 2223 2222 2225 POWER DRAIN CANCEL GENERATOR READY TO START STAND-BY COMMON FAULT DECKSEAL WATER PRESSURE LOW SEA WATER PUMP RUNNING SEA WATER OVERBOARD DRAIN AMBIENT AIR AMBIENT AIR FUEL OIL BLOWER 2 RESET ACKNOWLEDGE OXYGEN ANALYSER MODE SELECT 1 - I.G. PRODUCTION 2 - AIR PRODUCTION COOLWATER PUMP START / STOP SOURCE SUPPLY POWER FAILURE LAMP TEST E M E RGEN C Y STOP SPACE HEATERS ON SPACE HEATERS ON/OFF M FAILURE RUNNING 2203 2202 2205 BLOWER 1 M FUEL OIL FAILURE RUNNING 1023 1022 FUEL PUMP 2 OVERBOARD M FUEL OIL DELIVERY PURGE INSTRUMENT AIR TO PNEUMATIC EQUIPMENT FAILURE TZA-H 2312 RUNNING SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED 1013 1012 FUEL PUMP 1 M PZA-L 1505 PZA-L 1053 PZA-L 2011 PZA-H 2321 BURNER ON FLAME FAILURE 2021/2022 PZA-H 2336 TZA-H 2335 LZA-H 2322 PZA-L 2320 2105 2103 1057 2042 2043 2114 CARGO CONTROL ROOM IN START POSITION HAND OPERATION OVERRIDE BURNER LANCE 6041 6021 OPEN CLOSED OPEN QIRA 7001 OXYGEN LOW OXYGEN HIGH ANALYSER FAILURE OPSIS SET ESC 1 2 I.G. GENERATOR START / STOP MAIN SWITCH I.G. OR AIR TO DECK STOP - STAND-BY / START 1 0 SELECTION FUEL OIL PUMP 1/ FUEL OIL PUMP 2 SELECTION BLOWER 1 / BLOWER 2 0 1 I.G.G CARGO CONTROL ROOM PANEL 3 0 20 40 60 80 100% 0 20 40 60 80 100% 1 2 3 PMA RECORDER 1 - OXYGEN CONTENT 0-5% 2 - DECK PRESSURE 0-250 mBAR CONTROLLER DECK MAINLINE PRESSURE INERT GAS TEMPERATURE DELIVERY START / STOP SMIT GAS SYSTEMS INERT GAS PRODUCTION AIR PRODUCTION STAND-BY FOR DELIVERY COMMON FAULT OXYGEN HIGH/LOW POWER FAILURE EMERGENCY STOP GENERATOR OVER CAPACITY PURGE VALVE PURGE OPEN OVERBOARD INERT GAS LOW HIGH LOW - LOW SEAL WATER DELIVERY VALVE PZA-L 6121 RESET ACKNOWLEDGE LAMP TEST POWER FROM EMERGENCY SUPPLY PLC BATTERY LOW LA-L 6104 DECKMAIN ISOLATING VALVE DECK MAIN LINE PRESSURE DECKSEAL 6112 PRESSURE / VACUUM BREAKER PICA 8008 E M ERGEN C Y STOP 0 20 40 C BURNER CAPACITY BURNER LANCE HAND OPERATION OVERRIDE 25 100 % COMMON FAULT CARGO PUMP SHUTDOWN AUTOMATIC THIS SWITCH OVERRIDES THE AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN IN CASE OF IG PRESSURE LOW-LOW ALARM. TO BE USED BY AUTHORISED PERSONNEL ONLY CARGO PUMP SHUTDOWN OVERRIDE 1 0 Section 1.4.1 - Page 5 of 8 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Positioned below the mimic diagram is the O 2 analyser and below that are the generator control push buttons and switches which include the following: Fuel oil pump selection Air blower selection Cooling water pump start/stop IGG start/stop Delivery to deck stop/standby/start IG/AIR mode key selection switch Main isolation switch Also located on the front of the control panel is an EMERGENCY stop button and a space heater indication lamp and switch. Oxygen Analyser The oxygen is sampled by a Opsis (model, O2000) fixed oxygen analyser with feeds to display units in the engine control room and a chart recorder in the cargo control room. The operation of the analyser depends upon regular calibration, certainly before each use of the plant. The oxygen at various parts of the system on the deck and within the tanks should be verified with portable analysing equipment. During the production of IG the oxygen level is constantly monitored, if a high level is recorded, a high level alarm is indicated on the CCR and local control panels and the remote indication panels in the ECR and on the bridge. The purge/delivery valves will not change over automatically, but will wait for 60 seconds to see if the discharge levels come back in range or manual intervention is made. If no action is taken within 60 seconds with the system still in alarm, then the purge valve will open and the delivery valve will close. Additionally, in order to protect the tanks from soot, if an oxygen reading is measured at 2% a low oxygen alarm is generated, this will also not change over the purge/delivery valve until at least 60 seconds has passed with the alarm still active. Adjustment of alarm set points can be made using the soft keys on the unit front. Procedure for Starting the Inert Gas Generator for Inert Gas Production The following checks should be made before any IG operations are started: Ensure there is sufficient power to the main switchboard to take the extra load of starting the IG system. Ensure that the control panel is energised. The panel should remain energised at all times to keep alarms active and prolong O 2 sensor life. If switched on from cold allow at least 1 hour warm-up time. Ensure that instrument air is available and that all of the instrumentation valves are open. Calibrate the oxygen analyser. Ensure that the cooling water pump supply and overboard discharge valves are open. Ensure that the deck water seal sea water pump supply and overboard discharge valves are open Check that the drain plug on the burner and the rinsing valve on the combustion chamber are closed a) Set the sea water supply/discharge valves as per the following table. In normal operations one deck seal pump is in constant use, with the second pump on automatic cut-in on failure of the first pump or low sea water discharge pressure. It is assumed that the port sea suction is in use and the starboard sea suction isolated. Position Description Valve Open Port sea chest suction valve WS05V Open Port sea chest suction strainer outlet valve WS02V Open Starboard sea chest suction valve WS04V Open Starboard sea chest suction strainer outlet valve WS01V Open Deck water seal pump sea water main isolation valve WS32V Open Deck water seal pump No.1 suction valve WS23V Open Deck water seal pump No.1 discharge valve WS25V Open Deck water seal pump No.2 suction valve WS22V Open Deck water seal pump No.2 discharge valve WS24V Open Deck water seal inlet valve ?? Open Deck water seal overboard valve IG146 Open Sea water isolating valve to scrubber cooling sea water pump WS33V Open Scrubber cooling sea water pump suction valve WS26V Open Scrubber cooling sea water pump discharge valve WS27V Closed Bilge, fire and GS pump crossover valve WS28V Open IGG inlet valve ?? Open Scrubber tower water seal overboard valve IG152 b) Start the cooling/scrubber water pump at the IGG control panel and check the inert gas generator to ensure water is flowing. c) Start the duty deck seal water pump. When the pressure has stabilised, set the second pump to automatic mode. d) Set the fuel valves as per the following table: Position Description Valve Open MDO service tank fuel oil quick closing valve FO162V Open IGG fuel oil supply pump isolation valve ?? Open IGG fuel oil shut-off valve valve 1051 Open Main IGG fuel oil supply pump suction valve 1001 Open Main IGG fuel oil supply pump discharge valve 1014 Open Standby IGG fuel oil supply pump suction valve 1001 Open Standby IGG fuel oil supply pump discharge valve 1014 e) Rotate the handle of the fuel oil filter twice to clear any debris from the strainer. f) Confirm that the deck seal and P/V breaker are filled correctly. On the local control panel: g) Select an air blower (1 or 2) on the control panel and open the selected blower discharge valve. (No.2 is usually on standby). h) Select fuel pump No.1 or No.2. i) Select INERT GAS PRODUCTION on the IG or Air production keyswitch. j) Confirm that the BURNER IN START POSITION indicator is illuminated on the mimic. k) Confirm that GENERATOR READY TO START indicator is illuminated. l) Press the IG GENERATOR START/STOP pushbutton on the control panel. The burner start-up sequence is as follows: The selected air blower starts immediately and the combustion chamber 60 second purge sequence begins. After 30 seconds the selected fuel pump will start. After another 60 seconds the pilot burner solenoid valves open to allow fuel oil and instrumentation air to the pilot burner. The ignition transformer and spark plug are then energised. Section 1.4.1 - Page 6 of 8 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 After 70 seconds the pilot burner ignites detected by the UV pilot flame detector, the ignition transformer de-energises. After 85 seconds the solenoid valves open to allow fuel oil to the main burner. The UV main burner flame detector detects the flame. After 90 seconds the fuel and instrument air solenoid valves to the pilot burner de-energise and close. m) Check temperatures, pressures and oxygen content of the inert gas produced. If necessary, adjust the fuel/air regulator with the handwheel to give the required output. When the pressure is 0.15 bar(g), and the oxygen content is approximately 4%, IG delivery to deck can commence. Note: When the O2 content and all temperatures and pressures are within limits the IG is ready to be sent to deck. This operation is normally carried out by the deck officer in charge and is initiated by pressing the DELIVERY START/STOP pushbutton on the IG control panel in the CCR. Pressing the button will open the delivery valve to deck fully and control the purge/excess vent valve to a working position. n) Press the IG OR AIR TO DECK STOP - STAND-BY/START pushbutton to select the stand-by position. This will illuminate the stand-by indicator on the local panel and also on the cargo control room panel (CCRP). o) At the CCRP select START to slowly open the delivery valve. The purge/excess gas vent valve will be set to its working position. Procedure for Starting the Inert Gas Generator for Air Production The following checks should be made before any air production operations are started: Ensure there is sufficient power to the main switchboard to take the extra load of starting the IG system Ensure that the control panel is energised. The panel should remain energised at all times to keep alarms active and prolong O 2 sensor life. If switched on from cold allow at least 1 hour warm-up time Ensure that instrument air is available and that all instrumentation valves are open Ensure that the cooling water pump supply and overboard discharge valves are open Ensure that the deck water seal sea water pump supply and overboard discharge valves are open Check that the drain plug on the burner and the rinsing valve on the combustion chamber are closed a) Set the sea water supply valves as per the previous description for setting up the inert gas production. b) It is assumed that the deck seal pump system is in operation as previously described. c) Start the cooling/scrubber water pump at the IGG control panel and check the inert gas generator to ensure water is flowing. d) Set the mode keyswitch selection to AIR PRODUCTION. e) Manually set the fuel/air regulating controller to the maximum position. f) Select an air blower (1 or 2) on the control panel and open the selected blower discharge valve. g) Confirm that GENERATOR READY TO START indicator is illuminated. h) Press the IG GENERATOR START/STOP pushbutton on the control panel, the blower will now start. i) Check temperatures and pressures, if satisfactory, press the IG OR AIR TO DECK STOP - STAND-BY/START pushbutton, air will now be available for discharge to deck. j) In the CCR the duty deck officer can now direct air to deck by pressing the DELIVERY START/STOP pushbutton. Any cargo tanks that are not to be gas freed will have to be isolated. Procedure for Stopping the Inert Gas Generator a) Stop the inert gas delivery to deck by pressing the DELIVERY START/STOP pushbutton in the CCR. This will open the purge/excess gas vent valve fully and close the delivery valve. b) Press the IG OR AIR TO DECK STOP - STAND-BY/START pushbutton once to extinguish the main burner and stop the fuel pump. Note: Pressing the IG OR AIR TO DECK STOP - STAND-BY/START pushbutton twice will initiate an immediate stop of the IG generator without purging the combustion chamber. c) The blower will automatically stop after 3 minutes. d) Stop the scrubber sea water pump. e) Close all of the valves and reset the fuel/air regulating control linkage back to the minimum position. f) Rinse through the combustion chamber with fresh water for aapproximately 20 minutes if the generator is to be off line for more than a day. If the system is to be out of use for an extended period, rinse the combustion chamber for at least 1 hour. System Failure In the case of a failure alarm, check the failure indicators. (Refer to the manual consequences of failures chart) and press ACKNOWLEDGE to silence the audible alarm. Alarm acknowledgment is also available from other panels such as on the bridge and in the engine room. After eliminating the cause of the alarm, press the RESET button before restarting the IG system. Liquid Pressure/Vacuum Breaker In addition to the PV valves on each cargo tank there is an independent liquid PV breaker fitted to the deck distribution main. It is located forward of the inert gas deck main isolating valve and acts as a two-way liquid seal safety device. In the event of over pressure in the common IG header, the liquid is blown onto the deck thereby opening the deck main and cargo spaces to atmosphere. When an excessive vacuum exists, the liquid is drawn into the deck main and opens the system to atmosphere. This is accompanied by a very distinguishable sucking noise. The liquid PV breaker is designed to operate after the PV valve. This means that it is the last line of defence in protecting the tanks from overpressure or vacuum should the PV valves be defective or not of sufficient capacity. It operates at a pressure of approximately 2,400mmWG or a vacuum of approximately -700mmWG. The unit consists of two vertically mounted tubular ducts fitted concentrically. The inner duct is connected to the inert gas main. The unit is charged with a 50/50 mixture of water and antifreeze. It is fitted with liquid level gauge and a wire mesh protective flame screen. Section 1.4.1 - Page 7 of 8 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 High Velocity Pressure/Vacuum (PV) Valve Main Cargo Tanks Manufacturer: Pres-Vac Total No. of sets: 12 sets type HSM-ISO (2388) DN 150, pressure 2,000mmWG, vacuum -350mmWG 2 sets type HSM-ISO (2388) DN 125, pressure 2,000mmWG, vacuum -350mmWG The ship is designed to carry up to seven grades of cargo concurrently in such a way that each set of cargo tanks can be isolated from the remaining tanks to prevent the risk of contamination of cargo and still remain in a safe condition having independent PV valves protecting each cargo space. Combined high velocity PV valves are fitted to each cargo oil tank, slop tank and residual oil tank based on the vapour emission control system in accordance with USCG requirements. The purpose of the PV valve is to provide automatic control of pressure differentials during cargo operations and during the voyage and to avoid damage to the cargo tanks. Function During the loading of a cargo the pressure build up in the tanks lifts the pressure disc from its seat and the excessive tank pressure is relieved to a preset level. On attaining the preset pressure the disc reseats itself. During the unloading of a cargo, should a vacuum be formed in the tanks, the vacuum disc lifts from its seat and the tank vacuum drops to a preset limit. On attaining this preset limit the disc reseats itself. As per SOLAS requirements, the high velocity PV valves on each tank must be tested before the commencement of cargo operations. To check the operation of the overpressure valve, operate the check lifting handle on the side of the body by turning the check lift from its vertical position to the upper position and then back. The lifting of the vacuum valve is accomplished by pushing up on the check lift spindle and releasing. Both valves are self-closing when in a properly maintained condition. During cold weather operations, regular checks should be made to ensure that the pressure/vacuum valves do not get blocked by ice coverings which could otherwise inhibit the correct functioning of the valves. Flame screens can also become blocked when humid air vented from a cargo tank condenses and freezes on the gauze flame screens. Fitted to the riser pipe leading to the high velocity PV valves is a spur with a gas freeing type lid fitted. This pipe can be used in assisting in the tank purging process. Illustration 1.4.1d High Velocity Pressure/Vacuum Valve Shaft Filter Element Vacuum Seat Vacuum Disc Plug Valve Top Screw Magnet Test Lever Washer Pressure Disc Magnet Armature Fixture Section 1.4.1 - Page 8 of 8 1.5 Crude Oil Wash and Tank Cleaning System 1.5.1 Tank Cleaning System 1.5.2 Methods of Tank Cleaning Illustrations 1.5.1a Tank Cleaning System 1.5.1b Tank Cleaning Machines 1.5.1c Tank Cleaning Machine Speed Adjustment Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PX PI Key Sea Water Fire Water Electrical Signal No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) Deck Store (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Port) Illustration 1.5.1a Tank Cleaning System CO 242 CO254 CO 443 TC314 TC313 TC628 TC625 From Slop Pump TC642 TC645 CO406 TC648 To Cargo Control Room Chemical Injection Boss with Plug TC641 TC 114 TC 113 TC 514 TC 513 TC312 TC311 TC623 TC624 TC622 TC621 From No.6 Cargo Pump TC640 TC639 TC 112 TC 111 TC 512 TC 511 TC310 TC309 TC619 TC620 TC618 TC617 From No.5 Cargo Pump Connection from Fire Main Line From No.6 Cargo Pump From No.5 Cargo Pump TC638 TC637 TC 110 TC 109 TC 510 TC 509 TC308 TC307 TC615 TC616 TC614 TC613 From No.4 Cargo Pump From No.4 Cargo Pump TC636 TC635 TC 108 TC 647 TC 107 TC 508 TC 507 TC306 TC305 TC611 TC612 TC610 TC609 From No.3 Cargo Pump From No.3 Cargo Pump TC634 TC633 TC 106 TC 105 TC 506 TC 505 TC304 TC303 TC607 TC608 TC606 TC605 From No.2 Cargo Pump From No.2 Cargo Pump TC632 TC631 TC 104 TC 103 TC 504 TC 503 TC302 TC301 TC603 TC604 TC602 TC601 From No.1 Cargo Pump From No.1 Cargo Pump TC630 TC629 TC 102 TC 101 TC 502 TC 501 To/From Cargo System Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 CO246 TC166 TC116 TC115 TC163 TC117 Tank Cleaning Heater (100m 3 /h) TC118 TC 119 TC 120 CO 405 TC624 TC167 Section 1.5.1 - Page 1 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.5 CRUDE OIL WASH AND TANK CLEANING SYSTEM 1.5.1 TANK CLEANING SYSTEM Deck Mounted Machines Maker: Scanjet Clean AB No. of units: 26 Type: Scanjet SC30T programmable Nozzle size: 15mm Drop pipe length: 2.0m Length of gun: 300mm Capacity: 25m 3 /h Operating pressure: 9 bar Introduction The tank cleaning system consists of 26 deck mounted programmable units, one in each of the cargo and slop tanks. The deck mounted washing machines are a single nozzle unit with a nozzle diameter of 15mm, type SC30T. With an operating pressure of 9 bar the effective reach is 23 metres and a flow through capacity of approximately 25m 3 /h. The nozzle is suspended from a 2m long drop pipe beneath the fluid inlet housing. Each unit has a programmable driving unit which is mounted on the top of the washing fluid inlet housing and powered by a turbine, the turbine being driven by the washing fluid. Normal horizontal movement of the nozzle for the programmable units is between 1 and 1.6 rpm depending on the pressure of the driving fluid. The pitch angle change can be set to one of three main programmes using one or all of the programme knobs on the top of the drive unit. The programmes are set by lifting or pushing the required programme knob, each one representing a pitch of approximately 1.5, i.e. making available a pitch of approximately 1.5, 3.0 or 4.5. A further programme called the pre-wash which has a pitch angle of 27 can also be obtained when the programme knobs are correctly set. When the pre-wash knob is fully pushed down with the other two pins already in the down position, then the pre-wash programme is obtained. Selection of the 4.5 wash is made when the pre-wash knob is only pushed down as far as approximately 5mm from its full travel, it is indicated on the shaft by an identification stop mark. It is also possible to have a pitch of 0, i.e. all of the knobs lifted, if it is found to be necessary to give a single area a more thorough washing. More detailed instructions are given in the individual equipment instruction manuals. The normal parking position of the machines between washing operations is vertically downwards, this is elevation 0. Prior to the start of washing the elevation is manually set by winding the gun to the required angle using the portable hand crank. The actual elevation of the nozzle is indicated by a graduation scale on the spindle that protrudes through the driving unit top cover. The vertical movement of the rod indicates whether the rod is moving upwards or downwards. The horizontal rotation of the nozzle is indicated by a distinctive arrow mark on the top of the lifting rod. The washing fluid can be supplied to the tank cleaning main by the following: From the sea using a ballast pump. From the slop tanks using the slop tank cargo pumps. From any cargo tank pump discharge line, either to the tank cleaning main or the tank cleaning machine in its own tank. One or both slop tanks can be utilised for tank cleaning operations. A balance line is fitted, principally for use during water washing, or for bottom COW of the cargo tanks. The main tank cleaning machines are turbine driven, programme selectable, single nozzle units, mounted in the tank top. The cleaning media comes from the supply on board the vessel and enters the inlet housing where it passes the vertical turbine that drives the unit. The nozzle rotates in the horizontal plane combined with a very slow vertical movement which cleans the tank in a spherical pattern. The unit normally revolves at about 1.6 rpm, depending on the drive fluid viscosity and the line pressure at the inlet housing. Adjustments to the turbine speed can be carried out which will alter the rotation speed if so desired. The machine has four programmes to choose from which changes the elevation per revolution (pitch), all pre-programmed to give a tighter spray pattern in the bottom of the tank. These can be set to different pre-programmed values by means of lifting or pushing down the programme knobs. The nozzle angle scale indicates the elevation of the nozzle in the vertical plane, and the direction of the nozzle in the horizontal plane is shown by the direction of the tab on top of the lifting rod. See illustration 1.5.1b. The normal single pass cycle for the standard top bulkhead wash with a pitch change of 3 at 1.6 rpm takes approximately 21 minutes and the nozzles move between 120 and 45 elevation angle. The standard bottom wash at 3 pitch change and 1.5 rpm takes approximately 28 minutes for two passes, the nozzle moving between 50 and 0 and back to 50 elevation angle. Note: The standard washing programmes are typical only, additional passes and different pitch changes may be required to achieve the desired result. For light oils a single pass using a higher pitch may be sufficient, whilst heavier oils may require several passes at a lower pitch change. Washing will normally benefit from a combination of a few nozzle passes and a low pitch than from many passes at a higher pitch. Verification that the cycle is complete can be ascertained by viewing the indicator on the top and the side graduation scale of the lifting rod on each machine. Operation of the Deck Mounted Units a) Remove the protective cover to expose the programme knobs. b) Set the nozzle to the desired starting point using the hand manoeuvring crank. Ensure all of the pitch selection pins are in the raised position. Hand crank one full cycle to ensure the unit is running smoothly and that it moves through its full extent. c) If spot washing is used to clean certain areas in a tank, use the shadow diagrams to find out the horizontal and vertical nozzle angles. d) To start the machine, open the stop valve slowly to avoid liquid shock. e) Set the desired programme for the pitch required by pushing down the required number of programme knobs. f) On completion of tank cleaning return all of the pitch selection pins to the raised position, then reset the machine to the rest position by cranking the nozzle to face vertically downwards. Section 1.5.1 - Page 2 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 45 0 90 Tank Cleaning Machine Key A - Drive Unit B - Programme Knob C - Hand Crank D - Inlet Supply Valve E - Protective Cover Drive Spindle Showing the Graduation Angles B A C D E Illustration 1.5.1b Tank Cleaning Machines Section 1.5.1 - Page 3 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 To Preset Pitch Angles The Scanjet 30T has preset programmes which are adjusted by operating the programme knobs located on the top of the unit. 1) All knobs up: No elevation will be performed. Washing is limited to a horizontal circle. 2) One knob down: Approximately 1.5 per revolution. 3) Two knobs down: Approximately 3.0 per revolution. 4) Two knobs down plus pre-wash down to 5mm short of full travel: Approximately 4.5 per revolution. 5) Three knobs down: Approximately 27 per revolution (pre- wash). Speed Adjustment The rotating speed of the unit can be changed by changing the rotation speed of the turbine. Change the speed as follows: a) Stop the unit. b) Remove the protective cap A. c) Loosen the locking nut B. d) Set the adjustment screw C to the desired speed using an allen key. Turning the screw clockwise, raising it, increases the speed, anticlockwise, lowering it, reduces the speed. e) Turn on the unit. The lifting rod indicates the speed and can be checked using a wristwatch. f) Once the desired speed is set, tighten the locking nut and replace the protective cap. DECREASE INCREASE A B C A Key A - Protective Cup B - Contra Nut C - Adjusting Screw D - Protective Cover E - Drive Unit Illustration 1.5.1c Tank Cleaning Machine Speed Adjustment Tank Cleaning Machine E D Section 1.5.1 - Page 4 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.5.2 METHODS OF TANK CLEANING The atmosphere in the tank to be washed will fall under one of the following headings: Inerted - An atmosphere made incapable of supporting combustion by the introduction of inert gas and the resultant reduction in the overall oxygen content. That is, the tank atmosphere has an oxygen content of less than 8% by volume. Too Lean - An atmosphere made incapable of burning by the deliberate reduction of the hydrocarbon content to below the LFL. Over Rich - An atmosphere made incapable of burning by deliberately maintaining the hydrocarbon content of the tank over the UFL. A hydrocarbon content of at least 15% by volume should be attained before starting to wash and should be maintained throughout the washing cycle. Undefined - An atmosphere that may be above, below or within the flammable range. WARNING It is only in the inerted condition where it can safely be guaranteed that the tank atmosphere does not enter the flammable zone during tank washing and for this reason tanks must be washed in the inerted condition. If, for any reason, it is considered necessary to undertake tank washing under one of the other conditions following the carriage of a volatile cargo, guidance must be sought from the Company before any work is undertaken. In Coated Tanks - Temperature Restrictions All cargo tanks, slop tanks and the residual tank are coated with pure epoxy paint, because of this the temperature and pressure of washing water should not normally exceed 80C and 10.5kg/cm 2 respectively. However, these may be increased subject to agreement from the coating and tank cleaning equipment manufacturers that excessive heat and/or pressure will not damage the coating or the machine. The temperature of the washing water should always be at least 15C above the pour point of the previous cargo. After Black Oil Cargoes These products range from gas oils to heavy fuel oils and the degree of cleaning necessary will vary considerably with the grade to be loaded and the grades previously carried. Products within this group are persistent oils and residues must be handled in accordance with paragraph MARPOL 73/78. Cargo and slop tanks are cleaned on normal ballast passages to a standard suitable for any of the products within the ships usual trading pattern. This may not be necessary if the next cargo is identical to the previous cargo apart from the requirements for heavy weather ballast. Specific instructions will be contained in the Company SMS and Charterers instructions. Unless the ship has carried a cargo of crude oil or other low flashpoint cargo previously, gas freeing should not be necessary. Operation of the inert gas system should be in accordance with section 1.4 of this manual. If the ship is back loading at the discharge port, it may be necessary to clean tanks to a shore facility or retain the residues on board. If washing with some cargo remaining on board, care should be taken to ensure that segregation is not compromised. Heavy fuel oils leave residues on tank bottoms and structures at low temperatures and these can cause serious contamination of the lighter fuels and gas oils. The portable tank washing machines can be used to supplement fixed machines to ensure effective coverage of all tank structures. Washing must be continued until the required degree of cleanliness is achieved. The bottom portion of the tank will require particular attention, especially after carrying heavy or waxy fuel oils at low temperatures. Hot water should always be used when the nature of the cargo warrants it or when a special degree of cleaning is required. The temperature of the wash water should be 25C above the pour point of the residue in order to achieve effective removal by tank washing. Scale formation is not usually heavy in ships with coated tanks which are employed solely on black products trading, but where present it may be mixed with waxy deposits from fuel oils, which can make it difficult to clean to the standard for gas oils and light fuel oils etc. The amount of washing required to change from a black oil cargo to a clean oil cargo will, in many circumstances, be trial and error. Generally, about 4 hours per tank will be required, using both fixed and/or portable machines. It is particularly important to ensure that blind areas under structures are adequately washed, and therefore a portable machine must be used in conjunction with the fixed machine. Fixed machines on product carriers, whilst suitable for oil cargoes with very little or no residues, may not be sufficiently effective on their own after black oil cargoes. The drop-levels should be calculated so that all parts of the structure are washed either directly or by splashing. After the initial washing, the tank should be gas freed and inspected to check on the effectiveness of the washing. It may be necessary to reposition the portable machines by tying them off on a tank structure to get better coverage of the underside of structures. The tank is then re-inerted and re-washed using the portable machines that have been winged-out. CAUTION Suspended machines are likely to suffer severe damage if allowed to swing inside the tank when the vessel is rolling.
After Clean Oil Cargoes Products Range These products range from very light volatile oils like Naphtha, to gas oils and lubricating oils that are less volatile but can be greasy. Basic Tank Washing Requirements When tank washing, a good stern trim and efficient use of equipment are important. Provided that a tank is properly drained before washing begins, a one hour cleaning operation with the fixed machines is normally sufficient to achieve a satisfactory standard of cleanliness. Cold Water Washing in Coated Tanks Cold water washing is sufficiently effective for all grades of clean oil, except after the carriage of the heavier lubricating oils. Cold water should therefore be used unless there are special circumstances that require hot water washing. Hot Water Washing in Coated Tanks The use of hot water allows for quicker tank cleaning and gas freeing after the discharge of clean oil cargoes. It removes greasy films more quickly and by raising the temperature of the tank atmosphere, releases gas in scale and accelerates ventilation. Hot washing should be used when: Cleaning for dry-docking or repairs A special degree of cleanliness is required Incompatibility of Grades When tank washing, the incompatibility of certain grades to one another will involve the washing out of all residual and adhering oil. Inert gas must also be operated to reduce oxygen and hydrocarbon gas levels in accordance with the Inert Gas section of this manual, section 1.4. Any slops generated should be disposed of in accordance with MARPOL 73/78. Over-Washing Although it is important to remove all traces of the last cargo it is equally important to avoid excessive tank washing as this will eventually lead to expensive renewal of tank coatings. Providing that the coatings are in a good condition, adhesion of most types of clean oil is minimal and this reduces the amount of washing required. Section 1.5.2 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Residues following Cargo Discharge With spirit cargoes, little residue is left on tank sides and structures other than liquid and gases in scale and other loose materials. With gas oils and lubricating oils a greasy film will remain. With all oils, there is also a small amount of liquid left below the effective level of the strum. Difficulty should not be experienced in cleaning tanks after either spirit or greasy cargoes. Bottom washing and stripping should be continued until all oil residues are removed. Maintenance (Routine Maintenance in Operation Only) It is not necessary for the tank washing machines be removed from the tanks unless there has been a mechanical failure. In the event of such a failure, a lifting tripod, chain block and tools are provided and should be kept in good order. Normal maintenance will consist of ensuring that the housing of the power unit is filled with grease or lubricating oil. In the portable machines, check that the stop valve is tight and that the machine is carrying out its programme. During periodic dry-docking, the opportunity should be taken to confirm that the nozzles are clear, which can be done by observing the water jet. Complete drainage and oil change is recommended on a periodical basis as suggested by the manufacturer. Section 1.5.2 - Page 2 of 2 1.6 Hydraulic Valve Remote Control System Illustrations 1.6a Remote Valve System 1.6b Stationary Hand Pump Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.6a Remote Valve System PI PI PI PT Junction Box On/Off Upper Deck B A Motor Starter Box TH CO172 CO238 CO177 CO242 CO237 CO243 CO171 CO205 CO176 CO210 CO183 CO216 CO188 CO221 CO194 CO227 CO199 CO232 CO182 CO209 CO187 CO215 CO193 CO220 CO198 CO226 CO204 CO231 BA124 BA125 BA126 BA127 BA128 BA129 BA130 BA131 BA132 BA117 BA118 BA119 BA120 BA121 BA122 BA123 BA107 BA108 BA115 BA106 BA114 CO250 ODM Discharge To Overboard CO249 ODM Discharge To Slop Tank On/Off B A On/Off B A Cargo System Ballast System Electrical Section Pressure Line Tank (Return) Line No.1 Solenoid Valve Cabinet (40 Each) T b P B A B A B A B A Stationary Hand Pump Emergency Operation B A B A a T b P B A a T b P B A a PI Electrical Section No.2 Solenoid Valve Cabinet (16 Each) T b P B A a T b P B A a PI B A Stationary Hand Pump PI B A Stationary Hand Pump PI B A Portable Hand Pump (2-Sets) PI BA104 BA112 Continuous BA101 BA109 CO253 Shipside Valve Shipside Valve On/Off Hydraulic Oil Pressure Electrical Signal Key M M On/Off B A On/Off B A B A B A Continuous B A Emergency Operation Emergency Operation P = Pressure Line T = Tank (Return) Line Section 1.6 - Page 1 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.6 HYDRAULIC VALVE REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM Hydraulic Power Pack Unit Manufacturer: Danfoss Marine Systems No. of sets: 1 Model: SPU-200 FAP Type: Electric motor 1.8kW (two pumps) Pump capacity: 2 x 5.04 litres/min Tank capacity: 100 litres (nominal) Accumulator capacity: 2 x 37 litres (with nitrogen bladder fitted charged to 100 bar) Working temperature: 45C Working pressure: 105 bar Hydraulic Actuators Manufacturer: Danfoss Marine Systems Type: Hydraulic double acting rotary Model: 40 off type BRC012 A1 Model: 16 off type BRC022 A1 Solenoid Valve Cabinet Manufacturer: Danfoss Marine Systems No. of sets: 2 Portable Hand Pump Manufacturer: Danfoss Marine Systems Model: PHP 25-05 No. of sets: 2 with 4 metre long hoses Max. working pressure: 135 bar Capacity: 5 litres Weight: 20kg Stationary Hand Pump Manufacturer: Danfoss Marine Systems Model: PHP 25-05 No. of sets: 3 Max. working pressure: 135 bar Capacity: 5 litres Authors Note: Confirm the method of operation of the valves via the Aconis DCS during visit to the ship. Vessel specific information in the vendor manual very limited. Introduction The hydraulic valve remote control system enables tank valves connected to the system to be actuated from the cargo control screen displays in the CCR. The hydraulic power pack has two pumps fitted that operate at a pressure of 105 bar and two sets of accumulators each containing a nitrogen bladder charged to 100 bar that are used to supply hydraulic power when demand is low and the pumps are not running. The accumulators also dampen out peaks and fluctuations in the discharge so ensuring that the supply pressure is steady and constant. Each pump unit has the capacity to open or close three of the largest diameter valves simultaneously from open to close or vice versa within one minute at an ambient temperature of 15C. The combined stored power capacity of the accumulators from an initial pump cut out pressure of 105 bar has the same capacity to open or close three of the largest valves simultaneously. Operation Settings Operation Setting Duty pump cut in: ?? bar Pump(s) cut out: 105 bar Standby pump cut in: ?? bar High pressure alarm: 110 bar Low oil pressure alarm: 100 bar Low oil tank level alarm: 50% tank capacity (50 litres) Low oil tank level duty pump trip: 25% tank capacity (25 litres) Should there be a failure of the hydraulic power unit valves may be opened and closed by using one of the emergency hand pumps. Remotely operated valves are used on the water ballast system and cargo system including the slop tanks. The majority of these valves (52 sets) are either fully open or fully closed with no intermediate positions with only valves BA101, BA109, BA104 and BA112 being proportional valves that can be partially opened or closed. The valves are operated from the Aconis cargo system screen displays in the CCR. Essentially, the duty deck officer calls up the required screen display and using a trackball selects the appropriate hydraulic valve. Activation of the valve is made by positioning the cursor over a valve, this rollover with the cursor will bring up the valve faceplate. Selecting the valve with left button on the trackball unit will fully activate the faceplate allowing the operator the options of opening or closing the valve. At this point the operation can take place either with the trackball or the Aconis keypad. The faceplate will indicate the valves identification number and a brief identification description plus a number of operational options which include Open, Close, Command and Cancel. The intermediate type are represented in an identical manner as for those of the other hydraulic valves. The major difference is that when the valve is selected, the operator must type in a % value position in the faceplate for the valve to move to and then select the Command then Cancel function buttons. The valve icon will change colour in the same way as for the open/close valves. The manually operated valves in the cargo and ballast system which are displayed on the cargo and ballast screens have the ability for the operator to change their representative colour, this serves as an aid for the understanding of the valves position. (Check) A number of the Aconis system screen displays indicate the hydraulic power pack system pressure. The ballast system handling page has two pump icons which change colour to indicate their running/stopped condition and there is a small alarm/system healthy icon next to the pressure indication. When the pumps are set for CRT operation on the local control panel in the engine room, they in addition to being controlled automatically by the system pressure, can be started and stopped from the ballast handling system screen display. Additionally, there is a further Aconis screen display Remo v/v hyd sys which allows the starting and stopping of the hydraulic power pack pumps. (Check) The mode selection for the two pumps, including the remote (CRT)/local and the lead/lag configuration is carried out locally at the power pack unit, the unit is located in the engine room on the second deck forward. The control panel in addition to the mode selection switches, has alarm indication lights for low oil level, low oil pressure, high oil pressure and high oil temperature. The two solenoid valve cabinets are located ???????? and house the solenoid valves which direct the hydraulic oil to and from the valve actuators. The solenoid valves can be controlled electrically from the Aconis screen displays or manually at the solenoid valve cabinets should the need arise. In the event of hydraulic power failure an emergency hand pump can be used to pressurise the system and to operate the valves either from the solenoid valve cabinet or locally at the valve. Additionally three stationary hand pumps have also been supplied and fitted to operate valves BA101, BA109, BA104, BA112 and CO253. The three stationary pumps can be seen in illustration 1.6.1a and are hard piped into the hydraulic system and are operated in an emergency from a remote position by lining up the three way isolating valves and pumping accordingly. Section 1.6 - Page 2 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 1.6b Stationary Hand Pump EMERGENCY OPERATION ON VALVES WITH 2 LINE HAND PUMP ONLY FOR SYSTEMS WHERE PILOT LINE B = OPEN PILOT LINE A = CLOSE 2 Line System Turn the 3way Valves ("A" and "B") to em'cy position. OPENING Turn the pilot valve on the hand pump to "open" position and continue to pump until the actuator/valve is open (see visual indicator or pressure gauge for nominal working pressure 105 bar) The valve is prevented from closing when the pilot valve is placed in centre position. CLOSING Turn the pilot valve on the hand pump to "closed" position. - Otherwise as above. 1 Line System OPENING Only "B" is used - Otherwise as above. CLOSING Turn the pilot valve on the hand pump to "closed" position The actuator/valve closes without pumping NOTE: After operation. Turn 3 way valves to normal position Sol. Cabinet Normal pos. H/P A c tu a to r Sol. Cabinet Em'cy pos. H/P A c tu a to r Centre EMERGENCY OPERATION ON VALVES WITH 2 LINE HAND PUMP ONLY FOR SYSTEMS WHERE PILOT LINE B = OPEN PILOT LINE A = CLOSE 2 Line System Turn the 3way Valves ("A" and "B") to em'cy position. OPENING Turn the pilot valve on the hand pump to "open" position and continue to pump until the actuator/valve is open (see visual indicator or pressure gauge for nominal working pressure 105 bar) The valve is prevented from closing when the pilot valve is placed in centre position. CLOSING Turn the pilot valve on the hand pump to "closed" position. - Otherwise as above. 1 Line System OPENING Only "B" is used - Otherwise as above. CLOSING Turn the pilot valve on the hand pump to "closed" position The actuator/valve closes without pumping NOTE: After operation. Turn 3 way valves to normal position Sol. Cabinet Normal pos. H/P A c t u a t o r Sol. Cabinet Em'cy pos. H/P A c t u a t o r Centre 1 2 4 3 5 bar 0 300 50 250 100 200 150 6 8 7 9 Key 1. Hand Pump 2. 4/3 Pilot Valve 3. Directional Flow Valve 4. Relief Valve 5. Air Filter 6. Pressure Gauge 7. Isolator 8. Instruction Plate 9. Sight Glass Section 1.6 - Page 3 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Procedure for Operating the Valve Remote Control System It is assumed that the valve blocks in the solenoid cabinets and the individual valve inlet and return screw isolation valves are in their normal operation position after commissioning. a) Ensure that there is sufficient oil in the hydraulic unit tank, if necessary top the tank up to the normal working level with the correct grade of oil. b) Check that the electrical isolation breaker for each pump is switched to the ON position, the Power On lamp for each pump should be illuminated. c) Ensure that the individual accumulators isolation valves at the bottom of each unit are open. The accumulators are charged with nitrogen at 100 bar during the commissioning stage and should not require recharging unless the pressure has deteriorated. d) Press the lamp test button and check the lamps. e) Turn the mode selection switch to Local then press the START/ RUN pushbutton to start the pump. The pump will operate and charge the system to the normal operating pressure then cut out when a pressure of 105 bar is reached. Change the run mode selection switch to CRT and set the lead/lag configuration, either P1-P2 or P2-P1. (Check terminology.) f) The system pressure is now being maintained automatically in response to valve operations from the Aconis valve control system. Check that the operating pump starts and stops automatically and that hydraulic pressure is maintained in the hydraulic system according to demand. Note: Samples of oil from the hydraulic system MUST be taken at intervals recommended by the oil supplier and sent for analysis as soon as possible after the samples have been taken. Note: The alarm system must be checked when the hydraulic unit is operating. Emergency Manual Operation Should a valve fail to operate from the cargo control room screen displays, the first attempt to operate the valve manually should be made by directly operating the solenoid valve in the solenoid valve cabinet. Inside each cabinet, each solenoid has two directional pushbuttons which can be used to open or close any of the remotely operated valves. Each valve block has a valve position indicator. Procedure for Emergency Valve Operation In the event of a complete failure of the hydraulic system, the valves can be operated locally by means of the stationary or portable hand pumps, whichever is applicable. CAUTION Cleanliness of the oil entering the system is of utmost importance. Hoses must be dedicated clean hydraulic hoses and quick release couplings must be cleaned prior to use and the dust caps replaced immediately after disconnection. a) At the actuating piston to be operated for the cargo valves, or at the valve block for the ballast valves close the actuator control block stop valves by screwing in the isolating studs. b) Connect the hand pump hoses to the emergency control block for the valve, connecting points A and B. c) Turn the hand pump pilot valve to the OPEN position (or CLOSED position for closing). d) Operate the hand pump handle until the valve is open (or closed as required). e) Place the pilot valve in the centre position and this will prevent movement of the valve from the open (or closed) position. f) Monitor the valve position for creep and re-apply pressure as necessary. Section 1.6 - Page 4 of 4 1.7 Ballast System 1.7.1 System Description 1.7.2 Ballast Operation 1.7.3 Ballast Vent System Illustrations 1.7.1a Water Ballast System 1.7.2a Ballast Operation 1.7.2b Deballast Operation Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PX PI PX PI LS LS BA130 BA126 No.4 DB Water Ballast Tank (Centre) Illustration 1.7.1a Water Ballast System No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) Fore Peak Tank No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) Sea Chest No.1 Ballast Pump (750m 3 /h x25mth) No.2 Ballast Pump (750m 3 /h x25mth) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) BA116 BA117 No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) BA118 BA120 BA121 BA123 BA125 BA109 BA135 AR110 ST115 BA111 To Control Console in Cargo Control Room To Control Console in Cargo Control Room Sea Chest BA101 BA122 BA124 BA127 BA129 BA119 BA128 BA114 BA106 BA115 BA107 BA104 BA105 BA112 BA113 BA103 BA133 To Cargo System CO407 BA131 BA132 BA108 CO408 IG165 From Inert Gas Generator Compressed Air Steam BA134 AR109 ST114 Compressed Air Compressed Air From Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System To Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System To Hydraulic Oil System Steam IG130 IG131 AR111 Compressed Air AR112 Key Ballast Compressed Air Hydraulic Oil Steam Electrical Signal Section 1.7.1 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.7 BALLAST SYSTEM 1.7.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Ballast Pump Manufacturer: Framo Type: Hydraulic submerged Model: SB300 Capacity: 750m 3 /h x 25mth Consumption, rating: 242 litres/minute at 192 bar No. of sets: 2 Introduction The vessel complies with MARPOL Protocol 73/78 as a segregated ballast tanker with the primary spaces beneath and around the outboard side of the cargo tanks being utilised as ballast tanks to optimise draught, trim and heel during the various load conditions of the vessel. The segregated ballast tanks are located outboard of and underneath the cargo tanks. Ballast tanks No.1, 2, 3 and 6 are of an L shaped side wing and double bottom arrangement, while No.4 and 5 ballast tanks although of a similar design only extend to the seventh longitudinal. An additional centre double bottom tank from the seventh longitudinal, which, although identified as No.4 centre, stretches below No.4 and 5 cargo tanks. The fore peak tank can also be used for ballast. The aft peak tank is filled and emptied via the bilge, fire and GS pumps in the engine room. The vessel is designed with sufficient ballast capacity to meet normal weather conditions. In the event of heavy weather, additional ballast may be carried in any cargo oil tank subject to compliance with stress conditions and MARPOL requirements so that the tank to be ballasted is firstly crude oil washed. Ballast tank capacities (at 100% capacity) consist of: Tank Capacity 100% (m 3 ) Fore peak tank 1,593.7 No.1 water ballast tank (port) 1,652.9 No.1 water ballast tank (starboard) 1,410.0 No.2 water ballast tank (port) 1,232.7 No.2 water ballast tank (starboard) 1,475.7 No.3 water ballast tank (port) 1,473.7 No.3 water ballast tank (starboard) 1,230.7 No.4 double bottom water ballast tank (centre) 1,599.9 No.4 water ballast tank (port) 901.0 Tank Capacity 100% (m 3 ) No.4 water ballast tank (starboard) 1,058.3 No.5 water ballast tank (port) 1,006.4 No.5 water ballast tank (starboard) 1,006.4 No.6 water ballast tank (port) 1,625.8 No.6 water ballast tank (starboard) 1,230.8 Aft peak tank 417.8 The total capacity of the segregated ballast tanks is 18,915.8m 3 , 50.75% of the Summer DWT. The main ballast tanks are served by two submerged hydraulic driven deepwell pumps, each pump rated at 750m 3 /h at 25mth. The port ballast pump is located inside the No.5 port ballast tank, while the starboard pump is located inside the No.5 starboard ballast tank. Each ballast pump is provided with its own independent sea chest within its respective ballast tank. Both pumps are connected to an overboard discharge line situated above the deepest load condition on both port and starboard sides. In the event of a leakage of cargo, either of vapour or liquid into one of the ballast tanks when it is empty, then it is possible to direct inert gas via a 250mm line into the contaminated tank by inserting the spool piece between isolation valves IG130 and IG165. The ballast system pumps can be used for supplying line washing water from the sea prior to closed cycle washing of the cargo tanks. The wing ballast tanks are ballasted and deballasted via a port and starboard 300mm pipeline system from which individual 250mm suction lines are branched off to each tank; the fore peak tank is serviced by the port ballast line. A manually operated hydraulic deck stand valve is used to open and close the forward isolating valve BA116 for the fore peak tank. Although the port and starboard ballast lines are separate, the crossover valves on the suction and discharge sides of the ballast pumps allow a degree of flexibility in the system. All of the hydraulically operated valves in the ballast system are open or closed from the control system screen displays in the CCR. The speed of the ballast pumps is controlled on the Framo main control panel. The sea chests are fitted with a facility for connecting air or steam in order to clear the sea chest of weed or to maintain the chest free of ice. The vent on the sea chests should always left in the open position. Section 1.7.1 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PX PI PX PI LS LS Illustration 1.7.2a Ballast Operation No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) Fore Peak Tank No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) Sea Chest No.1 Ballast Pump (750m 3 /h x25mth) No.2 Ballast Pump (750m 3 /h x25mth) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) BA116 BA117 No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) BA118 BA120 BA121 BA123 BA125 BA109 BA135 AR110 ST115 BA111 To Control Console in Cargo Control Room To Control Console in Cargo Control Room Sea Chest BA101 BA122 BA124 BA127 BA129 BA119 BA128 BA114 BA106 BA115 BA107 BA104 BA105 BA112 BA113 BA103 BA133 To Cargo System CO407 BA131 BA132 BA108 CO408 IG165 From Inert Gas Generator Compressed Air Steam BA134 AR109 ST114 Compressed Air Compressed Air From Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System To Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System To Hydraulic Oil System Steam IG130 IG131 AR111 Compressed Air AR112 Key Ballast Compressed Air Hydraulic Oil Steam Electrical Signal BA130 BA126 No.4 DB Water Ballast Tank (Centre) Section 1.7.2 - Page 1 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.7.2 BALLAST OPERATION Ballasting CAUTION Hydraulic hammer in ballast and cargo lines can cause serious damage and must be prevented at all times. Valves must only be opened in a manner that will prevent damage to pipes, pumps and other valves in the system. In the planning and execution stages of cargo and ballast operations, consideration must be given to the following: Back filling of the lines from the sea chest should be done in a controlled manner by only partially opening the appropriate valves to the pumps and the ballast lines. This will allow the pressure or vacuum that may be present to decay slowly. It may also be possible to vent any displaced air in the lines through the ballast overboard discharge. It is the responsibility of all those either directly involved in or assisting in supervising cargo/ballast operations to ensure that the system valves are operated in a safe and proper manner and that the systems, including pump casings are vented before operations commence. Ballasting Operations The ballast system is normally empty and dry prior to ballasting and it is, therefore essential to start ballasting slowly to avoid damaging the ballast lines with surge pressure. Upon commencing discharge of cargo and in accordance with the chief officers unloading plan, line up the ballast system to run in permanent ballast to selected tanks. Where possible, do not stop running into a tank until the double bottom is full and the water level is into the tank trunking area so as to minimise the free surface effects. Care is essential to ensure that excessive stress, trim and list are avoided and that draught restrictions are not exceeded. Operating Procedure to Ballast the Ship by Gravity a) Prior to commencing cargo or ballast operations check that ballast valve BA133 and inert gas valve IG165, the emergency cargo and inert gas line connection valves are closed, and that the spool piece in the connection to the inert gas system and cargo system is removed and blanked. b) Set the ballast tanks and lines to run in ballast to approximately the draught of the vessel ie, to a level whereby pumping ballast would prove more efficient than running ballast. c) Reset the ballast lines so that both pumps are pumping from sea to the ballast tanks. During ballasting it is advisable to keep the ballast system common and the pumps on similar load and back pressures. This ensures that the ballast wing tanks fill evenly and that in the event of a list, various ballast tanks can be partly closed without affecting the pumps. d) Fill the ballast tanks to the required levels as indicated on the chief officers unloading plan, avoiding overfilling them. e) Shut down the ballast system upon completion of ballasting. Gravitating in Ballast Tanks selected are as an example only. Ballasting will depend on the cargo discharge order, draught requirements etc, as to which ballast tanks are actually used and in what sequence; these conditions and sequences will be given in detail in the chief officers unloading plan. a) Check that all valves are closed prior to setting the line up for operation. Position Description Valve Open (As per CO ballasting plan) Ballast tank suction valves (as required), No.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 wing tanks and No.4 DB WBT centre BA118, BA119 BA120, BA121 BA122, BA123 BA124, BA125 BA126, BA127 BA128, BA129 BA130 Open Fore peak tank block valve BA117 Open if required Fore peak tank suction valve, operated from hydraulic deck stand valve unit BA116 Open No.1 and 2 ballast pump suction valves BA106, BA114 Open Ballast main crossover valve BA108 Open Ballast sea valves BA101, BA109 b) Gravitate in ballast as far as is practical, opening up into the next set of ballast tanks as required until the rate drops off necessitating the need to run the ballast pumps. Pumping in Ballast a) On completion of gravitating in ballast, line up the ballast pumps and fill the ballast tanks to the required volume as indicated on the unloading plan. Position Description Valve Close No.1 and 2 ballast pump suction valves BA106, BA114 Open (As per CO ballasting plan) Ballast tank suction valves (as required), No.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 wing tanks and No.4 DB WBT centre BA118, BA119 BA120, BA121 BA122, BA123 BA124, BA125 BA126, BA127 BA128, BA129 BA130 Open Fore peak tank block valve BA117 Open Fore peak tank suction valve, operated from hydraulic deck stand valve unit BA116 Open No.1 and 2 ballast pump discharge valves onto the ballast main BA107, BA115 Open Ballast main crossover valve BA108 Open Ballast sea valves BA101, BA109 b) Purge the ballast pumps of air, then start No.1 and 2 ballast pumps, and fill the ballast tanks to the required volume. c) Stop the ballast pumps on completion and shut down all the valves on the system. Deballasting Operation Deballasting should be started in accordance with the chief officers loading plan but it may be that deballasting cannot be commenced until a sample of the ballast water presented to the port authorities is tested and passed as being acceptable. However, careful planning is essential to maintain the vessel at a suitable draught/trim consistent with the weather conditions, and any special berth limitations, such as air draught etc. Attention is drawn to the CAUTION as indicated on the previous text page about ensuring that the ballast lines are correctly flooded before any ballast tanks are opened onto the ballast main to ensure against possible water hammer damage. Section 1.7.2 - Page 2 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PX PI PX PI LS LS Illustration 1.7.2b Deballast Operation No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) Fore Peak Tank No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) Sea Chest No.1 Ballast Pump (750m 3 /h x25mth) No.2 Ballast Pump (750m 3 /h x25mth) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) BA116 BA117 No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) BA118 BA120 BA121 BA123 BA125 BA109 BA135 AR110 ST115 BA111 To Control Console in Cargo Control Room To Control Console in Cargo Control Room Sea Chest BA101 BA122 BA124 BA127 BA129 BA119 BA128 BA114 BA106 BA115 BA107 BA104 BA105 BA112 BA113 BA103 BA133 To Cargo System CO407 BA131 BA132 BA108 CO408 IG165 From Inert Gas Generator Compressed Air Steam BA134 AR109 ST114 Compressed Air Compressed Air From Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System To Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System To Hydraulic Oil System Steam IG130 IG131 AR111 Compressed Air AR112 Key Ballast Compressed Air Hydraulic Oil Steam Electrical Signal BA130 BA126 No.4 DB Water Ballast Tank (Centre) Section 1.7.2 - Page 3 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Gravitating Out Ballast Choose the ballast overboard to be used with care, account must be taken on which side is alongside as the ballast high overboard discharge which is located in relation to No.5 cargo tanks might have an effect on the terminal, or conversely on any barge alongside the ship etc. No.4 ballast tanks are selected as an example, but the actual tanks to be used will be in accordance with the chief officers loading plan sequence. a) Check that all valves are closed prior to line up. b) Ensure that the port and starboard ballast mains are not under vacuum and that the main lines are flooded before any of the ballast tanks are opened. If necessary flood the ballast mains, vent the lines via the high overboard discharge valves as indicated below. Position Description Valve Open Port ballast high overboard discharge valve BA104 Open No.1 ballast pump suction valve BA106 Open Ballast main crossover valve BA108 Open No.1 ballast pump sea chest suction valve BA101 The ballast mains will now be flooded, venting via the port overboard discharge valve. When the ballast main is flooded running of the selected tanks can commence. Position Description Valve Open No.4 ballast tank suctions BA124, BA125 With ballast water now running out to sea: Close Port ballast high overboard discharge valve BA104 Open No.2 ballast pump suction line valve BA114 Open No.2 ballast pump sea chest suction valve BA109 c) Run out No.4 ballast tanks (and any others as required) to sea level or just above the double bottom, then change over to another pair of ballast tanks. Ensure that a new set of tanks are opened before the completed set are shut off. Position Description Valve Open (As per CO deballasting plan) Ballast tank suction valves (as required), No.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 wing tanks and No.4 DB WBT centre BA118, BA119 BA120, BA121 BA122, BA123 BA124, BA125 BA126, BA127 BA128, BA129 BA130 Open Fore peak tank block valve BA117 Open Fore peak tank suction valve, operated from hydraulic deck stand valve unit BA116 Continue deballasting in this way until the rate drops off necessitating the need to use the ballast pumps. Pumping Out Ballast a) When ballast can no longer be practically gravitated out to sea, line up the ballast pumps to pump out the remaining ballast. Position Description Valve Close Ballast sea chest valves BA101, BA109 Open Port ballast high overboard valve BA104 Closed Starboard ballast high overboard valve BA112 Open Ballast discharge crossover valves BA132, BA131 Open No.4 ballast tank suction valves BA124, BA125 b) Start the ballast pumps and pump out the remaining ballast through the high overboard. In this example the ship is starboard side alongside and therefore the port high overboard discharge and the ballast pump discharge crossover line would be used. c) When the ballast tank reaches draining level the hydraulic pressure will fall and fluctuate between around 50-100kg/cm 2 . In some cases increased vibrations on the ballast pump may be observed when the load is removed from the pump as it begins to lose suction. At this point throttle in the ballast overboard discharge valve until the ballast tank is emptied, then stop the ballast pump. A small alternate list can assist in the final draining of the tanks. d) Record the ballast discharge in the Ballast Water Record log. Section 1.7.2 - Page 4 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 1: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 1.7.3 BALLAST VENT SYSTEM Each ballast tank is provided with a class approved air ventilator system designed for use during ballasting and deballasting operations and allowing for climatic changes within the tank while enroute without creating serious pressure differentials throughout the tank. The fore peak tank is provided with a deck mounted 200mm nominal bore ventilator located on the port side aft of the tank and a 250mm nominal bore ventilator situated forward on the tank. The main ballast wing tanks are all fitted with 200mm nominal bore ventilators located at the aft section of the tank and 250mm nominal bore ventilators located at the forward section of the tank. No.4 double bottom tank is fitted with a 200mm nominal bore ventilator located at the aft section of the tank and 250mm nominal bore ventilator located at the forward section of the tank. Sounding pipes of 40mm nominal bore are fitted to all ballast tanks for allowing manual gauging of the ballast tank level to be carried out. In the event of cargo vapour or liquid being detected in one of the main ballast tanks, then it is possible to direct IG into a ballast tank, either from below using the ballast suction valve, or by connecting a flexible hose from specific branch line take off points on the IG main to a spur fitted to the deck on each ballast tank. Section 1.7.3 - Page 1 of 1 PART 2: CARGO HANDLING PROCEDURES 2.1 Cargo Handling and Operation Sequence Diagrams 2.1.1 Loading 2.1.2 Discharging Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Start the deballasting programme in accordance with the chief officer's loading plan paying due regard to the ships stability, shear stress and bending moment using both ballast pumps simultaneously as necessary to keep the ship upright. The respective ballast tanks, port and starboard, should be maintained at the same level. 2.7 When topping off the tanks being filled, or when nearing the end of loading a particular grade of cargo, slow the loading rate down. Before loading a second or subsequent grade in one of the cargo mains, where line contamination is not acceptable, ensure the cargo main is thoroughly drained of the previous grade. When all of the cargo has been loaded and all of the ballast discharged, drain any cargo residue in the cargo top lines and crossovers to the cargo tanks according to grade segregation. Work out a loading plan to use the cargo lines to the best advantage, bearing in mind the tanks into which the various grades are to be loaded and the required segregation. Ensure that the cargo valve hydraulic system is in operation. Ensure that the drip trays beneath the crossover manifolds are empty and the scupper plugs are in position. Connect the required hoses to the manifold connections. Establish communication with the terminal and agree tank gaugings with the authorities. When all of the preliminaries have been agreed, signal to the shore that the ship is ready to receive cargo. Check the hose connections for leakage as soon as cargo starts to flow and the integrity of the ship. 1.2 1.6 2.3 2.3 2.3 Disconnect the loading arms and agree with the shore authorities on the amount of each grade of cargo loaded. 2.1.1 Loading Section 2.1.1 - Page 1 of 1 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Work out a discharging plan to make the best use of the cargo system paying due regard to the various grades to be discharged from the different tanks. 1.2 Ensure that the cargo valve hydraulic system is in operation. 1.6 Ensure the inert gas system is ready for operation and delivery as required. 1.4, 1.2 Ensure that the drip trays beneath the crossover manifolds are empty and the scupper plugs are in position. 2.4 Connect the required hoses to the correct manifold points. Prepare the cargo pumps hydraulic system. 2.4 2.4 Establish communications with the shore terminal and agree tank gaugings with the shore authorities. When all of the preliminaries have been agreed, signal to the shore that cargo pumping is about to commence. When clearance is given from the shore authorities, start initial tanks cargo pumps, pumping cargo at low rates initially until all hose connections have been proved tight, then increase the pumping rate to the agreed rate. 1.3.1, 2.4 When using inert gas ensure that the cargo tanks being discharged are maintained at a slight overpressure by the inert gas system. If at any time the tank pressure approaches atmospheric, the discharge rate should be reduced or stopped and the inert gas system should be checked. 2.4 1.4 If discharging crude oil, and the level in the tanks to be washed has been reduced to the required level, start tank washing. Only one grade of cargo can be used at any one time. 2.5 When the tank is approach draining level slow down the pump and throttle the discharge valve in combination until the pump loses suction. 2.4 When all of the cargo has been discharged, stop the cargo pumps and advise the terminal. Prepare to strip the cargo pumps, lines and crossovers to the shore using the compressed air system to blow through. Advise the terminal on commencing. 2.4 Disconnect the loading arms, then agree with the terminal staff and cargo surveyor on the quantity of cargo remaining on board. Shut down the inert gas system, if being used, when the cargo tank pressures reach the required level. 2.4 1.4 Start ballasting in accordance with the chief officer's unloading plan, paying due regard to ship stability, shear forces and bending moment. Use both ballast pumps simultaneously to keep the ship upright. The respective ballast tanks, port and starboard, should be maintained at the same level until discharging is almost complete, when a slight alternate list may assist the cargo pumps to completely empty the cargo tanks. 2.7 1.7 2.1.2 Discharging Section 2.1.2 - Page 1 of 1 2.2 Inerting Cargo Tanks 2.2.1 System Operation 2.2.2 Primary Inerting 2.2.3 Use of Inert Gas While Loading Cargo 2.2.4 Use of Inert Gas While Discharging Cargo and Crude Oil Washing 2.2.5 Use of Inert Gas on Loaded or Ballast Passage 2.2.6 Use of Inert Gas for Purging Cargo Tanks 2.2.7 Use With Vapour Emission Control (VEC) 2.2.8 Minimising Inert Gas Air Pollution Illustrations 2.2.1a Inert Gas System in the Engine Room 2.2.1b Inert Gas System on Deck 2.2.1c Inert Gas Generator Panels in Engine Room and CCR 2.2.2a Primary Inerting 2.2.2b Primary Inerting 2.2.3a Inert Gas Flow During Loading (Non VEC) 2.2.3b Inert Gas Flow During Loading of Cargo Tanks 2.2.4a Inert Gas Flow During Discharging 2.2.4b Inerting During Discharging 2.2.6a Inerting Cargo Tanks 2.2.7a Inert Gas Flow During Loading with VEC 2.2.7b Vapour Emission Control Monitoring and Alarm System Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PI CI TZA 2312 TZA 2335 LZA 2322 PT 6006 TI 2331 PZA 2336 GS 2001 TI 2311 PZA 2011 PZA 2320 PZA 2321 PI 2012 PI 2318 PI 1003 PI 1003 PI 1503 PZA 1503 PZA 1505 PI 1504 AS PI 2033 FI 7024 Q 7002 QIA 8009 QI 8015 QIA 7001 P 2226 GS a GS b AS AS P 2226 GS a GS b S S S XZA 2121 XZA 2021 AS PI 2318 GS b S PI CI PI PT PT PT AS P 6002 GC 6003 PIC 6004 PC 8005 AS GS a/b S P 6042 AS P 6022 PIC 6024 GS a/c GC 6023 M M H PIC 7050 PI PIC 6004 PC 1071 S S H Illustration 2.2.1a Inert Gas System in the Engine Room Sea Chest Sea Chest Safe Area Hazardous Area Key Inert Gas Fuel Oil Compressed Air Sea Water Saturated Steam Exhaust Steam Hydraulic Oil Fresh Water Compressed Air Fuel Oil Inlet Ambient Air Inlet Ambient Air Inlet Return to IGG MGO Tank Fuel Oil Pumps 1501 1001 1014 1051 2032 6001 2103 6021 6044 2114 2105 2313 IG152 WS23V WS22V WS25V WS28V No.1 No.2 WS24V Integrated with Burner Cooling Water From Scrubber Pump (245m 3 /h x 40mth) Emergency Supply from Fire Pumps Deck Water Seal Pumps (3.0m 3 /h x 40mth) Drain to Aft Bilge Well To PC8005 Purge Inert Gas Pressure Control Valve Vent Outside Main Burner Pilot Burner Rinsing Water Combustion Chamber Cooling Washing Water Overboard 1001 1012 1022 1014 2205 7023 2225 No.1 Blower No.2 Blower IG154 IG151 IG148 Deck Water Seal IG145 Portable Oxygen and Flammable Measuring Unit IG146 Steam Supply Exhaust Steam IG150 Outside Calibration Air Calibration Gas N 2 1056 2040 WS 32V Section 2.2.1 - Page 1 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.2 INERTING CARGO TANKS 2.2.1 SYSTEM OPERATION Authors Note: All of the valve numbers and the pipeline arrangement to check when the shipyard drawing becomes available for the IG system Inert Gas Generator Manufacturer: Smit Gas Systems Type: GIn 3375-0.15 FU No. of sets: 1 Capacity: 844 to 3,375m 3 /h Delivery pressure: 0.15 bar (gauge) O 2 Analyser Manufacturer: ENVICO Model: OPSIS O2000 Probe: OM10 STD Range: 0.01-25.0% O 2 Inert Gas Composition Oxygen (O 2 ): 2-4% by volume Carbon dioxide (CO 2 ): 14% by volume Carbon monoxide (CO): 500 ppm maximum Sulphur oxides (SO x ): 50 ppm maximum Nitrogen (N 2 ): balance Soot: none The operation of the inert gas plant takes place mostly from the cargo control room once the system and the valves have been lined up correctly. The following procedure therefore involves the engine room for setting the system up and the deck department for operating it. For completeness and uniformity the entire operation has been described below. Inert gas is produced by a combustion process that takes place in the inert gas generator (IGG) combustion chamber where marine diesel oil (MDO), supplied from the IGG MDO service tank is burnt. After combustion, the IG contains a quantity of sulphur oxides which are highly corrosive to certain metals. The hot corrosive combustion gases are cooled indirectly by sea water circulating round the combustion chamber before passing to the scrubber tower to be directly cooled and washed by a deluge of sea water combined with spray nozzles. Here the sulphur oxides are washed out and discharged overboard by way of the effluent seal/drain valve. The IG is cooled down to a few degrees above the sea water temperature but is also saturated with water. After passing through the scrubber tower the IG flows through a demister where the water droplets are removed. WARNING Inert gas is an asphyxiant due to the low level of oxygen and an oxygen deficient atmosphere will have the following effects: Oxygen Content Effects and Symptoms 15-19% Decreased ability to work strenuously and co- ordination impairment begins. 12-14% Respiration increases with exertion, the pulse rate increases and co-ordination is impaired. Judgement is also affected. 10-12% Respiration increases further the loss of judgement increases and lips become cyanosed. Nausea and vomiting commences. 8-10% Mental failure, fainting and unconsciousness are experienced. The face becomes grey and lips become very cyanosed. 6-8% Eight minutes exposure gives 100% mortality; six minutes gives 50% mortality while four minutes or less gives a high likelihood of recovery with treatment. 4-6% Coma induced within a minute, convulsions and respiratory failure, death. Deck Water Seal Before passing to the inert gas distribution on deck, the IG flows through a deck water seal. The purpose of the deck water seal is to prevent the back flow of hydrocarbon gases from the cargo and slop tanks via the inert gas system into the engine room. When the inert gas generating plant is shut down the deck water seal maintains a steady level. Whilst the IGG is running the pressure created by the inert gas forces the water out of the inner chamber into the outer chamber allowing the IG to flow to the cargo tanks. When the IGG is stopped, the pressure from the cargo tanks is slightly greater than atmospheric and forces the water from the outer chamber into the inner chamber where it rises to a level that equals that created by the gas pressure from the cargo tanks. Pressure Vacuum Breaker A pressure vacuum (PV) breaker provides the ultimate overpressure and underpressure protection of the cargo tanks. The pressure vacuum breaker is a liquid mixture of 50% water and 50% glycol and is open to atmosphere via a vent. The height and density of the liquid within the breaker determines the pressure at which inert gas will be vented or at which atmospheric air will be drawn in. Pressure setting 2400mm WG Vacuum setting -700mm WG O 2 Analyser The O 2 analyser is a microprocessor-based electronic unit for the continuous monitoring of the oxygen levels in the combustion gas at the IGG outlet. The gas sample continuously flows through the analyser sensor due to the pressure in the inert gas system. This ensures that the oxygen content is continuously monitored. Adjustment of alarm set points can be made using the soft keys on the unit front. Procedure for Starting the Inert Gas Generator for Inert Gas Production The following checks should be made before any IG operations are started: Ensure there is sufficient power to the main switchboard to take the extra load of starting the IG system. Ensure that the control panel is energised. The panel should remain energised at all times to keep alarms active and prolong O 2 sensor life. If switched on from cold allow at least 1 hour warm-up time. Ensure that instrument air is available and that all of the instrumentation valves are open. Calibrate the oxygen analyser. Ensure that the cooling water pump supply and overboard discharge valves are open. Ensure that the deck water seal sea water pump supply and overboard discharge valves are open Check that the drain plug on the burner and the rinsing valve on the combustion chamber are closed a) Set the sea water supply/discharge valves as per the following table. In normal operations one deck seal pump is in constant use, with the second pump on automatic cut-in on failure of the first pump or low sea water discharge pressure. It is assumed that the port sea suction is in use and the starboard sea suction isolated. Position Description Valve Open Port sea chest suction valve WS05V Open Port sea chest suction strainer outlet valve WS02V Open Starboard sea chest suction valve WS04V Section 2.2.1 - Page 2 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PI Illustration 2.2.1b Inert Gas System on Deck To Inert Gas Supply for Water Ballast Connection Line No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) From Sea Chest From Inert Gas System in Engine Room Key Inert Gas Saturated Steam Condensate Sea Water Hydraulic Oil Deck Water Seal Authors Note: Inert gas system arrangement to be confirmed onboard and valve numbers added. Steam Supply Condensate PT PT PT Ballast Connect To Cargo Oil Line (Port Manifold) Section 2.2.1 - Page 3 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Position Description Valve Open Starboard sea chest suction strainer outlet valve WS01V Open Deck water seal pump sea water main isolation valve WS32V Open Deck water seal pump No.1 suction valve WS23V Open Deck water seal pump No.1 discharge valve WS25V Open Deck water seal pump No.2 suction valve WS22V Open Deck water seal pump No.2 discharge valve WS24V Open Deck water seal inlet valve ?? Open Deck water seal overboard valve IG146 Open Sea water isolating valve to scrubber cooling sea water pump WS33V Open Scrubber cooling sea water pump suction valve WS26V Open Scrubber cooling sea water pump discharge valve WS27V Closed Bilge, fire and GS pump crossover valve WS28V Open IGG inlet valve ?? Open Scrubber tower water seal overboard valve IG152 b) Start the cooling/scrubber water pump at the IGG control panel and check the inert gas generator to ensure water is flowing. c) Start the duty deck seal water pump. When the pressure has stabilised, set the second pump to automatic mode. d) Set the fuel valves as per the following table: Position Description Valve Open MDO service tank fuel oil quick closing valve FO162V Open IGG fuel oil supply pump isolation valve ?? Open IGG fuel oil shut-off valve valve 1051 Open Main IGG fuel oil supply pump suction valve 1001 Open Main IGG fuel oil supply pump discharge valve 1014 Open Standby IGG fuel oil supply pump suction valve 1001 Open Standby IGG fuel oil supply pump discharge valve 1014 e) Rotate the handle of the fuel oil filter twice to clear any debris from the strainer. f) Confirm that the deck seal and P/V breaker are filled correctly. On the local control panel: g) Select an air blower (1 or 2) on the control panel and open the selected blower discharge valve. (No.2 is usually on standby). h) Select fuel pump No.1 or No.2. i) Select INERT GAS PRODUCTION on the IG or Air production keyswitch. j) Confirm that the BURNER IN START POSITION indicator is illuminated on the mimic. k) Confirm that GENERATOR READY TO START indicator is illuminated. l) Press the IG GENERATOR START/STOP pushbutton on the control panel. The burner start-up sequence is as follows: The selected air blower starts immediately and the combustion chamber 60 second purge sequence begins. After 30 seconds the selected fuel pump will start. After another 60 seconds the pilot burner solenoid valves open to allow fuel oil and instrumentation air to the pilot burner. The ignition transformer and spark plug are then energised. After 70 seconds the pilot burner ignites detected by the UV pilot flame detector, the ignition transformer de-energises. After 85 seconds the solenoid valves open to allow fuel oil to the main burner. The UV main burner flame detector detects the flame. After 90 seconds the fuel and instrument air solenoid valves to the pilot burner de-energise and close. m) Check temperatures, pressures and oxygen content of the inert gas produced. If necessary, adjust the fuel/air regulator with the handwheel to give the required output. When the pressure is 0.15 bar(g), and the oxygen content is approximately 4%, IG delivery to deck can commence. Note: When the O2 content and all temperatures and pressures are within limits the IG is ready to be sent to deck. This operation is normally carried out by the deck officer in charge and is initiated by pressing the DELIVERY START/STOP pushbutton on the IG control panel in the CCR. Pressing the button will open the delivery valve to deck fully and control the purge/excess vent valve to a working position. n) Press the IG OR AIR TO DECK STOP - STAND-BY/START pushbutton to select the stand-by position. This will illuminate the stand-by indicator on the local panel and also on the cargo control room panel (CCRP). o) At the CCRP select START to slowly open the delivery valve. The purge/excess gas vent valve will be set to its working position. Procedure for Starting the Inert Gas Generator for Air Production The following checks should be made before any air production operations are started: Ensure there is sufficient power to the main switchboard to take the extra load of starting the IG system Ensure that the control panel is energised. The panel should remain energised at all times to keep alarms active and prolong O 2 sensor life. If switched on from cold allow at least 1 hour warm-up time Ensure that instrument air is available and that all instrumentation valves are open Ensure that the cooling water pump supply and overboard discharge valves are open Ensure that the deck water seal sea water pump supply and overboard discharge valves are open Check that the drain plug on the burner and the rinsing valve on the combustion chamber are closed a) Set the sea water supply valves as per the previous description for setting up the inert gas production. b) It is assumed that the deck seal pump system is in operation as previously described. c) Start the cooling/scrubber water pump at the IGG control panel and check the inert gas generator to ensure water is flowing. d) Set the mode keyswitch selection to AIR PRODUCTION. e) Manually set the fuel/air regulating controller to the maximum position. f) Select an air blower (1 or 2) on the control panel and open the selected blower discharge valve. g) Confirm that GENERATOR READY TO START indicator is illuminated. h) Press the IG GENERATOR START/STOP pushbutton on the control panel, the blower will now start. Section 2.2.1 - Page 4 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 2.2.1c Inert Gas Generator Panels in Engine Room and CCR CONTROL PANEL 2 SMIT GAS SYSTEMS PLC BATTERY LOW EMERGENCY STOP POWER FAILURE FAILURE RUNNING 2223 2222 2225 POWER DRAIN CANCEL GENERATOR READY TO START STAND-BY COMMON FAULT DECKSEAL WATER PRESSURE LOW SEA WATER PUMP RUNNING SEA WATER OVERBOARD DRAIN AMBIENT AIR AMBIENT AIR FUEL OIL BLOWER 2 RESET ACKNOWLEDGE OXYGEN ANALYSER MODE SELECT 1 - I.G. PRODUCTION 2 - AIR PRODUCTION COOLWATER PUMP START / STOP SOURCE SUPPLY POWER FAILURE LAMP TEST E M E RGEN C Y STOP SPACE HEATERS ON SPACE HEATERS ON/OFF M FAILURE RUNNING 2203 2202 2205 BLOWER 1 M FUEL OIL FAILURE RUNNING 1023 1022 FUEL PUMP 2 OVERBOARD M FUEL OIL DELIVERY PURGE INSTRUMENT AIR TO PNEUMATIC EQUIPMENT FAILURE TZA-H 2312 RUNNING SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED 1013 1012 FUEL PUMP 1 M PZA-L 1505 PZA-L 1053 PZA-L 2011 PZA-H 2321 BURNER ON FLAME FAILURE 2021/2022 PZA-H 2336 TZA-H 2335 LZA-H 2322 PZA-L 2320 2105 2103 1057 2042 2043 2114 CARGO CONTROL ROOM IN START POSITION HAND OPERATION OVERRIDE BURNER LANCE 6041 6021 OPEN CLOSED OPEN QIRA 7001 OXYGEN LOW OXYGEN HIGH ANALYSER FAILURE OPSIS SET ESC 1 2 I.G. GENERATOR START / STOP MAIN SWITCH I.G. OR AIR TO DECK STOP - STAND-BY / START 1 0 SELECTION FUEL OIL PUMP 1/ FUEL OIL PUMP 2 SELECTION BLOWER 1 / BLOWER 2 0 1 I.G.G CARGO CONTROL ROOM PANEL 3 0 20 40 60 80 100% 0 20 40 60 80 100% 1 2 3 PMA RECORDER 1 - OXYGEN CONTENT 0-5% 2 - DECK PRESSURE 0-250 mBAR CONTROLLER DECK MAINLINE PRESSURE INERT GAS TEMPERATURE DELIVERY STAT / STOP SMIT GAS SYSTEMS INERT GAS PRODUCTION AIR PRODUCTION STAND-BY FOR DELIVERY COMMON FAULT OXYGEN HIGH/LOW POWER FAILURE EMERGENCY STOP GENERATOR OVER CAPACITY PURGE VALVE PURGE OPEN OVERBOARD INERT GAS LOW HIGH LOW - LOW SEAL WATER DELIVERY VALVE PZA-L 6121 RESET ACKNOWLEDGE LAMP TEST POWER FROM EMERGENCY SUPPLY PLC BATTERY LOW LA-L 6104 DECKMAIN ISOLATING VALVE DECK MAIN LINE PRESSURE DECKSEAL 6112 PRESSURE / VACUUM BREAKER PICA 8008 E M ERGEN C Y STOP 0 20 40 C BURNER CAPACITY BURNER LANCE HAND OPERATION OVERRIDE 25 100 % COMMON FAULT CARGO PUMP SHUTDOWN AUTOMATIC THIS SWITCH OVERRIDES THE AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN IN CASE OF IG PRESSURE LOW-LOW ALARM. TO BE USED BY AUTHORISED PERSONNEL ONLY CARGO PUMP SHUTDOWN OVERRIDE 1 0 Section 2.2.1 - Page 5 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 i) Check temperatures and pressures, if satisfactory, press the IG OR AIR TO DECK STOP - STAND-BY/START pushbutton, air will now be available for discharge to deck. j) In the CCR the duty deck officer can now direct air to deck by pressing the DELIVERY START/STOP pushbutton. Any cargo tanks that are not to be gas freed will have to be isolated. Procedure for Stopping the Inert Gas Generator a) Stop the inert gas delivery to deck by pressing the DELIVERY START/STOP pushbutton in the CCR. This will open the purge/excess gas vent valve fully and close the delivery valve. b) Press the IG OR AIR TO DECK STOP - STAND-BY/START pushbutton once to extinguish the main burner and stop the fuel pump. Note: Pressing the IG OR AIR TO DECK STOP - STAND-BY/START pushbutton twice will initiate an immediate stop of the IG generator without purging the combustion chamber. c) The blower will automatically stop after 3 minutes. d) Stop the scrubber sea water pump. e) Close all of the valves and reset the fuel/air regulating control linkage back to the minimum position. f) Rinse through the combustion chamber with fresh water for approximately 20 minutes if the generator is to be off line for more than a day. If the system is to be out of use for an extended period, rinse the combustion chamber for at least 1 hour. System Failure In the case of a failure alarm, check the failure indicators. (Refer to the manual consequences of failures chart) and press ACKNOWLEDGE to silence the audible alarm. Alarm acknowledgment is also available from other panels such as on the bridge and in the engine room. After eliminating the cause of the alarm, press the RESET button before restarting the IG system. Section 2.2.1 - Page 6 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Inert Gas Ballast Air CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Illustration 2.2.2a Primary Inerting CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 125 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 Section 2.2.2 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.2.2 PRIMARY INERTING Introduction Primary inerting is the process of replacement of fresh air by inert gas and should be carried out as soon as possible after tank inspection or maintenance. This is to reduce the time in which corrosion can take place due to the damp, salty conditions with oxygen present. Ships Initial Condition (Dilution Method) All cargo tanks to be inerted should be empty as required and gas free. Tank lids and other apertures must be closed and secured. The gas freeing lids fitted on the PV risers to the individual tanks requiring inerting should be opened. Inert Gas Plant Condition The inert gas plant is to be in operation with one blower running and the pressure controller set to 700mmWG. Procedure for Primary Inerting the Required Cargo Tanks a) Ensure that the individual tank inert gas and branch spectacle blanks are in the OPEN position. Open the IG isolating valves on the tanks to be inerted. b) Check that the oxygen content of the inert gas supplied is 5% or less. c) Press the DELIVERY START/STOP button on the IG control panel in the CCR. d) Allow the deck main pressure to reach 700mmWG. e) Periodically test the gas being discharged using the test and analysing equipment. f) Continue inerting until the oxygen content of the gas is 8% or less. g) On completion of satisfactorily inerting the cargo tanks, reduce the inert gas pressure to 150mmWG and shut the gas freeing lid. h) When all the inerting is completed, bring the cargo tanks and deck main system to 700mmWG, then shut down and secure the inert gas plant. Note: Inert gas is heavier than air and the preferred method of purging is by the displacement method which involves the introduction of the inert gas at the top of the tank, displacing the air to the lower area of the tank and out of an exit point at the bottom. Due to the vessels construction this is not practical and the piston method is used. IG is introduced at the bottom of the tank and discharged through the gas freeing lid on the PV vent riser. Where dilution is used the IG is introduced at the tank top and discharged via the gas freeing lid, this relies on the swirling of the mixture and gradual weakening of the air/gas ratio. Whichever method is used it may be prudent to continue inerting until the oxygen content is stable and cannot be lowered any further to avoid pockets of gas with a higher oxygen content being trapped at the top of the tank space. Piston Method The gas freeing lids should be opened. Inert gas is introduced to the tank through the cargo drop loading lines and vented to atmosphere through the gas freeing lids. Normally all tanks would be inerted at the same time using either of the methods below. The following arrangement is by example and would be used when inerting No.3 cargo tanks. a) Install the spool piece between valves IG132 and CO409 and swing the spectacle piece to the OPEN position to allow IG to the cargo system. b) Open the gas freeing lids on No.3 cargo tanks PV risers. c) Ensure that the blind flange valves on the starboard cargo oil tanks are in the open position. Position Description Valve Open No.3 cargo tank drop line valves CO194, CO199 Closed No.3 cargo pump discharge valves CO193, CO198 Open No.3 cargo line block valve CO121 Open No.3 starboard cargo oil tank line blind flange valve CO425 Open No.3 manifold crossover blind flange valve CO323 Open IG supply to cargo line valves CO132, CO409 d) Start the IG plant and supply IG to No.3 tanks. e) Periodically test the gas being discharged using the test and analysing equipment. f) Continue inerting until the oxygen content of the gas is 8% or less. g) On completion of satisfactorily inerting the cargo tanks, reduce the inert gas pressure to 150mmWG and shut the gas freeing lids. h) When all the inerting is completed, bring the cargo tanks and deck main system to 700mmWG. i) Shut down and secure the inert gas plant. Section 2.2.2 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 2.2.2b Primary Inerting WARNING The fumes produced are dangerous so care must be taken when shutting the gas freeing lid to avoid inhalation. 1 1 2 2 Initial Inerting of Cargo Tanks Key Inert Gas Air PV Valve Gas Freeing Valve Tank Inert Gas Isolating Valve Deepwell Cargo Pumps 1 2 3 4 D ilu tio n w ith A ir Flammable Mixture Oxygen - Percentage by Volume Flammability Composition Hydrocarbon Gas - Percentage by Volume D i l u t i o n
w i t h
I n e r t
G a s Critical Dilution with Air Dilution with Air 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 21 Note: This diagram is illustrative only and should not be used for deciding upon acceptable gas compositions in practical cases Cargo Tank (P) Cargo Tank (S) Upper Deck Cargo Main Inert Gas Crossover Connection Inert Gas Main 3 3 4 4 Section 2.2.2 - Page 3 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PI Illustration 2.2.3a Inert Gas Flow During Loading (Non VEC) To Inert Gas Supply for Water Ballast Connection Line No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) From Sea Chest From Inert Gas System in Engine Room Deck Water Seal Steam Supply Condensate PT PT PT Ballast Connect To Cargo Oil Line (Port Manifold) Key Inert Gas Saturated Steam Condensate Sea Water Hydraulic Oil Authors Note: Inert gas system arrangement to be confirmed onboard and valve numbers added. Section 2.2.3 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.2.3 USE OF INERT GAS WHILE LOADING CARGO Introduction Venting after the carriage of chemicals is strictly controlled by the IBC Code, chapter 17 details the type of venting required for each type of chemical. The following text in italics is an extract from chapter 8 of this code but the latest edition of this document should always be referred to. BEGINNING OF EXTRACT INTERNATIONAL CODE FOR THE CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT OF SHIPS CARRYING DANGEROUS CHEMICALS IN BULK. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHAPTER 8 CARGO TANK VENTING AND GAS-FREEING ARRANGEMENTS Paragraph 3 Types of tank venting systems --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3.1 An open tank venting system is a system which offers no restriction except for friction losses to the free flow of cargo vapours to and from the cargo tanks during normal operations. An open venting system may consist of individual vents from each tank, or such individual vents may be combined into a common header or headers, with due regard to cargo segregation. In no case should shutoff valves be fitted either to the individual vents or to the header. 8.3.2 A controlled tank venting system is a system in which pressure and vacuum relief valves or pressure/vacuum valves are fitted to each tank to limit the pressure or vacuum in the tank. A controlled venting system may consist of individual vents from each tank or such individual vents on the pressure side only as may be combined into a common header or headers with due regard to cargo segregation. In no case should shutoff valves be fitted either above or below pressure or vacuum relief valves or pressure/vacuum valves. Provision may be made for bypassing a pressure or vacuum valve or pressure/vacuum valve under certain operating conditions provided that the requirement of 8.3.5 is maintained and that there is suitable indication to show whether or not the valve is bypassed. 8.3.3 The position of vent outlets of a controlled tank venting system should be arranged: 1 At a height of not less than 6m above the weather deck or above a raised walkway if fitted within 4m of the raised walkway; 2 At a distance of at least 10m measured horizontally from the nearest air intake or opening to accommodation, service and machinery spaces and ignition sources 8.3.4 The vent outlet height referred to in 8.3.3.1 may be reduced to 3m above the deck or a raised walkway, as applicable, provided that high velocity venting valves of an approved type directing the vapour/air mixture upwards in an unimpeded jet with an exit velocity of at least 30m/s are fitted. 8.3.5 Controlled tank venting systems fitted to tanks to be used for cargoes having a flashpoint not exceeding 60C (closed cup test) should be provided with devices to prevent the passage of flame into the cargo tanks. The design, testing and locating of the devices should comply with the requirements of the Administration which should contain at least the standards adopted by the Organization. * * Reference is made to the Revised Standards for the Design, Testing and Locating of Devices to Prevent the Passage of Flame into Cargo Tanks in Tankers (MSC/Circ.373/Rev.1). 8.3.6 In designing venting systems and in the selection of devices to prevent the passage of flame for incorporation into the tank venting system, due attention should be paid to the possibility of the blockage of these systems and fittings by, for example, the freezing of cargo vapour, polymer build up, atmospheric dust or icing up in adverse weather conditions. In this context it should be noted that flame arresters and flame screens are more susceptible to blockage. Provisions should be made such that the system and fittings may be inspected, operationally checked, cleaned or renewed as applicable. 8.3.7 Reference in 8.3.1 and 8.3.2 to the use of shutoff valves in the venting lines should be interpreted to extend to all other means of stoppage including spectacle blanks and blank flanges. Guide: IACS Unified Interpretation SC70 (1985) (Rev.1 May 2001) Area Classification and selection of electrical equipment (IBC Code, Para 8.3.3.2) Text: The position of vent outlets of a controlled tank venting system should be arranged at a distance of at least 10m measured horizontally from the nearest air intake or openings to accommodation, service and machinery spaces and ignition sources. Interpretation: 1. Areas on open deck, or semi-enclosed spaces on open deck, within a vertical cylinder of unlimited height and 6m radius centred upon the centre of the outlet, and within a hemisphere of 6 m radius below the outlet which permit the flow of large volumes of vapour, air or inert gas mixtures during loading/ discharging/ ballasting are defined as Zone 1. Permitted electrical equipment: - Certified safe type equipment for Zone 1 2. Areas within 4 m beyond the zone specified in 1 above are defined as Zone 2. Permitted electrical equipment: - Certified safe type equipment for Zone 1, - Equipment of a type, which ensures the absence of sparks, arcs and of hot spots during its normal operation, - Equipment having an enclosure filled with a liquid dielectric, when required by the application, or encapsulated, - Pressurised equipment, - Equipment specifically designed for Zone 2 (for example type n protection in accordance with IEC 60079-15). Note: Changes introduced in Rev.1 are to be implemented by IACS Members and Associates from 1 July 2001. Note: Paragraph 8.3.4 was amended by resolution MSC.58(67) adopted 5 December 1996. The same amendments were adopted by res. MEPC.73(39) adopted 10 March 1997, both in force from 1 July 1998. The previous text was: 8.3.4 The vent outlet height referred to in 8.3.3.1 may be reduced to 3 m above the deck or a raised walkway, as applicable, provided that high velocity venting valves of a type approved by the Administration directing the vapour/air mixture upwards in an unimpeded jet with an exit velocity of at least 30 m/s are fitted. Chapter 8 was renewed (for new ships) by the adoption of res. MEPC.55(33) on 30 October 1992. The same amendments were adopted by res. MSC.28(61) on 11 December 1992. (Entered into force 1 July 1994 both under MARPOL 73/78 and SOLAS 1974). By Regulation VII/10.1 of SOLAS 1974 (1983 Amendments, in force from 1 July 1986) the IBC Code is made mandatory under SOLAS for chemical tankers. By Regulation 13(2) of MARPOL Annex II (in force from 6 April 1987) the IBC Code is also made mandatory under MARPOL 73/78 for chemical tankers. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- END OF EXTRACT Section 2.2.3 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Ships Initial Condition All of the cargo tanks are empty as required and are fully inerted under pressure. The slop tanks are inerted under pressure and are either empty or containing slops. Inert Gas Plant Condition The inert gas plant is shut down. WARNING Before arrival at the load port, operate the hand jack levers on all the PV valves to ensure free operation. Ensure that the liquid PV breaker fluid level is visible and correct. Procedure for Operating the Inert Gas Plant while Loading a) Where cross-contamination of different grades/types of cargo will be a problem, the two largest grades can be left to the IG system, with the inert gas valves open to all the tanks loading each grade. The IG main should be configured, using the elbow pieces, so that the maximum number of compatible tanks are linked to either of the IG mains. The cargo tanks where other non-compatible grades are being loaded, should have their inert gas valves shut and locked in the closed position. The spectacle pieces on all of the tanks are not required to be swung shut for this operation, as valve isolation is normally sufficient. Where two different grades of non-compatible products are to be loaded it will be necessary to shut the inert gas valves on the tanks of one of the grades. CAUTION Shutting of the individual tank inert gas valves isolates these tanks from the protection of the liquid filled PV breaker. Only the PV valves can now protect the tanks from overpressure or vacuum. The prior testing of the PV valves cannot be over emphasised. b) The individual tank pressures are displayed in the CCR via the Aconis screen display and these should be carefully monitored. Commence loading the cargo and ensure that the PV valve lifts at the correct pressure and functions to blow the gas high above the deck. c) Should the valve fail to lift then the hand jack should be utilised. For greater safety the valves may be hand jacked at a predetermined pressure thus not relying on the valve to self- operate. It is imperative that some form of pressure gauging is fitted in this instance to guard against overpressure. The pressure must be monitored and personnel must be present for the entire loading operation. This method must only be used if the particular inert gas tank isolating valve is open thus allowing the commoned tank PV valves and the liquid PV breaker to offer protection. The case example shows the vessel loading several grades of compatible cargoes. a) Ensure that the spectacle flanges are swung to the OPEN position on all cargo tanks. b) Check that the inert gas tank isolating valves for all cargo tanks are open. Position Description Valve Open No.1 wing cargo tank inert gas valves IG101, IG102 Open No.2 wing cargo tank inert gas valves IG104, IG105 Open No.3 wing cargo tank inert gas valves IG107, IG108 Open No.4 wing cargo tank inert gas valves IG110, IG111 Open No.5 wing cargo tank inert gas valves IG113, IG114 Open No.6 wing cargo tank inert gas valves IG116, IG117 Open Slop tank inert gas valves IG119, IG120 c) Commence loading the cargo. As the incoming cargo displaces the gas mixture within the tanks, it will be displaced through the high velocity PV valves on each tank. d) On completion of loading, if required and as applicable, set the inert gas system pressure control to 70 mbar and with the oxygen content below 5%, pressurise the inert gas system and cargo tanks using the inert gas plant. e) Shut down and secure the inert gas plant. WARNING It has been noted in the past that on completion of loading jet fuel, diesel fuel, or heavier gas oils, the cargo has started to liberate oxygen into the cargo ullage space. Oxygen content levels as high as 14.8% have been reported. In most cases, high readings were detected within hours of completion of loading tanks with initial oxygen concentrations of 3 - 4%. 1 1 2 2 Inert Gas Main Cargo Tank (P) Cargo Tank (S) Upper Deck Cargo Main Crossover Connection Illustration 2.2.3b Inert Gas Flow During Loading of Cargo Tanks Operation of Inert Gas System While Loading 3 3 4 4 Key Inert Gas Cargo Oil PV Valve Gas Freeing Valve Tank Inert Gas Isolating Valve Deepwell Cargo Pumps 1 2 3 4 Section 2.2.3 - Page 3 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PI To Inert Gas Supply for Water Ballast Connection Line No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) From Sea Chest From Inert Gas System in Engine Room Deck Water Seal Steam Supply Condensate PT PT PT Ballast Connect To Cargo Oil Line (Port Manifold) Illustration 2.2.4a Inert Gas Flow During Discharging Key Inert Gas Saturated Steam Condensate Sea Water Hydraulic Oil Authors Note: Inert gas system arrangement to be confirmed onboard and valve numbers added. Section 2.2.4 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.2.4 USE OF INERT GAS WHILE DISCHARGING CARGO AND CRUDE OIL WASHING Ships Initial Condition The cargo tanks are full and inerted under pressure. Inert Gas Plant Condition The inert gas plant is operating with one blower running and the pressure controller set at 70 mbar. The deck main isolating valve is shut. Procedure when Bulk Discharging a) Ensure that the individual tank inert gas isolating valves and spectacle blanks are open on the tanks to be discharged. b) Check that the oxygen content of the inert gas delivered is 5% or less. c) Press the DELIVERY START/ STOP button. Inert gas should begin to flow through the deck main as the pressure in the main and tanks drops below 70 mbar. d) Before starting to discharge the cargo, check that the tanks have a positive inert gas pressure. As the cargo vacates the tank, it will be replaced with inert gas and the pressure of about 70 mbar should be maintained. Procedure when Crude Oil Washing a) Prior to a tank being crude oil washed, the oxygen content is to be checked at points 1m from the tank top and at the middle region of the space using portable equipment. The readings are to be taken using an ullaging port well away from the inert gas entry point. In all cases the oxygen content must be less that 8% by volume, 5% is preferred. b) During crude oil washing, hydrocarbon gases are released to the tank atmosphere. This will increase the tank pressure and the inert gas pressure will need to be monitored to prevent overpressure of the tank. Note: If there is a failure of the inert gas pressure or if the oxygen content exceeds 8% by volume, then crude oil washing must stop immediately. Procedure when Stripping the Cargo Tanks a) When stripping the cargo tanks, hand dips are to be taken using the hand dipping points fitted in deck aperture plates. It is not necessary to reduce the inert gas pressure as there is no gas loss. b) The hand dipping point should only be open for as long as it is necessary to take the dips. Procedure when Final Inerting a) After cargo discharge is completed it may be necessary when heavy weather ballasted, to reduce the inert gas pressure so that samples of the ballast surface water can be taken. Shut the deck main isolating valve and hand jack the PV valve until the pressure is reduced to a manageable amount. b) When sampling is completed, pressurise the system to about 70 mbar. c) Press the DELIVERY START/ STOP button and then shut down the inert gas plant. Note: Whenever non-compatible cargoes are carried, the non-compatible cargo is to be discharged first. The tanks are to be inerted during discharge regardless of whether the product is volatile or non-volatile. Note: When carrying crude oil and products together, under no circumstances is crude oil to be discharged before the product oils. 1 1 2 2 Inert Main Cargo Tank (P) Cargo Tank (S) Upper Deck Cargo Main Crossover Connection Illustration 2.2.4b Inerting During Discharging Operation of Inert Gas System While Discharging and During COW Operations 3 3 4 4 Key Inert Gas Cargo Oil PV Valve Gas Freeing Valve Tank Inert Gas Isolating Valve Deepwell Cargo Pumps 1 2 3 4 Section 2.2.4 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.2.5 USE OF INERT GAS ON LOADED OR BALLAST PASSAGE General During the ballast or loaded passage, the inert gas system is usually operated periodically to prevent any ingress of oxygen to the cargo tanks. Any loss of pressure must be made up. The intervals between topping-up will depend upon the tightness of hatch covers and tank cleaning aperture covers etc, as well as temperature variations. These intervals typically vary between two and five days. Procedure when Topping-Up When the pressure in the cargo tanks falls to about 25 mbar, (the low pressure alarm is activated at 20 mbar and low-low at 10 mbar) carry out the following procedures: a) Check all the tank PV valves for correct operation using the hand jacks. b) Start and run the inert gas plant as described in section 2.2.1. The pressure controller should be set at 70 mbar. c) When the set pressure is reached the deck isolating valve will close and the atmosphere valve will open. d) Shut down and secure the inert gas plant. e) Check the system lines, valves and PV valves for leakage. This is an ideal time to make these checks whilst the pressure is reasonably high. Section 2.2.5 - Page 1 of 1 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 2.2.6a Inerting Cargo Tanks OPERATION OF INERT GAS SYSTEM WHILE PURGING D ilu tio n w ith A ir Flammable Mixture Oxygen - Percentage by Volume Flammability Composition Hydrocarbon Gas - Percentage by Volume D ilu t io n
w it h
I n e r t
G a s Critical Dilution with Air Dilution with Air 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 21 Note: This diagram is illustrative only and should not be used for deciding upon acceptable gas compositions in practical cases OPERATION OF INERT GAS SYSTEM WHILE WATER WASHING Cargo Tank (P) Cargo Tank (S) Upper Deck Approximately 100mm Approximately 100mm Cargo Tank (P) Cargo Tank (S) Upper Deck Approximately 100mm Approximately 100mm Cargo Main Crossover Connection Cargo Main Crossover Connection Inert Gas Main Inert Gas Main Key Inert Gas Air PV Valve Gas Freeing Valve Tank Inert Gas Isolating Valve Deepwell Cargo Pumps 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 Section 2.2.6 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.2.6 USE OF INERT GAS FOR PURGING CARGO TANKS General Purging is the process whereby hydrocarbon gases contained within the tank are displaced with inert gas in order to reduce the hydrocarbon content to such a level that when oxygen is introduced into the tank, the tank atmosphere is never allowed to enter the flammable zone and thus become an explosive mixture. Purging must be carried out on the following occasions: If it is suspected or established by test instruments, that the atmosphere in any tank presents a potential hazard of explosion, ignition or toxicity. WARNING If it is suspected that a tank atmosphere presents a potential hazard of explosion, no probes are to be introduced into the tank. Where the recorded levels of H2S require the vapour space to be purged by inert gas. Where charterers requirements require the vapour from the previous cargo to be purged by inert gas. Immediately before and after any cargo tank is washed prior to entry. Ships Initial Condition Cargo tanks empty or filled as required and inerted under pressure. Inert Gas Plant Condition The inert gas plant is in operation under automatic control with one blower running and the pressure controller set at 70 mbar. The gas is set to be delivered to atmosphere. Procedure for Operation of the Inert Gas Plant while Purging by Dilution a) Ensure that all deck openings are shut and secured. b) Open the gas freeing lids on the PV valves of the first tanks to be purged. c) Ensure that the individual tank inert gas branch blanks are in the open position. Open the IG isolating valves on the first set of tanks to be inerted. d) Press the DELIVERY START / STOP button on the IG control panel in the CCR. e) Check that the oxygen content of the inert gas supplied is 5% or less. f) Periodically test the gas being displaced using the analysing equipment. g) Continue inerting until the required conditions are met. h) Reduce the set pressure to 15 mbar. Secure the gas freeing lids with due regard to the inhalation of the fumes. WARNING The fumes produced should not be breathed. Care must be taken whilst shutting the gas freeing lid to avoid inhalation of the fumes. i) Increase the pressure to 70 mbar. Repeat the above operation for any other tanks not purged during the initial operation. Procedure to Purge No.1 Wing Cargo Tanks a) Ensure that all deck openings are shut and secured. b) Open the deck main isolating valve and the inert gas system valves to the tanks to be purged (case example No.1 cargo wing tanks). c) Start up the inert gas system as described in section 2.2.1. Measure the oxygen content of the inert gas being delivered to the deck. Ensure that the content is 5% or less. d) Allow the deck main pressure to reach 70 mbar. e) Open up the gas freeing cover of the PV valve stand on the tanks to be inerted (case example No.1 wing cargo tanks). f) Periodically test the gas being displaced using the test valve and analysing equipment. g) Continue purging until the hydrocarbon content of the gas is 2% or less. h) On completion of satisfactorily purging No.1 wing cargo tanks, shut the gas freeing cover on the PV vent riser of the tank. i) Repeat the above procedure for the remaining cargo tanks as required. j) When all the inerting is completed, bring the cargo tanks and deck main system to 70 mbar. k) Shut the deck main valve and shut down and secure the inert gas plant. Section 2.2.6 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PI Illustration 2.2.7a Inert Gas Flow During Loading with VEC To Inert Gas Supply for Water Ballast Connection Line No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) From Sea Chest From Inert Gas System in Engine Room Deck Water Seal Steam Supply Condensate PT PT PT Ballast Connect To Cargo Oil Line (Port Manifold) Key Inert Gas Saturated Steam Condensate Sea Water Hydraulic Oil Authors Note: Inert gas system arrangement to be confirmed onboard and valve numbers added. Section 2.2.7 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.2.7 USE WITH VAPOUR EMISSION CONTROL (VEC) Legislation in some ports may demand that the vessel operates in VEC mode. This basically involves connecting a vapour return arm to the IG main at the manifold so that the entire displaced COT atmosphere is processed ashore rather than being vented directly to atmosphere. There is a 300mm vapour manifold connection forward and aft of the cargo manifolds on each side of the vessel. These terminate with a 12 to 16 reducer. The manifolds can be connected onto the COT IG main line and/or the vapour recovery line. Care must be taken to ensure that the pressure in the IG main remains within operational parameters. Most load ports, at present, allow venting to atmosphere. Where venting is permitted during loading, excess vapour is vented to atmosphere through the individual tank PV valves. Alarm and Monitoring Unit A Hanla vapour pressure monitoring and alarm system is used to monitor the inert gas pressure during the transfer of the displaced inert gas to the shore facility during loading operations when VEC is required. The alarm panel mounted on the cargo control console in the CCR gives alarm indication if the vapour pressure is too low or too high. Additionally, there is also a digital read out display and combined pressure alarm setter for the vapour pressure. (Check) Alarm Set Points (Variable) Vapour pressure high: 180 mbar Vapour pressure low: 10 mbar The pressure transmitter and relay box is located on the walkway adjacent to No.5 cargo tank PV valves. The measuring device cabinet is located in the CCR. The transmitter is connected onto the secondary IG line, therefore depending on how the inert gas is relieved from the tanks, either through the main or secondary line to shore, the correct setting of the spectacle isolating valves on the VEC manifold lines will be required in order to have the transducer in line. (Check) At a Shore Terminal with VEC Prior to any cargo operations the following vapour recovery parameters must be established at the pre-transfer conference: The identification of the products being transferred. Sequence of transfer operations. Transfer rate, initial and maximum. The name or title and location of each person participating in the transfer operation. Details of the transferring and receiving system. The maximum vapour transfer the shore facility can handle, including both system and berth limitations. Critical stages of the transfer operation. Federal, state and local rules that apply to the transfer. Emergency procedures. Discharge containment procedures. Present vapour pressure in the cargo tanks. Lowest setting of the vessels vacuum relief valves. Highest setting of the vessels relief valves. Types of vapours which will be discharged from the present as well as previous cargoes. Segregation of the inert gas system where different types of cargo are being loaded. The charter party will also make reference to admixture if allowable. The maximum pressure drop from the cargo tanks to the vessels vapour manifold connection during the maximum cargo loading flow rate. The operating pressure to be maintained in the cargo tanks. The maximum and minimum vapour operating pressures. The facilitys alarm and trip set points for high and low pressures. Verify that tank oxygen levels have been checked and are below 8%. Verify that all level alarms have been tested within the last 24 hours. Verify that all vapour recovery valves are in the correct position. Procedure All valves are initially shut. a) Set the spectacle blank(s) on the required VEC lines to the open position. The VEC pressure transmitter unit is fitted on the secondary IG main, therefore it will be necessary to ensure the spectacle blanks are correctly set in order to monitor the IG pressure. Account must also be taken if any cargo tanks have been connected to the secondary IG main via the connection line from the individual PV vent riser lines. b) Open the midships manifold valve to which the vapour recovery arm is connected. c) Set the cargo tank IG outlet valves accordingly according to cargo segregation and vapour compatibility. d) Should the tank pressure drop to 10 mbar during loading, the low pressure alarm will sound and it will be necessary to shut in the VEC manifold valves until loading is commenced or the flow rate is increased. Cargo transfer operations are then carried out so that all vapour emissions are contained within a closed system. Tank pressures, flow rates and oxygen levels are to be constantly monitored.
Section 2.2.7 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 2.2.7b Vapour Emission Control Monitoring and Alarm System OXYGEN/VAPOUR PRESS. MONITORING & ALARM PANEL MODE KONICS KN-2200 % AL 1 AL 2 OXYGEN INDICATOR ALARM MODULE MODE KONICS KN-2200 kg/cm AL 1 AL 2 VAPOUR PRESS. INDICATOR 8510 OXYGEN HIGHALARM VAPOUR PRESS. HIGHALARM VAPOUR PRESS. LOWALARM NON FLOWALARM ef pwr test POWER BUZZER Yong Sung POWER ACCEPT FLASH ACCEPT HORN OFF ON F L O W IN D IC A T O R MAX MIN ADJ BOLT OXYGEN SENSOR FLOW SWITCH O2 GAS CONN. stop valve for Cleaning A ir OPEN FILTER U s a g e / S am pling Clean air/ca l i G a s Mode Select v/v P O RT(F) POR T (A ) S T B ' D ( F ) S T B ' D ( A ) D R A IN E x H C .A . No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) GI509F GI508F GI511F GI512F GI513F P/V Breaker 7,000m 3 /h P/V Breaker 7,000m 3 /h 250 250 250 200 200 400 400 400 400 400 400 Terminal Connection GI514F Junction Box Pressure Transmitter Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board Cargo and Engine Control Room Detection Cabinet in the Port Midship Deck Stores 'A' 'B' 'C' Authors Note: Check System and Update Illustration Accordingly Section 2.2.7 - Page 3 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.2.8 MINIMISING INERT GAS AIR POLLUTION To minimise the risk of inert gas pollution into the atmosphere it is possible to pre-calculate the time at which the inert gas system may be stopped to complete the discharge with a minimum inert gas pressure (around 200mmWG) remaining within the tanks. Pressure Difference (mmWG) Multiplying Factor 100 0.01 200 0.019 300 0.028 400 0.037 500 0.046 600 0.055 700 0.064 800 0.072 900 0.080 1,000 0.088 1,100 0.096 1,200 0.104 1,300 0.112 1,400 0.119 1,500 0.127 Example Vessels total cargo tank volume: 43,119.2m 3
Inert gas pressure at start: 700mmWG Inert gas pressure required on completion of discharge: 200mmWG Difference in pressure: 500mmWG By using the above table a required pressure difference of 500mmWG equates to a multiplying factor of 0.046. The vessels total cargo tank volume is 43,136.2m 3 .
In order to reduce the inert gas pressure by 500mmWG on completion of discharge it is possible to calculate at what point it is necessary to stop the inert gas system by multiplying the factor of 0.046 (for a required drop of 500mmWG) by the total of the cargo tank volumes of 43,136.2m 3 : Volume of cargo remaining = 43,119.2 x 0.046 = 1,983.483m 3
Therefore it is necessary to stop the inert gas system when around 1984m 3 of cargo remains to be discharged in order to complete the discharge with an inert gas pressure of 200mmWG. Note: The above figures give only a rough estimate of the required volume. Any leakage of inert gas will affect the figures. The inert gas pressure readings should be carefully monitored to ensure that the cargo tanks do not reach a level of zero or negative pressure. Section 2.2.8 - Page 1 of 1 2.3 Loading Cargo 2.3.1 Loading a Single Grade Cargo 2.3.2 Loading a Multigrade Cargo Illustrations 2.3a Cargo Piping System 2.3.1a Loading Single Grade 2.3.2a Loading Two Grades Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 125 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Illustration 2.3a Cargo Piping System CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 CO 443 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade Slop CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 Section 2.3 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.3 LOADING CARGO Introduction Prior to arrival at the load port, a cargo plan must be completed covering all aspects of the proposed loading operation. This will ensure that the stability, stress, draught and trim are all within acceptable levels throughout the load, and comply fully with the terminal requirements. Ship/shore safety checklists must be completed prior to starting cargo operations and the cargo system lined up and the valves double checked prior to start. During loading, the cargo tanks should be staggered in ample time to allow for controlled topping off, but care should be taken to ensure that the back-pressure does not build up on the line as tanks are shut off. The rate must be reduced accordingly and in good time with particular reference to the cargo transfer limitations as indicated below. Tank Loading Rates 1.0m/sec 7.0m/sec No.1 wing tanks 63m 3 /h 445m 3 /h No.2 to 6 wing tanks 113m 3 /h 792m 3 /h Slop tanks 113m 3 /h 150m 3 /h Loading Rates for Static Accumulator Cargoes 1 manifold connection with at least 4 tanks open 1,750m 3 /h 2 or more manifold connections with at least 5 tanks open 3,000m 3 /h Maximum Loading Rates for Gas Oil 1 manifold connection with at least 3 tanks open 3,000m 3 /h Further reductions should be made as the tank approaches its final ullage. Slack tanks should be kept to a minimum in order to reduce free surface effects and excessive cargo slopping around on the loaded passage. The vessel is designed to load up to seven parcels of cargo concurrently, as the manifold arrangement allows for each grade to be loaded directly via its own loading/discharging line with complete segregation. When the number of manifold connections is limited, the appropriate setting of the manual isolating valves at the port manifold would allow the concurrent loading of at least two grades of cargo, one grade via the main crossover and a manifold connection and the other via the stripping crossover line and another manifold connection. The stripping crossover pipeline is 200mm in diameter, therefore when using this line the loading capacity on the crossover line is reduced. The vessel is fitted with an inert gas main which supplies all of the tanks and a vapour recovery gas line which can be utilised to allow greater flexibility when loading certain non-compatible products and crude oils as a multigrade cargo. The VEC manifolds can be connected to either the inert gas main or the vapour recovery gas line using spectacle pieces. To avoid possible contamination of the product by carry over of hydrocarbon gas from the crude oil tanks into the product tanks, the system can be set up to keep each of the non-compatible grades separate. Each cargo tank, including the slop tanks is supplied by the primary gas main. The inert gas (IG) inlet valve to each tank is capable of being locked and the spectacle piece, located between the IG tank inlet valve and the tank, can be swung to the closed position to provide complete isolation. All cargo loading plans shall be pre-calculated on the loading computer to ensure that all conditions of loading are within acceptable stress and trim levels prior to conducting the actual loading operation. Note: When loading, the initial flow rate should not be in excess of 1m/s through the drop line until a sounding of 20cm has been achieved at the pump well. After this the rate can be increased to a maximum of 7m/s through the drop line. During loading operations the inert gas in the tanks is displaced by the liquid and vented to atmosphere through the high velocity pressure vacuum valve on each cargo tank. The high velocity pressure vacuum (PV) valves with a discharge flow of 30m/s, are mounted on a mast with the pressure discharge outlet at least 3 metres above the main walkway. These valves should be manually operated prior to loading cargo. The officer in charge of operations must ensure that they are in a satisfactory condition, and will relieve any build up in excess pressure, should it occur. The maximum loading rate under VEC operations should not permit the pressure in any tank to exceed 80% of the set pressure for the PV valve on the tank or 5,250m 3 /h whichever is reached first. If non VEC operations are undertaken, the maximum loading rate when there are two or more loading arms being used must not cause the pressure in any cargo tank to exceed 1600mmWG or 160mbar. If only one loading arm is used via a 300mm manifold then the maximum rate is either 3,000m 3 /h or the rate achieved at the 160 mbar tank pressure limitation whichever comes first. Section 2.3 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Key Cargo Grade - 1 Cargo Grade - 2 Cargo Grade - 3 Inert Gas Ballast Air Illustration 2.3.1a Loading Single Grade CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 125 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Section 2.3.1 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.3.1 LOADING A SINGLE GRADE CARGO Prior to arrival at the load port a number of checks and tests must be carried out, to verify the correct operation of the cargo hydraulic and monitoring systems. Each cargo oil tank is fitted with a Hi-Jet combined pressure vacuum valve, with a manual operating lever for the pressure side and a push up spindle for the vacuum side. By operating the testing devices on both the pressure and vacuum side, the correct operation of the valves can be verified. In the following case example we shall assume that the shore hose is only connected to No.3 port manifold. ALL cargo valves in the system shall be checked and confirmed CLOSED prior to line up. a) Ensure all inert gas tank valves are locked OPEN and all inert gas spectacle and spool pieces are in the OPEN position. b) Check that the inert gas deck main isolating valve is CLOSED, the VEC manifold valve connected is OPENED and the corresponding spool and spectacle pieces are in the OPEN position. Note: If the VEC line is NOT used, the VEC manifold valve will remain closed and the PV valve on each tank should be set for loading. Position Description Valve Closed Inert gas deck isolation valve ?? Open VEC port manifold as required ?? c) Ensure that all overboard valves are shut tight and sealed. Position Description Valve Closed Oily water overboard valves CO250, CO252 Closed Chemical overboard discharge CO251, CO253 d) Line up the cargo valves on deck for loading initially into one set of tanks. Open if necessary each of the seven manifold pairs of isolating valves to common up the system. The case example given utilises the opening of all seven pairs of isolating valves. Verify that all the spectacle pieces on the cargo loading drop lines have been swung to the open position. Position Description Valve Open Drop valves to No.3 wing cargo tanks CO194, CO199 Open No.1 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and slop tank manifold isolating valves CO287, CO512 CO305, CO513 CO323, CO514 CO341, CO515 CO359, CO516 CO377, CO517 CO393, CO518 Open No.3 line block valves CO420, CO122 CO121 Open No.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 cargo tank manual isolating valves CO423, CO429 CO424, CO430 CO425, CO431 CO426, CO432 CO427, CO433 CO428, CO434 e) Open the required ships manifold valves. Position Description Valve Open No.3 port manifold valve CO308 The vessel is now ready to load cargo into No.3 wing cargo tanks at a minimum rate of not more than 1m/s. f) When it is confirmed that the vessel is loading cargo into No.3 wing cargo tanks only and all safety checks of the deck and overside are completed, the remainder of the cargo drop valves can be opened up. Once the sounding in each tank is in excess of 20cm at the pump well the rate can be increased in accordance with the loading plan. Position Description Valve Open No.1 2, 4, 5, 6 and slop tank direct loading valves CO172, CO177 CO183, CO188 CO205, CO210 CO216, CO221 CO227, CO232 CO238, CO243 Open No.1, 2, 4, 5, 6 and slop tank cargo line block valves CO101, CO111 CO131, CO141 CO151, CO527 CO161, CO443 g) During the loading operation it is possible to load cargo through the individual pump discharge valve and pump stack on each cargo tank. This should only take place when the loading line outlet has been covered. Additionally, the maximum pressure allowed at the top of the pump is 8 bar. Note: If the VEC line is NOT used then the hi-jet valve on each will be utilised for venting. Carefully monitor the pressure in each cargo tank, ensure that the hi-jet valve opens at 160mbar and that the pressure in the tank does not continue to increase. h) Stagger the tanks to enable topping off to be completed in a controlled manner. i) Reduce the loading rate as appropriate according to the number of tanks open. The loading rate into any one tank should not be allowed to increase at a rate of above 150mm/minute, or exceed the loading rates as indicated in section 1.1. j) No.4 wing cargo tanks should be shut off in adequate time to be used as the last tanks for topping off. Position Description Valve Close Drop valves to No.4 wing cargo tanks CO205, CO210 k) Top off the cargo wing tanks ensuring that all fixed tank gauge ullage levels are checked at regular intervals with the portable trimode UTI tapes to avoid the risk of error and that the loading rate is reduced accordingly, as tanks are topped off. Carefully monitor the manifold back pressure during topping off, especially when shutting off tanks to prevent unnecessary back pressure building up on the ships loading lines. Open up into No.4 wing tanks for finishing cargo. Position Description Valve Open Drop valves to No.4 wing cargo tanks CO205, CO210 l) Stop cargo loading when the required ullage has been reached in No.4 wing tanks and finally shut down all valves on completion of draining the line down. Deballasting operations shall be concurrent with loading, and planned to be completed prior to commencing topping off. Section 2.3.1 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Key Cargo Grade - 1 Cargo Grade - 2 Cargo Grade - 3 Inert Gas Ballast Air Illustration 2.3.2a Loading Two Grades CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 125 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Section 2.3.2 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.3.2 LOADING A MULTIGRADE CARGO Case example loading two concurrent non-compatible grades of products in the following segregation: Grade 1: No.1, 2, 3, 4 and 6 wing cargo tanks Grade 2: No.5 wing cargo tanks and both slop tanks Manifold connections to be used are: Grade 1: No.4 port manifold Grade 2: No.5 port manifold ALL cargo valves shall be checked and confirmed CLOSED prior to lining up. If the vapours of each grade are not compatible, then it will be necessary for the smaller parcel to be isolated from the main IG line. a) Ensure all inert gas tank valves are locked OPEN and all inert gas spectacle and spool pieces are in the OPEN position, concurrent with the statements above and below. Note: The system allows for each set of cargo tank exhaust gases to be connected to a secondary gas main using the spectacle piece at each PV valve riser and the crossover line linked to this gas main. b) Check that the inert gas deck main isolating valve is CLOSED, the VEC manifold valve connected is OPENED and the corresponding spool and spectacle pieces are in the OPEN position. Position Description Valve Closed Inert gas deck isolation valve ?? Open VEC port manifold as required ?? Note: If the VEC line is NOT used, the PV valve on each tank should be set for loading. Note: If the vapour admixtures are not compatible, then it will not be possible to load two grades concurrently in VEC mode even with the second grade connected to the secondary IG main due to the pressure transmitter for the VEC being located in the secondary IG main. c) Ensure that all overboard valves are shut tight and sealed. Position Description Valve Closed Chemical overboard discharge valves CO250, CO252 Closed Oily water overboard valves CO251, CO253 d) Line up the cargo valves on deck for loading initially into one set of tanks. e) Open the manifold isolating valves to allow No.1, 2, 3, 4 and 6 wings to be loaded via No.4 manifold. Ensure that all the other manifold isolating valves are in the closed position. Position Description Valve Open No.1, 2, 3, 4 and 6 manifold isolating valves CO287, CO512 CO305, CO513 CO323, CO514 CO341, CO515 CO377, CO517 Closed No.5 and slop tank manifold isolating valves CO359, CO516 CO393, CO518 f) Line up the cargo valves on deck for loading into the first grade set of tanks. Position Description Valve Open No.1, 2, 3, 4 and 6 cargo tank manual isolating valves CO423, CO429 CO424, CO430 CO425, CO431 CO426, CO432 CO427, CO433 CO428, CO434 Open No.1 cargo line block valve CO101 Open No.2 cargo line block valve CO111 Open No.3 cargo line block valve CO121 Open No.4 cargo line block valves CO131, CO132 CO419 Open No.6 cargo line block valve CO151 Open Drop valves to No.3 wing cargo tanks CO194, CO199 g) Open the required ship side manifold valve. Position Description Valve Open No.4 port manifold valve CO326 The vessel is now ready to load the first parcel of cargo into No.3 wing cargo tanks at a minimum rate. h) When it is confirmed that the vessel is loading cargo into No.3 cargo tanks open up the remaining group 1 cargo tanks. Position Description Valve Open Drop valves to No.1 wing cargo tanks CO172, CO177 Open Drop valves to No.2 wing cargo tanks CO183, CO188 Open Drop valves to No.4 wing cargo tanks CO205, CO210 Open Drop valves to No.6 wing cargo tanks CO227, CO232 i) When all safety checks of the deck and overside are completed and the sounding at the pump well in each tank is in excess of 20cm, the second parcel can be lined up for loading and the rate can be increased to the maximum for the first parcel. Note: If the VEC line is NOT used then the hi-jet valve on each tank will be utilised for venting. Carefully monitor the pressure in each cargo tank, ensure that the hi-jet valve opens at 160mbar and that the pressure in the tank does not continue to increase. j) Line up the cargo valves on deck for loading into the second grade set of tanks. Position Description Valve Open No.5 cargo tank manual isolating valves CO427, CO433 Open Drop valves to No.5 wing cargo tanks CO216, CO221 Open No.5 cargo line block valves CO142, CO141 Open Slop tank block valve CO161, CO527 Open Starboard slop tank block valve CO443 Open Crossover block valves onto the slop line and insert the spool piece CO143, CO144 The vessel is now ready to load the second parcel of cargo into No.5 wing cargo tanks at a minimum rate. k) Open the required ship side manifold valve. Position Description Valve Open No.5 port manifold valve CO344 l) When it is confirmed that the vessel is loading cargo into No.5 cargo tanks open up the remaining group 2 cargo tanks. Position Description Valve Open Drop valves to cargo slop tanks CO238, CO243 Section 2.3.2 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 m) When all safety checks of the deck and overside are completed, the second parcel can be increased to the maximum safely permitted. Deballasting operations shall be concurrent with loading, and planned to be completed prior to commencing topping off. The trimming tanks are the slack COTs resulting from trim, draught or nominated cargo restrictions on each grade. Trimming tanks are filled to a pre-planned ullage and then shut. They are brought to their final ullage towards the end of loading for the particular grade, at a reduced loading rate. Remember to allow sufficient ullage to drain the top lines to the COTs. It is always advisable to complete loading in a slack tank in order to reduce the risk of a carry-over of cargo to the inert gas main. Slack tanks should be kept to a minimum in order to reduce free surface effect. n) Agree ship shore figures and disconnect the loading arms. The number of grades that can be loaded at any one time is in theory seven, dependant on the possible connections at the terminal. However when one considers that the SBT must also be discharged at the same time to avoid prolonging the port stay, the stability of the vessel will, in fact, control the actual number. Authors Note: Items in red italic to be confirmed onboard. Authors Note: The writing in blue italic concerns the additional deck valves fitted to some of the E class vessels. Reference to them has been left in the text and on the illustrations until it can be confirmed which ships these valves have been fitted to. Section 2.3.2 - Page 3 of 3 2.4 Discharging Cargo 2.4.1 Discharging a Single Grade Cargo (25% COW) 2.4.2 Discharging - Single Grade Cargo (Products) 2.4.3 Discharging - Two Grade Cargo without Pre-Wash (Chemicals) 2.4.4 Discharging - Three Grade Cargo Category A, B and D (Chemicals) Illustrations 2.4.1a Single Grade Discharge (25% COW) 2.4.1b Crude Oil Washing 2.4.1c Single Grade Stripping to Port Slop Tank 2.4.2a Discharging Cargo - Single Grade (Products) 2.4.3a Discharging Cargo - Two Grades (Chemicals) 2.4.4a Discharging Cargo - Three Grades (Chemicals) Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Key Cargo Group - 1 Cargo Group - 2 Inert Gas Ballast Air Illustration 2.4.1a Single Grade Discharge (25%COW) CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 125 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Section 2.4.1 - Page 1 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.4 DISCHARGING CARGO Authors Note: The writing in blue italic concerns the additional deck valves fitted to some of the E3 class vessels. Reference to them has been left in the text and in the illustrations until it can be confirmed which ships have these valves fitted. Introduction Prior to the arrival at the discharge port, a cargo plan must be completed covering all aspects of the proposed discharging operation. This will ensure that the stability, stress, draught and trim are all within acceptable levels throughout the discharge, and comply at all times with the terminals requirements. In addition the following factors are to be considered and included in the cargo plan prior to the discharge: Maximum available draught at berth Maximum available air draught at berth Grade segregation if necessary Crude oil washing requirements Heavy weather ballast requirements Maintenance of satisfactory trim Ballasting operation Ship/shore safety checklists are to be completed prior to starting cargo operations, the cargo system lined up and the valves double checked before starting. The engine room must be given adequate notice for the start up requirements for all cargo pumps, ballast pumps and the inert gas system to avoid unnecessary delays in the discharge operation. All fixed cargo tank gauges are to be confirmed operational and all overflow alarms tested prior to the discharge. 2.4.1 DISCHARGING A SINGLE GRADE CARGO (25% COW) This case example is discharging a single grade crude oil cargo with 25% COW through No.3 manifold. ALL of the cargo valves in the system must be checked and confirmed CLOSED prior to the line up. Ballasting should be started with one ballast pump when COW is started. Prior to starting the ballast pump, ballast can be run in consistent with maintaining a reasonable trim and stress. A stern trim of 2m (if shore restrictions allow) will benefit good draining during COW and stripping. a) Ensure that all of the inert gas tank valves are locked OPEN and that all of the inert gas spool piece lines are in the OPEN position to all tanks. b) Check that the inert gas deck main isolating valve is OPEN and the inert gas system is set up for operation. Position Description Valve Open Inert gas deck isolation valve IG?? The VEC line should be checked that the manifold valves are closed and that blanks are in position. c) Ensure that all overboard valves are shut tight and sealed. Position Description Valve Closed Oily water overboard valves CO250, CO252 Closed Chemical overboard discharge valves CO251, CO253 d) Line up the cargo valves on deck for discharging initially from No.2, 4 and 6 wing tanks and the slop tanks. Open the six pairs of manifold isolating valves to common up the system as indicated below. The isolating valves CO323 and CO514 will remain in the closed position which will allow the continuation of bulk discharge from No.3 cargo tanks while stripping the other cargo tanks to a nominated tank via the main crossover. Position Description Valve Open No.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 cargo tank manual isolating valves CO423, CO429 CO424, CO430 CO425, CO431 CO426, CO432 CO427, CO433 CO428, CO434 Position Description Valve Open Cargo tank block valves on the cargo lines CO101, CO111 CO121, CO122 CO131, CO132 CO141, CO151 CO161, CO527 Open Crossover valves between No.3 and 4 lines CO419, CO411 CO414 Open Starboard slop tank line block valve CO443 Open No.1 2, 4, 5, 6 and slop tank manifold isolating valves CO287, CO512 CO305, CO513 CO341, CO515 CO359, CO516 CO377, CO517 CO393, CO518 e) When the terminal is ready, open the required ships manifold valves. Position Description Valve Open No.3 port manifold valve CO308 The vessel is now ready to discharge initially from No.2 wing cargo tanks at a minimum rate. f) Start up the inert gas system and open the deck main inert gas valves. CAUTION When dealing with a single grade cargo only, it is prudent to lower all the tanks below the 98% alarm level prior to commencing bulk discharge. This will then allow the high level system to give warning should the level rise in an off-line tank. g) Start up No.2 cargo tank deepwell pumps on slow speed and open the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Open No.2 cargo pump discharge valves CO182, CO187 h) Continue to discharge from No.2 wing tanks only, until checks have ascertained that there are no leaks in the system and that cargo is being discharged from No.2 wing tanks alone. i) Once all of the safety checks have been completed, No.4 wing tanks and both slop tanks can be discharged. Start up No.4 wing and slop tank cargo pumps opening the discharge valves as the pump pressure rises. Section 2.4.1 - Page 2 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PX PI Key Crude Oil Wash Fire Water Electrical Signal No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) Deck Store (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Port) Illustration 2.4.1b Crude Oil Washing CO 242 CO254 CO 443 TC314 TC313 TC628 TC625 From Slop Pump TC642 TC645 CO406 TC648 To Cargo Control Room Chemical Injection Boss with Plug TC641 TC 114 TC 113 TC 514 TC 513 TC312 TC311 TC623 TC624 TC622 TC621 From No.6 Cargo Pump TC640 TC639 TC 112 TC 111 TC 512 TC 511 TC310 TC309 TC619 TC620 TC618 TC617 From No.5 Cargo Pump Connection from Fire Main Line From No.6 Cargo Pump From No.5 Cargo Pump TC638 TC637 TC 110 TC 109 TC 510 TC 509 TC308 TC307 TC615 TC616 TC614 TC613 From No.4 Cargo Pump From No.4 Cargo Pump TC636 TC635 TC 108 TC 647 TC 107 TC 508 TC 507 TC306 TC305 TC611 TC612 TC610 TC609 From No.3 Cargo Pump From No.3 Cargo Pump TC634 TC633 TC 106 TC 105 TC 506 TC 505 TC304 TC303 TC607 TC608 TC606 TC605 From No.2 Cargo Pump From No.2 Cargo Pump TC632 TC631 TC 104 TC 103 TC 504 TC 503 TC302 TC301 TC603 TC604 TC602 TC601 From No.1 Cargo Pump From No.1 Cargo Pump TC630 TC629 TC 102 TC 101 TC 502 TC 501 To/From Cargo System Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 CO246 TC166 TC116 TC115 TC163 TC117 Tank Cleaning Heater (100m 3 /h) TC118 TC 119 TC 120 CO 405 TC624 TC167 Section 2.4.1 - Page 3 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Position Description Valve Open No.4 pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Open Slop tank pump discharge valves CO237, CO242 Note: The vessel is designed to operate six cargo pumps at their designed rated speed. It will therefore, not be possible to operate six cargo pumps together with a ballast pump at their designed rated speed and appropriate restrictions may apply. j) Continue to discharge from No.2 and 4 wing cargo tanks until they reach draining level, close No.4 cargo tank discharge valves and stop No.4 deep well pumps (the bottom of No.4 tank is kept wet ready for COW). Stop the slop pumps when the slop tanks have been debottomed by one metre and shut the pump discharge valves. When the slop pumps have been stopped, discharge from No.6 wing tanks can commence. Position Description Valve Close Slop tank pump discharge valves CO237, CO242 Open No.6 cargo wing tanks discharge valves CO226, CO231 k) On completion of draining No.2, 4 and 6 cargo tanks, stop No.2 and 6 cargo pumps and change over to discharge No.1 and 5 wing cargo tanks ashore. Start up No.1 and 5 wing cargo pumps. Position Description Valve Close No.2 pump discharge valves CO182, CO187 Close No.4 pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Close No.6 pump discharge valves CO226, CO231 Open No.1 pump discharge valves CO171, CO176 Open No.5 pump discharge valves CO215, CO220 l) Increase the speed of No.1 and 5 pumps to the maximum permitted and continue on bulk discharge. m) Line up to COW No.4 cargo wing tanks on full wash cycle using the starboard slop pump to pressurise the COW main. Insert the elbow flanged pipe between valves CO405 and TC120 to join the discharge from the slop tank to the tank cleaning main line. Ensure that the spectacle pieces at valves TC115 and TC118 are swung to the CLOSED position to ensure the tank cleaning heater is blanked off. Swing the spectacle pieces to OPEN in the tank cleaning line on the tanks to be crude oil washed, tanks No.1 and No.4. Set the fixed tank cleaning machines to full wash cycle on No.4 tanks. Position Description Valve Close Starboard slop tank discharge block valve CO443 Open Fixed tank cleaning machines on No.4 wing cargo tanks TC107, TC108 TC613, TC614 TC615, TC616 Open Tank cleaning main line block valves TC120, TC119 Open Slop pump discharge to tank cleaning line CO162, CO405 Open Slop tank balance line CO255 n) Start up the starboard slop tank pump, open the pump discharge valve and slowly pressurise the tank cleaning line. At the same time start up No.4 cargo tank deepwell pumps and open the pump discharge valves. Discharge the drainings of the tank washings directly ashore. Position Description Valve Open Starboard slop tank pump discharge valve CO242 Open No.4 pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Note: Alternatively, the washings may be drained to another tank then discharged during the bulk discharge of that tank. It may be necessary to shut down No.5 cargo pumps at this stage in order to operate COW concurrently during the discharge of cargo. Ensure that the pressure of the COW main is brought up to around 10 bar for optimum washing. o) On completion of washing No.4 wing tanks, shut off the starboard slop tank pump and No.4 deepwell pumps at the same time as the tank cleaning machines on No.4 wing tanks. Position Description Valve Close Starboard slop pump discharge valve CO242 Close Starboard slop pump discharge to the COW line CO162 Close Fixed tank cleaning machines on No.4 wing cargo tanks TC107, TC108 TC613, TC614 TC615, TC616 Close No.4 pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 p) Restart No.5 wing tanks on bulk discharge. Line up then start No.3 wing tank pumps for bulk discharge. Continue to discharge No.1 wing tanks to the draining level in preparation for COW of this set of wing tanks. Position Description Valve Open No.3 cargo pump discharge valves CO193, CO198 Open No.3 cargo line block valve CO420 q) When No.1 wing tanks reach the draining level stop the pumps and line up for washing these tanks. Set the fixed tank cleaning machines to full wash cycle on No.1 tanks. Position Description Valve Close Starboard slop tank discharge block valve CO443 Open Fixed tank cleaning machines on No.1 wing cargo tanks TC101, TC102 TC601, TC602 TC603, TC604 Open Tank cleaning main line block valves TC120, TC119 Open Slop pump discharge to tank cleaning line CO162, CO405 Open Slop tank balance line CO255 r) Start up the starboard slop tank pump, open the pump discharge valve and slowly pressurise the tank cleaning line. At the same time start up No.1 cargo tank deepwell pumps and open the pump discharge valves. Discharge the drainings of the tank washings directly ashore. Position Description Valve Open Starboard slop tank pump discharge valve CO242 Open No.1 pump discharge valves CO171, CO176 Note: It may be necessary to shut down No.3 cargo pumps at this stage in order to operate COW concurrently during the discharge of cargo. s) On completion of washing No.1 wing cargo tanks stop No.1 wing deepwell pumps and the starboard slop pump. Continue to discharge No.5 wing tanks to draining level. Restart No.3 cargo pumps for bulk discharge. Position Description Valve Close No.1 cargo pump discharge valves CO171, CO176 Close Fixed tank cleaning machines on No.1 wing cargo tanks TC101, TC107 Section 2.4.1 - Page 4 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Key Bulk Discharge Stripping Inert Gas Ballast Air Illustration 2.4.1c Single Grade Stripping to Port Slop Tank Booster Pump CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 300 40 125 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Section 2.4.1 - Page 5 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 t) Drain the COW line back into the starboard slop tank. Position Description Valve Open/close Starboard slop tank drop valve CO243 Close Slop tank balance line CO255 Close Starboard slop tank pump discharge valve CO242 u) Line up and start the slop tank pumps for bulk discharge of both slop tanks to shore. v) On completion of draining No.5 and both slop cargo tanks, stop No.5 and both slop tank cargo pumps. Continue bulk discharge of No.3 cargo tank. Close the crossover valves on No.3 and 4 cargo lines CO411 and CO414 in order to strip back cargo tanks No.1, 2, 4, 5, 6 and the starboard slop tank back to the port slop tank via the main crossover. w) Increase the speed of No.3 to the maximum permitted and continue on bulk discharge. Stripping With reference to section 1.3.3, stripping of the tanks and lines can be achieved either by stripping each tank to the shore upon completion and using air to blow the lines to the shore, or using the following method to strip the lines to the tanks, and then to the port slop tank for final delivery ashore. During this period bulk discharge can continue from No.3 wing cargo tanks which are isolated from the main crossover with blind valve CO323 in the closed position. a) Drain and blow down all cargo discharge lines into the cargo tanks and then strip all cargo tanks into the port slop tank via the main cargo crossover line. Position Description Valve Open Direct load lines to No.1, 2, 4, 5, 6 and starboard slop cargo tanks CO172, CO177 CO183, CO188 CO205, CO210 CO216, CO221 CO227, CO232 CO243 b) Connect the flexible compressed air line to each cargo line connection and alternately blow through the discharge line back into the cargo tanks, subject to permission from the terminal. c) Shut the cargo line block valves on completion and strip the cargo tanks to the port slop tank. Position Description Valve Open No.1 2, 4, 5, 6 and slop tank manifold isolating valves CO287, CO512 CO305, CO513 CO341, CO515 CO359, CO516 CO377, CO517 CO393, CO518 Closed No.3 manifold isolating valve CO323 Close Cargo line block valves CO102, CO112 CO132, CO142 CO152 Close No.4 and 3 crossover valves CO411, CO414 CO419 Open Cargo pump discharge valves to slop tank line CO101, CO111 CO131, CO141 CO151, CO443 Open Block valve to slop tanks CO161 Open Port slop tank drop valve CO238 d) Strip each tank alternately to the port slop tank via the main discharge and crossover line using compressed air as described in section 1.3.3. e) When each set of cargo tanks and pump stack is stripped close the associated line block valve. f) When all of the stripping has been discharged to the port slop tank, close the port slop tank drop valve then start up the port slop tank pump and strip this tank to shore. Position Description Valve Close Port slop tank drop valve CO238 Open Port slop pump discharge valve CO237 Open Slop line discharge crossover to No.4 cargo line CO133, CO134 Open Crossover valves No.4 to No.3 line CO132, CO419 CO411, CO414 g) When the port slop tank is dry, close the port pump discharge valve CO237 and strip the tank via the stripping branch line. Open valve CO240. When the tank is completely dry stop the slop tank pump and connect the compressed air line connection to the cargo pumps. Blow through the slop cargo pumps and discharge lines. h) Shut down all valves on completion. Alternative Means of Stripping There are several alternative means of stripping: Any tank can be used as the nominated tank to receive the strippings where it provides a more efficient usage than one of the slop tanks. Each pair of wing tanks is connected to the slop tank cargo line by a 200mm crossover line, this can be used to strip the tanks direct to the slop tank bypassing the main cargo crossover. Instead of opening the tank drop valves and blowing the crossover lines back to the individual tanks, the flexible compressed air hose should be connected on the pump side of the discharge valve, and the pump stack and tank stripped directly to the nominated tank. On completion of stripping the tank, the cargo line can then be blown to the nominated tank. When blowing the individual manifold crossovers directly ashore, the flexible hose is connected inboard of the manifold valve and the line blown via the 40mm stripping line to outboard of the manifold valve and ashore. Any combination of the foregoing can be used dependng on the type of cargo being carried and the availability of the terminal to provide discharge arms. Authors Note: Items in red italic s to be confirmed onboard. Section 2.4.1 - Page 6 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Illustration 2.4.2a Discharging Cargo - Single Grade (Products) Booster Pump CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 300 40 125 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Key Cargo Group - 1 Cargo Group - 2 Inert Gas Ballast Air Section 2.4.2 - Page 1 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.4.2 DISCHARGING - SINGLE GRADE CARGO (PRODUCTS) Authors Note: The writing in blue italic concerns the additional deck valves fitted to some of the E3 class vessels. Reference to them has been left in the text and in the illustrations until it can be confirmed which ships have these valves fitted. In this case example a single grade product is being discharged ashore in two parcels with one hose connection to the terminal. The first parcel is completed and stripped ashore prior to the commencement of the second parcel. Alternatively, stripping can be carried out when the final set of wing tanks is on bulk discharge, utilising the crossover isolating valves to allow this last tank to be isolated from those tanks being stripped. This allows for the most efficient operation of the cargo pumps and is the quickest method of discharging a single grade product. First parcel: No.2, No.4, No.6 and slop tanks Second parcel: No.1, No.3 and No.5 tanks Manifold in use: No.3 port ALL of the cargo valves in the system to be checked and confirmed CLOSED prior to line up. Ballasting should be started with one ballast pump when the discharge has settled down. Prior to starting the ballast pump, ballast may be run in consistent with maintaining a reasonable trim and stress. Initially flood the tanks to a sounding of 2m to place the surface into the wings therefore reducing the free surface effect. a) Ensure that all of the inert gas tank valves are locked OPEN and that all of the inert gas spool piece lines are in the OPEN position to all tanks. b) Check that the inert gas deck main isolating valve is OPEN and the inert gas system is set up for operation. Position Description Valve Open Inert gas deck isolation valve IG145 The VEC line should be checked that the manifold valves are closed and that blanks are in position. c) Ensure that all of the overboard valves are shut tight and sealed. Position Description Valve Closed Oily water overboard valves CO250, CO252 Closed Chemical overboard discharge valves CO251, CO253 d) Line up the cargo valves on deck for discharging initially from No.2, 4 and 6 wing tanks and the slop tanks. Set the manifold blind flange valves to common up the system as indicated in the following list. Position Description Valve Open No.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 cargo tank manual isolating valves CO423, CO429 CO424, CO430 CO425, CO431 CO426, CO432 CO427, CO433 CO428, CO434 Open Cargo tank block valves on the cargo lines CO101, CO111 CO121, CO122 CO131, CO132 CO141, CO151 CO161, CO527 Open Crossover valves between No.3 and 4 lines CO419, CO411 CO414 Open Starboard slop tank line block valve CO443 Open No.1 2, 4, 5, 6 and slop tank manifold isolating valves CO287, CO512 CO305, CO513 CO341, CO515 CO359, CO516 CO377, CO517 CO393, CO518 e) When shoreside are ready open the required ships manifold valves. Position Description Valve Open No.3 port manifold valve CO308 The vessel is now ready to discharge initially from No.2 wing cargo tanks at a minimum rate. CAUTION When dealing with a single grade cargo only, it is prudent to lower all the tanks below the 98% alarm level prior to commencing bulk discharge. This will then allow the high level system to give warning should the level rise in an off-line tank. Initially all the second parcel tanks are lowered out of the 98% full alarm condition. This ensures that any unwanted filling of tanks will be detected by the high level alarm. f) Start up the inert gas system and open the deck main inert gas valves. g) Start up No.2 cargo tank deepwell pumps on slow speed and open the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Open No.2 cargo pump discharge valves CO182, CO187 h) Continue to discharge from No.2 wing tanks only, until checks have ascertained that there are no leaks in the system and that cargo is being discharged from No.2 wing tanks alone. i) Once all safety checks have been completed, No.1, No.3 and No.5 wing tanks can be debottomed until the high level alarms clear. Start up No.1, No.3 and No.5 wing tanks cargo pumps opening the discharge valves as the pump pressure rises. Position Description Valve Open No.1 pump discharge valves CO171, CO176 Open No.3 manifold crossover block valve CO420 Open No.3 pump discharge valves CO193, CO198 Open No.5 pump discharge valves CO215, CO220 Note: The vessel is designed to operate six cargo pumps at their designed rated speed. j) Continue to discharge from No.1, No.3 and No.5 cargo tanks until the high level alarms are cleared. Stop the pumps and shut the pump discharge valves as this occurs Position Description Valve Close No.1 pump discharge valves CO171, CO176 Close No.3 pump discharge valves CO193, CO198 Close No.5 pump discharge valves CO215, CO220 k) Continue to bulk discharge No.2 cargo tanks and commence the discharge of No.4 and both slop tanks. Ballast the ship concurrently in accordance with the chief officers discharging plan giving due consideration to list, trim, stability and stress. Section 2.4.2 - Page 2 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Illustration 2.4.2a Discharging Cargo - Single Grade (Products) Booster Pump CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 300 40 125 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Key Cargo Group - 1 Cargo Group - 2 Inert Gas Ballast Air Section 2.4.2 - Page 3 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Position Description Valve Open No.4 pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Open Slop tank pump discharge valves CO237, CO242 l) When the slop tanks have been discharged, stop these two pumps and begin the bulk discharge of No.6 cargo wing tanks. As the tanks reach completion strip ashore as described in section 1.3.3. Staggering of the completions will make this operation more efficient. m) Upon completion of the first parcel including stripping, stop the pumps and close the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Close No.2 pump discharge valves CO182, CO187 Close No.4 pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Close No.6 pump discharge valves CO226, CO231 n) Commence discharge of the second parcel. Start up No.1 cargo tank deepwell pumps on slow speed and open the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Open No.1 cargo pump discharge valves CO171, CO176 o) Continue to discharge from No.1 wing tanks only, until checks have ascertained that there are no leaks in the system and that cargo is being discharged from No.1 wing tanks alone. p) Once all safety checks have been completed, No.3 and No.5 wing tanks can be discharged. Start up No.3 and No.5 wing cargo pumps opening the discharge valves as the pump pressure rises. Position Description Valve Open No.3 pump discharge valves CO193, CO198 Open No.5 pump discharge valves CO226, CO231 As the tanks reach completion, strip ashore as described in section 1.3.3. Staggering of the completions will make this operation more efficient. q) Upon completion of the second parcel including stripping, stop the pumps and close the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Close No.1 pump discharge valves CO171, CO176 Close No.3 pump discharge valves CO193, CO198 Close No.5 pump discharge valves CO226, CO231 r) With reference to sections 1.3.3 and 2.4.1 commence final stripping of the cargo lines to shore using compressed air where allowed. s) Shut down all valves on completion of draining. Section 2.4.2 - Page 4 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Key Cargo Grade - 1 Cargo Grade - 2 Inert Gas Ballast Air Illustration 2.4.3a Discharging Cargo - Two Grades (Chemicals) Booster Pump CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 300 40 125 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Section 2.4.3 - Page 1 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.4.3 DISCHARGING - TWO GRADE CARGO WITHOUT PRE-WASH (CHEMICALS) Authors Note: The writing in blue italic concerns the additional deck valves fitted to some of the E3 class vessels. Reference to them has been left in the text and in the illustrations until it can be confirmed which ships have these valves fitted. In this case example, two grades of category C chemicals are being discharged ashore, one grade at a time. The grades are not classed as high viscosity or a solidifying substance in either a special area or non special area. Pipeline admixture is not acceptable. The first parcel is completed and the tanks are stripped prior to the commencement of the second parcel; this allows for the most efficient operation of the cargo pumps and is the quickest method of discharging a two grade cargo. First parcel: No.1, 2, 3, 4 and 6 wing tanks Second parcel: No.5, and both slop tanks Manifolds in use: No.4 and No.5 port ALL cargo valves in the system shall be checked and confirmed CLOSED prior to line up. Ballasting should be started with one ballast pump when the discharge has settled down. Prior to starting the ballast pump, ballast may be run in consistent with maintaining a reasonable trim and stress. Initially flood the tanks to a sounding of 2m to place the surface into the wings therefore reducing the free surface effect. a) Ensure all inert gas tank valves are locked OPEN and all inert gas spool piece lines are in the OPEN position to all tanks. b) Check that the inert gas deck main isolating valve is OPEN and the inert gas system is set up for operation. Position Description Valve Open Inert gas deck isolation valve IG145 The VEC line should be checked that the manifold valves are closed and that blanks are in position. c) Ensure that all overboard valves are shut tight and sealed. Position Description Valve Closed Oily water overboard valves CO250, CO252 Closed Chemical overboard discharge valves CO251, CO253 d) Install the manifold blind flange valves to common up No.1, 2, 3, 4 and 6 cargo wing tanks for discharge on No.4 manifold. e) Line up the cargo valves on deck for discharging from No.1, 2 3, 4 and 6 wing tanks. Position Description Valve Open No.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 cargo tank manual isolating valves CO423, CO429 CO424, CO430 CO425, CO431 CO426, CO432 CO427, CO433 CO428, CO434 Open Cargo line block valves CO101, CO111 CO121, CO131 CO151 Open Manifold isolating valves to No 1, 2, 3, 4 and 6 cargo tanks CO287, CO512 CO305, CO513 CO323, CO514 CO341, CO515 CO377, CO517 Open Crossover valve to No.4 line and block valve CO132, CO419 f) When shoreside are ready open the required ships manifold valve. Position Description Valve Open No.4 port manifold valve CO326 CAUTION When dealing with a single grade cargo only, it is prudent to lower all the tanks below the 98% alarm level prior to commencing bulk discharge. This will then allow the high level system to give warning should the level rise in an off-line tank. In this case, where the parcels are discharged one at a time, it is not possible to lower all the tank levels and great care is needed to ensure that no unwanted transfer of cargo is taking place. The vessel is now ready to discharge initially from No.1 wing cargo tanks at a minimum rate. g) Start up the inert gas system and deliver the gas to the deck. h) Start up No.1 cargo tank deepwell pumps on slow speed and open the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Open No.1 cargo pumps discharge valves CO171, CO176 i) Once all safety checks have been completed continue to discharge from No.1 wing tanks only, until checks have ascertained that there are no leaks in the system. j) Continue to bulk discharge No.1 cargo tanks then commence the discharge of No.2, 3, 4 and 6 cargo tanks with due regard to operating a maximum of six cargo pumps at a time. Ballast the ship simultaneously in accordance with the chief officers discharging plan giving due consideration to list, trim, stability and stress. Position Description Valve Open No.2 pump discharge valves CO182, CO187 Open No.3 pump discharge valves CO193, CO198 Open No.4 pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Open No.6 pump discharge valves CO226, CO231 As the tanks reach completion strip ashore using compressed air applied to the pumps as described in sections 1.3.3. and 2.4.1. Staggering of the completions will make this operation more efficient. k) Upon completion of the first parcel including stripping, stop the pumps and close the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Close No.2 pump discharge valves CO182, CO187 Close No.3 pump discharge valves CO193, CO198 Close No.4 pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Close No.6 pump discharge valves CO226, CO231 l) With further reference to section 1.3.3 commence final stripping of the first parcel cargo lines to shore using compressed air where allowed. When stripping is completed: Position Description Valve Close No.4 port manifold valve CO326 Close First parcel line valves m) Line up the cargo valves on deck to discharge the second parcel via No.5 port manifold. Section 2.4.3 - Page 2 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Key Cargo Grade - 1 Cargo Grade - 2 Inert Gas Ballast Air Illustration 2.4.3a Discharging Cargo - Two Grades (Chemicals) Booster Pump CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 300 40 125 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Section 2.4.3 - Page 3 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Position Description Valve Closed Manifold crossover isolating valves CO393, CO359 Open No.5 wing tanks and slop tank cargo line block valves CO141, CO142 CO161, CO527 CO443 Open Slop line crossover to No.5 line CO144, CO143 n) When shoreside are ready open the required ships manifold valves. Position Description Valve Open No.5 port manifold valve CO344 o) Commence discharge of the second parcel. Start up No.5 cargo tank deepwell pumps on slow speed and open the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Open No.5 cargo pump discharge valves CO215, CO220 p) Continue to discharge from No.5 wing tanks only, until checks have ascertained that there are no leaks in the system. q) Once all safety checks have been completed, the slop tanks can be discharged. Start up the slop tank cargo pumps opening the discharge valves as the pump pressure rises. Position Description Valve Open Port slop tank pump discharge valve CO237 Open Starboard slop tank pump discharge valve CO242 As the tanks reach completion strip ashore using compressed air applied to the pumps as described in section 1.3.3 and 2.4.1. Staggering of the completions will make this operation more efficient. r) Upon completion of the second parcel including stripping, stop the pumps and close the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Close No.5 pump discharge valves CO215, CO220 Close Port slop tank pump discharge valve CO237 Close Starboard slop tank pump discharge valve CO242 s) With further reference to section 1.3.3 and 2.4.1 commence final stripping of the second parcel cargo lines to shore using compressed air where allowed. When stripping is completed: Position Description Valve Close No.5 port manifold valve CO344 t) Shut down all valves on completion of draining. u) The cargo record book should be completed in the appropriate places by the officer in charge. As this is a Category C substance cargo not requiring a pre-wash there is no requirement for a Government surveyor to attend and endorse the cargo record book. Section 2.4.3 - Page 4 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Key Cargo Grade - 1 Cargo Grade - 2 Cargo Grade - 3 Inert Gas Ballast Air Illustration 2.4.4a Discharging Cargo - Three Grades (Chemicals) CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 300 40 125 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Section 2.4.4 - Page 1 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.4.4 DISCHARGING - THREE GRADE CARGO CATEGORY A, B AND D (CHEMICALS) Authors Note: The writing in blue italic concerns the additional deck valves fitted to some of the E3 class vessels. Reference to them has been left in the text and in the illustrations until it can be confirmed which ships have these valves fitted. In this case example three grades of chemical are discharged ashore in three parcels. Pipeline admixture is not acceptable. The first parcel is completed and the tanks stripped prior to commencement of the second parcel. The second parcel is completed and the tanks stripped prior to commencement of the third parcel; this allows for the most efficient operation of the cargo pumps. Group 1: No.1 and 5 wing cargo tanks and port slop tank category D Group 2: No.2 and 6 wing cargo tanks, category B Group 3: No.3 and 4 wing cargo tanks, category A Manifolds in use: No.2, No.4 and No.5 Note: The starboard slop tank contains fresh water for use as the pre-wash medium. ALL cargo valves in the system shall be checked and confirmed CLOSED prior to line up. Ballasting should be started with one ballast pump when the discharge has settled down. Prior to starting the ballast pump, ballast may be run in consistent with maintaining a reasonable trim and stress. Initially flood the tanks to a sounding of 2m to place the surface into the wings therefore reducing the free surface effect. a) Ensure all inert gas tank valves are locked OPEN and all inert gas spool piece lines are in the OPEN position to all tanks. b) Check that the inert gas deck main isolating valve is OPEN and the inert gas system is set up for operation. Position Description Valve Open Inert gas deck isolation valve IG?? The VEC line should be checked that the manifold valves are closed and that blanks are in position. c) Ensure that all overboard valves are shut tight and sealed. Position Description Valve Closed Oily water overboard valves CO250, CO252 Closed Chemical overboard discharge valves CO251, CO253 d) Open the slop line crossover valves CO103, CO104, CO144 and CO143 to common up No.1 and 5 cargo wing tanks and the port slop tank, for discharge on No.5 manifold. e) Line up the cargo valves on deck for discharging from No.1 and 5 wing tanks and the port slop tank. Position Description Valve Open Cargo line block valves CO101, CO103 CO104, CO141 CO142, CO143 CO144, CO161 CO527 Open No.1 and 5 cargo tank manual isolating valves CO423, CO429 CO427, CO433 f) When the terminal are ready open the required ships manifold valve. Position Description Valve Open No.5 port manifold valve CO344 CAUTION When dealing with a single grade cargo only, it is prudent to lower all the tanks below the 98% alarm level prior to commencing bulk discharge. This will then allow the high level system to give warning should the level rise in an off-line tank. In this case, where the parcels are discharged one at a time, it is not possible to lower all the tank levels and great care is needed to ensure that no unwanted transfer of cargo is taking place. The vessel is now ready to discharge initially from No.1 wing cargo tanks at a minimum rate. Note: The crossover line from No.1 cargo tanks through CO103 and CO104 is a 200mm line, therefore the discharge capacity from these tanks will be reduced. g) Start up the inert gas system and deliver the gas to the deck. h) Start up No.1 cargo tank deepwell pumps on slow speed and open the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Open No.1 cargo pumps discharge valves CO171, CO176 i) Once all safety checks have been completed continue to discharge from No.1 wing tanks only, until checks have ascertained that there are no leaks in the system. j) Continue to bulk discharge No.1 cargo tanks and commence the discharge of No.5 and the port slop tank. Ballast the ship simultaneously according to the chief officers discharging plan giving due consideration to list, trim, stability and stress. Position Description Valve Open No.5 pump discharge valves CO215, CO220 Open Port slop tank pump discharge valve CO237 As the tanks reach completion strip ashore using compressed air applied to the pumps as described in section 1.3.3 and 2.4.1. Staggering of the completions will make this operation more efficient. k) Upon completion of the first parcel including stripping, stop the pumps and close the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Close No.1 pump discharge valves CO171, CO176 Close No.5 pump discharge valves CO215, CO220 Close Port slop tank pump discharge valve CO237 Close No.5 port manifold valve CO344 Close Cargo line block valves CO101, CO103 CO104, CO141 CO142, CO143 CO144, CO161 l) With further reference to section 1.3.3 commence final stripping of the first parcel cargo lines to shore using compressed air where allowed. m) Line up the cargo valves on deck to discharge No.2 parcel. Position Description Valve Open Manifold crossover isolating valves CO305, CO513 CO377, CO517 Open No.2 and 6 cargo tank manual isolating valves CO424, CO430 CO428, CO434 Open Cargo line block valves CO111, CO112 CO151 Section 2.4.4 - Page 2 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Key Cargo Grade - 1 Cargo Grade - 2 Cargo Grade - 3 Inert Gas Ballast Air Illustration 2.4.4a Discharging Cargo - Three Grades (Chemicals) CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 300 40 125 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Section 2.4.4 - Page 3 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 n) When the terminal are ready open the required ships manifold valve. Position Description Valve Open No.2 port manifold valve CO290 o) Commence discharge of the second parcel. Start up No.2 cargo tank deepwell pumps on slow speed and open the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Open No.2 cargo pump discharge valves CO182, CO187 p) Continue to discharge from No.2 wing tanks only, until checks have ascertained that there are no leaks in the system. q) Once all safety checks have been completed, No.6 wing tanks can be discharged. Start up No.6 wing cargo pumps opening the discharge valves as the pump pressure rises. Position Description Valve Open No.6 pump discharge valves CO226, CO231 As the tanks reach completion strip ashore using compressed air applied to the pumps as described in section 1.3.3. Staggering of the completions will make this operation more efficient. r) Upon completion of the second parcel including stripping, stop the pumps and close the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Close No.2 port manifold valve CO290 Close No.2 pump discharge valves CO182, CO187 Close No.6 pump discharge valves CO226, CO231 s) With further reference to section 1.3.3 commence final stripping of the second parcel cargo lines to shore using compressed air where allowed. t) Line up the cargo valves on deck to discharge No.3 parcel. Position Description Valve Open Manifold crossover valves CO411, CO414 Open Cargo line block valves CO420, CO121 CO122, CO131 CO132, CO419 Open No.3, and 4 cargo tank manual isolating valves CO425, CO431 CO426, CO432 u) When shoreside are ready open the required ships manifold valve. Position Description Valve Open No.4 port manifold valve CO326 v) Commence discharge of the third parcel. Start up No.3 cargo tank deepwell pumps on slow speed and open the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Open No.3 cargo pump discharge valves CO193, CO198 w) Continue to discharge from No.3 wing tanks only, until checks have ascertained that there are no leaks in the system. x) Once all safety checks have been completed, No.4 wing tanks can be discharged. Start up No.4 wing cargo pumps opening the discharge valves as the pump pressure rises. Position Description Valve Open No.4 pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 As the tanks reach completion strip ashore using compressed air applied to the pumps as described in section 1.3.3. Staggering of the completions will make this operation more efficient. y) Upon completion of the third parcel including stripping, stop the pumps and close the pump discharge valves. Position Description Valve Close No.3 pump discharge valves CO193, CO198 Close No.4 pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Close No.4 port manifold valve CO326 z) With further reference to section 1.3.3 commence final stripping of the third parcel cargo lines to shore using compressed air where allowed. aa) Shut down all valves on completion of draining. The Cargo Record Book should be completed in the appropriate places by the officer in charge. As one of the grades is a Category A substance requiring a pre-wash a Government surveyor must attend to endorse the cargo record book confirming that the pre-wash was carried out correctly. Pre-wash Requirements for Category A and B Substances The category A substance was carried in No.3 and No.4 COTs. Characteristics of the substance are low viscosity and non-solidifying with the vessel in a special area. The category B substance was carried in No.2 and No.6 COT. Characteristics of the substance are low viscosity and non-solidifying with the vessel in a special area. Refer to table A-1 and A-2 in section 2.5.1 Chemical Tables for cleaning requirements. Refer to table B-1 and B-2 in section 2.5.1 Chemical Tables for the minimum washing time and quantity of water to be used. In this instance for the Category A substance a pre-wash with water as the medium is required. The minimum water quantity is 7.2m 3 per tank and a washing time of 17.4 minutes for No.3 COTs and 17.4 minutes for each of No.4 COTs. The category B substance on this occasion is suitable for pre-wash by ventilation; the details for this method can be found by checking the tables in section 2.5.1 with the name of the chemical and observing all characteristics. The same substance is also suitable for pre-wash with water, which method is used will depend on port time and the subsequent intended usage of the tanks. Details of pre-washing with case examples are to be found in section 2.5.2 Pre- wash with Water and 2.5.3 Pre-wash by Ventilation. Authors Note: Items in red italic s to be confirmed onboard. Section 2.4.4 - Page 4 of 4 2.5 Tank Cleaning Operations 2.5.1 Chemical Tables 2.5.2 Pre-Wash with Water 2.5.3 Pre-Wash by Ventilation 2.5.4 Water Wash (Hot and Cold) 2.5.5 Disposal of Slops 2.5.6 Washing with a Medium Other than Water Illustrations 2.5.1a Cleaning and Disposal Procedures 2.5.1b Pre-Washing Tables 2.5.1c Disposal of Pre-Wash or Slops 2.5.2a Pre-Wash with Water 2.5.3a Pre-Wash by Ventilation 2.5.4a Hot Wash with Sea Water 2.5.5a Discharge of Slop Water at Sea Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 SUBSTANCE Name MARPOL Category Tank Group Summary Melting Point C Viscosity at 20C mPa.s Suitable for Ventilation Miscible in Water <25 25-60 60 Acrylonitrile-Styrene Copolymer Dispersion in Polyether Polyol D A 0 Adiponitrile D A 2 X no yes Alcohol (C9-C11) Poly (7-19) - Ethoxylates B A 8 X no yes Alcohol (C12-C15) Poly (7-19) - Ethoxylates B A 0 no yes Alcohol (C12-C15) Poly (20+) - Ethoxylates C A 0 no yes Alcohol (C6-C17) (Secondary) Poly (7-12) Ethoxylates B A 5 no yes Alkanes (C6-C9) C A X no Alkaryl Polyethers (C9-C20) B A no no Alkenyl (C11+) Amide D A 0 no Alkylacrylate-Vinylpyridine Copolymer in Toluene C A 0 no no Alkyl (C8+) Amine, Alkenyl (C12+) Acid Ester Mixture D A 0 no Alkyl (C3-C4) Benzenes A A X no no Alkylbenzenesulphonic Acid C A no yes Alkylbenzenesulphonic Acid, Sodium Salt Solution C A no yes Alkyldithiocarbamate (C19-C35) Alkyldithiothiadiazole (C6-C24) D A no Alkyl Ester Copolymer (C4-C20) A Alkyl (C7-C11) Phenol Poly (4-12) Ethoxylate B A 0 X no yes Alkyl (C8-C40) phenol sulphide D A no Alkyl (C8-C9) phenylamine in aromatic solvents A A X no no Alkyl (C12-C14) polyglucoside solution 55% or less B A 30 X no yes Alkyl (C8-C10) polyglucoside solution 65% or less C A X no yes Alkyl (C8-C10)/ (C12-C14) ( 40% or less/ 60% or more )polyglucoside solution 55% or less B A X no yes Alkyl C8-C10)/ (C12-C14) ( 50% / 50%) polyglucoside solution 55% or less C A X no yes Alkyl (C8-C10)/ (C12-C14) ( 60% or more/40% or less polyglucoside solution 55% or less C A X no yes Alkyl (C10-C20 saturated and unsaturated) phosphite C A 0 X no no Aluminium Sulphate Solution D A 0 no 2-(2-Aminoethoxy) Ethanol D A no yes Aminoethyl ethanolamine D A X no yes N-Aminoethylpiperazine D A X no yes 2.5 TANK CLEANING OPERATIONS 2.5.1 CHEMICAL TABLES Note: The tank groups indicated are identical to those given in the attachment to the ships Certificate of Fitness. Note: Where no information is given regarding the suitability for ventilation, other sources must be consulted to determine whether the vapour pressure at 20C exceeds 5kPa. Note: Data regarding melting point and viscosity is given purely for guidance, refer to the substance shipping documents for specific data Section 2.5.1 - Page 1 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 SUBSTANCE Name MARPOL Category Tank Group Summary Melting Point C Viscosity at 20C mPa.s Suitable for Ventilation Miscible in Water <25 25-60 60 2-Amino-2-Methyl-1-Propanol (90% or Less) D A 0 no yes 2-Amino-2-Methyl-1-Propanol (above 90%) D no Ammonia Aqueous (28% or lss) C X yes Ammonium Hydrogen Phosphate Solution D A 0 no Ammonium Polyphosphate Solution D A 0 no Ammonium Thiocyanate (25% or Less) / Ammonium Thiosulphate (20% or Less) Solution C A 0 X no yes Ammonium Thiosulphate Solution (60% or Less) C A 0 X no yes Amyl Acetate (All Isomers) C A X no no n-Amyl Alcohol D A 0 no sec-Amyl Alcohol D A 0 no Tert-Amyl Methyl Ether C A 0 X yes no Animal and Fish Oils and Distillate Acids N.O.S Including: Animal Acid Oil, Fish Acid Oil, Lard Acid Oil, Mixed Acid, Genral Acid D A 0 no Animal and Fish Oils, N.O.S Including: Cod Liver Oil, Lanolin, Neatsfoot Oil, Pilchard Oil, Sperm Oil D A 0 no Aryl Polyolefins (C11-C50) D A 0 no Aviation Alkylates (C8 paraffins and Iso-paraffins BPT 95-120C) C A X no no Benzine and mixtures having 10% benzene or more C A 6.0 X yes no Benzene Sulphonyl Chloride D A 14.0 X no no Benzyl Acetate C A X no no Benzyl Alcohol C A X no no Brake Fluid Base Mix: D A 0 no Butene Oligomer B A 0 X no no Butyl Acetate (All Isomers) C A X no yes Butylbenzene (All Isomers) A A 0 Butyl Butyrate (All Isomers) B A X no yes Butyl/Decyl/Cetyl/Eicosyl Methacrylate Mixture D A X no no Butylene Glycol D A no Butyl Methacrylate D A X no no n-Butyl Propionate C A X no no Butyraldehyde (all isomers) C A X yes no gamme-Butyrolactone D A 0 no Calcium Hypochlorite solution (15% or less) C A X no yes Calcium Hypochlorite solution (more thatn 15%) B A X no yes Calcium Long Chain Alkaryl Sulphonate (C11-C50) D A 0 no Calcium Long Chain Alkaryl Phenate (C5-C10) C A X no no Calcium Long Chain Alkaryl Phenate (C11-C40) D A no Calcium Long Chain Alkyl Phenate Sulphide (C8-C40) D A 0 no Calcium Long Chain Alkyl Salicylate (C13+) C A 0 no no Section 2.5.1 - Page 2 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 SUBSTANCE Name MARPOL Category Tank Group Summary Melting Point C Viscosity at 20C mPa.s Suitable for Ventilation Miscible in Water <25 25-60 60 epsilon-Caprolactam (Molten or Aqueous Solutions 95% or less) D A no Cashew Nut Shell Oil (Untreated) D A X yes no Chlorobenzene B A X no no 4-Chloro-2-Methylphenoxyacetic Acid, Dimethylamine Salt Solution C A 0 no yes 1-(4-Chlorophenyl)-4, 4-Dimethyl-pentan-3-one B A 18 X no no o-Chlorotoluene A A X no no m-Chlorotoluene B A X no no Choline Chloride Solutions D A 0 no Citric Acid (70% or Less) D A 0 no Coal Tar Naphtha Solvent B A 0 X no no Coconut Oil Fatty Acid C A no no Coconut Oil Fatty Acid Methyl Ester D A 0 no Copper Salt of Long Chain (C17+) Alkanoic Acid D A no Cycloheptane C A X no Cyclohexane C A 6.5 X yes no Cyclohexanol D A no no Cyclohexanone D A X no yes Cyclohexanone, Cyclohexanol Mixture D A 0 X no no Cyclohexyl Acetate B A no no Cyclohexylamine C A X no yes Cyclopentane C A X yes no Cyclopentene B A X yes no p-Cymene C A X no no Decahydronaphtalene D A 0 no Decanoic Acid C A X no no Decene B A X no no Decyl Acetate B A X no no Decyl Alcohol (All Isomers) B A 7 X no no Diacetone Alcohol D A 0 no Dialkyl (C8-C9) Diphenylamines D A no Dialkyl (C7-C13) Phthalates D A 0 no Dibutylamine C A X no no Dibutyl Hydrogen Phosphonate B A 0 no no 1,1-Dichloroethane D A X yes no Dichloromethane D A X yes yes 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic Acid, Diethanolamine Salt Solution A A 0 X no yes 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic Acid, Dimethylamine Salt Solution (70% or Less) A A no yes Section 2.5.1 - Page 3 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 SUBSTANCE Name MARPOL Category Tank Group Summary Melting Point C Viscosity at 20C mPa.s Suitable for Ventilation Miscible in Water <25 25-60 60 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic Acid, Tri-Isopropanolamine Salt Solution A A 0 no yes Diethanolamine D A no yes Diethylaminoethanol C A X no no 2,6-Diethylaniline C A 3 X no no Diethylbenzene A A no no Diethylene Glycol D A 0 no yes Diethylene Glycol Dibutyl Ether D A 0 no Diethylene Glycol Phthalate D A 0 no Diethylemetriamine D A X no yes Di-(2-ethylhexyl) Adipate D A no Di-(2-ethylhexly) Phosphoric Acid C A X no no Diethyl Phthalate C A X no no Diglycidyl Ether of Bisphenol A B A 0 no no Diglycidyl Ether of Bisphenol F B A no no D1-n-Hexyl Adipate B A X no no 1, 4-Dihydro-9, 10-Dihydroxy Anthracene, Disodium Salt Solution D A no Diisobutylene B A X no no Diisobutyl Ketone D A 0 no Diisobutyl Phthalate B A no no Diisononyl Adipate D A 0 no Diisopropanolamine C A no yes Diisopropylnaphthalene D A 0 no Dimethyl Adipate B A 8 X no no Dimethylethanolamine D A X no yes Diisononyl Adipate D A no Diisopropanolamine C A 44 X no yes Diisopropyl Naphthalene D A no N, N-Dimethylacetamide solution (40% or less) D A X no Dimethyl Adipate B A 8 X no no Dimethylethanolamine D A X no yes Dimethylformamide D A X no yes Dimethyl Glutarate C A X no no Dimethyl Hydrogen Phosphite B A X no no Dimethyloctanoic Acid C A no no Dimethyl Phthalate C A 2 X no no 2,2 Dimethylpropane-1,3-Diol D A 0 no Section 2.5.1 - Page 4 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 SUBSTANCE Name MARPOL Category Tank Group Summary Melting Point C Viscosity at 20C mPa.s Suitable for Ventilation Miscible in Water <25 25-60 60 Dimethyl Succinate C A no no Dinonyl Phthalate D A 0 no Dipentene C A X no no Diphenyl Ether A A no no Diphenylamine (molten) B A 52.8 X no no Diphenyl Ether A A 28 X no no Diphenyl Ether/Diphenyl Phenyl Ether Mixture A A 4 X no no Diphenylol Propane-Epichlorohydrin Resins B A 0 no no Ditridecyl Phthalate D A 0 no Diundecyl Phthalate D A 0 no Dodecene (All Isomers) B A X no no Dodecenylsuccinic Acid, Dipotassium Salt Solution D A 0 no Dodecyl Alcohol B A X no no Dodecyl/Octtadecyl Methacrylate Mixture D A X no no Ethanolamine D A 10 X no yes 2-Ethoxyethanol D A 0 no 2-Ethoxyethyl Acetate C A X no yes Ethyoxylated Long Chain (C16+) Alkyloxyalkylamine D A no Ethyl Acetate D A 0 yes yes Ethyl Acetoacetate D A 0 no Ethyl Amyl Ketone C A 0 X no Ethylbenzene B A X no no Ethyl Tert-Butyl Ether C A x yes no Ethyl Butyrate C A X no no Ethylcyclohexane C A X no no N-Ethylcyclohexylamine D A X no no S-Ethyl Dipropylthiocarbamate C A X no no Ethylene Cyanohydrin D A X no yes Ethylenediaminetetraacetic Acid, Tetrasodium Salt Solution D A 0 no Ethylene Glycol D A 0 no Ethylene Glycol Acetate D A 0 no Ethylene Glycol Butyl Ether Acetate C A X no no Ethylene Glycol Diacetate C A X no no Ethylene Glycol Methyl Butyl Ether D A 0 no Ethylene Glycol Methyl Ether Acetate C A X no no Ethylene Glycol Monoalkyl Ethers D A 0 X no yes Ethylene Glycol Phenyl Ether D A 0 no Section 2.5.1 - Page 5 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 SUBSTANCE Name MARPOL Category Tank Group Summary Melting Point C Viscosity at 20C mPa.s Suitable for Ventilation Miscible in Water <25 25-60 60 Ethylene Glycol Phenyl Ether/Diethylene Glycol Phenyl Ether Mixture D A no Ethyl 3-Ethoxypropionate C A X no no 2-Ethylhexanoic Acid D A 0 no 2-Ethylhexyl Acrylate B A X no no 2-Ethyl-2-(Hydroxymethyl)Propane-1,3-Diol, C8-C10 Ester D A no Ethylidene Norbornene B A X no no Ethyl Methacrylate D A X no o-Ethlphenol A A 4 X no Ethyl Propionate D A 0 no 2-Ethyl-3-Propylacrolein A A 3 no Fatty Acids, essentially linear, C6-C18, 2-Ethyhexylester D A no Ferric Hydroxyethylethylenediamine Triacetic Acid, Trisodium Salt Solution D A 0 no Formamide D A no Fumaric Adduct of Rosin, Water Dispersion B A 0 no Furfuryl Alcohol C A X no Glycerine (83%), Dioxanedimethanol (17%) Mixture D A 0 no Glycerol Monooleate D A no Glycidyl Ester of C10 Trialkylacetic Acid B A X no Glycolic Acid solution (70% or less) D A 10 X no yes Glyoxal Solution (40% or Less) D A 0 no Glyphosate solution (not containing Surfactant) D A no Heptane (All Isomers) C A X no n-Heptanoic Acid D A 0 no Heptanol (All Isomers) C A X no Heptene (All Isomers C A X no Heptyl Acetate B A X no Hexamethylenediamine Adipate (50% in Water) D A 0 no Hexamethylenediamine Solution C A X no Hexamethylenetetramine Solutions D A 0 no Hexane (All Isomers) C A X yes no Hexanoic Acid D A 0 no Hexanol D A 0 no no Hexene (All Isomers) C A X yes no Hexyl Acetate B A X no no N-(Hydroxyethyl)Ethylenediamine-Triacetic Acid, Trisodium Salt Solution D A 0 no 2-Hydroxy-4(Methylthio)Butanoic Acid C A X no yes Icosa(Oxypropane-2,3-Diyl)S B A no Section 2.5.1 - Page 6 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 SUBSTANCE Name MARPOL Category Tank Group Summary Melting Point C Viscosity at 20C mPa.s Suitable for Ventilation Miscible in Water <25 25-60 60 Isoamyl Alcohol D A 0 no Isobutyl Formate D A 0 no Iso & Cyclo-Alkanes (C10-C11) D A 0 Isophorone D A 0 no Isophoronediamine D A 10 X no Isopropanolamine C A 2 X no yes Lactic Acid D A no Latex, Ammonia (1% or Less)-Inhibited D A 0 no Lauric Acid B A 44 X no no Long Chain Alkaryl Polyether (C11-C20) C A 0 no no Long Chain Alkaryl Sulphonic Acid (C16-C60) D A 0 no Long Chain Polyetheramine in Alkyl(C2-C4)Benzenes C A 0 Long Chain Polyetheramine in Aromatic Solvent C A 0 no no Magnesium Long Chain Alkaryl Sulphonate (C11-C50) D A 0 no Magnesium Long Chain Alkyl Salicylate(C11+) C A 0 no no Maleic Anhydride D A X no yes Mercaptobenzothiazol, Sodium Salt Solution B A 0 X no yes 3-Methoxybutyl Acetate D A 0 no N-(2-Methoxy-1-Methlyethyl)-2-Ethyl-6-Methylchloroacetanilide B A no Methyl Acetoacetate D A 0 no Methyl Alcohol D A 0 yes Methylamyl Acetate C A X no no Methylamyl Alcohol C A X no no Methyl Amyl Ketone D A 0 no Methylbutenol D A 0 no Methyl tert-Butyl Ether D A 0 yes Methyl Butyl Ketone D A 0 no Methylbutynol D A 0 no Methyl Butyrate C A X no no Methylcyclohexane C A X no yes Methylcyclopentadiene Dimer B A X no yes Methyldiethanolamine D A no yes 2-Methyl-6-Ethylaniline C A X no no 2-Methyl-5-Ethylpyridine B A X no no Methyl Heptyl Ketone B A 0 X no no Methyl Isobutyl Ketone D A 0 no no Methyl Propyl Ketone D A 0 no N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone D A 0 no Section 2.5.1 - Page 7 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 SUBSTANCE Name MARPOL Category Tank Group Summary Melting Point C Viscosity at 20C mPa.s Suitable for Ventilation Miscible in Water <25 25-60 60 Methyl Salicylate B A 0 X yes no Morpholine D A X no no Myrcene D A 0 no Naphtalenesulphonic Acid Formaldehyde Copolymer, Sodium Salt Solution D A 0 no Neodecanoic Acid C A X no no Nitrilotriacetic Acid, Trisodium Salt Solution D A 0 no Nitroethane, 1--Nitropropane (each 15% or more) mixtiure D A X yes no Nitropropane (60%)/Nitroethane (40%) Mixture D A X no no Nonane (All Isomers) C A X no no Nonanoic Acid (All Isomers) D A 0 no Nonene (All Isomers) B A X no no Nonyl Acetate C A X no no Nonyl Alcohol (All Isomers) C A 0 X no no Nonyl Methacrylate Monomer D A 0 no Nonylphenol Poly(4+)Ethoxylates B A no no Noxious Liquid, F., (9) and (10) N.O.S. (Trade Name Contains...) S.T.3, CAT.A A A 0 Noxious Liquid, F., (11) and (13) N.O.S. (Trade Name Contains...) S.T.3, CAT.B B A 0 Noxious Liquid, N.F., (12) N.O.S. (Trade Name Contains...) S.T.3, CAT. B, M.P. 15C+ B A 15 Noxious Liquid, F., (14) N.O.S. (Trade Name Contains...) S.T.3, CAT.B M.P. 15C+ B A 15 Noxious Liquid, F., (15) and (16) N.O.S. (Trade Name Contains...) S.T.3, CAT.C C A 0 Octane (All Isomers) C A X no no Octanoic Acid (All Isomers) D A 0 no Octanol (All Isomers) C A X no yes Octene (All Isomers) B A X no no n-Octyl Acetate C A 0 X no no Octyl Aldehydes B A X no no Olefin-Alkyl Ester Copolymer (Molecular Weight 2000+) D A 0 no Olefin Mixtures (C5-C7) C A 0 X no Olefin Mixtures (C5-C15) B A 0 X no no alpha-Olefins (C6-C18) Mixtures B A 0 no Oleic Acid D A no no Palm Kernel Acid Oil C A no no Palm Oil Fatty Acid Methyl Ester D A 0 no Palm Stearin D A 0 no Paraldehyde C A X no no 1,3-Pentadiene C A X yes no Section 2.5.1 - Page 8 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 SUBSTANCE Name MARPOL Category Tank Group Summary Melting Point C Viscosity at 20C mPa.s Suitable for Ventilation Miscible in Water <25 25-60 60 Pentaethylenehexamine D A 0 no Pentanoic Acid D A 0 no n-Pentyl Propionate C A X no no 1-Phenyl-1-Xylylethane C A X no no Phosphate Esters, Alkyl (C12-C14) Amine B A X no no beta-Pinene B A X no no alpha-Pinene A A X no no Pine Oil C A 0 no no Polyalkyl (C18-C22) Acrylate in Xylene C A no no Poly(2-8)Alkylene Glycol Mono-Alkyn (C1-C6) Ether D A 0 no Poly(2-8)Alkylene Glycol Mono-Alkyn (C1-C6) Ether Acetate D A 0 no Polyalkylene Oxide Polyol C A no Polyalkyl (C10-C20) Methacrylate D A no Polyalkyl (C10-C18) Methacrylate/Ethylene-Propylene Copolymer mixture D A no Polybutenyl Succinimide D A no Polyether (Molecular Weight 2000+) D A 0 no Polyethylene Polyamines C A 0 X no yes Polyisobutenamine in Aliphatic (C10-C14) solvent C A X no no Polyolefin Amide Alkeneamine (C17+) D A no Polyolefin Amide Alkeneamine Borate (C28-C250) D A 0 no Polyolefin Amide Alkeneamine Polyol D A 0 no Polyolefinamine in Alkyl(C2-C4)Benzenes C A 0 Polyolefinamine in Aromatic Solvent C A no no Polyolefin Anhydride D A no Polyolefin Ester (C28-C250) D A 0 no Polyolefin Phenolic Amine (C28-C250) D A 0 no Polyolefin Phosphorosulphide Barium Derivative (C28-C250) C A 0 no no Polypropylene Glycol D A 0 no Poly(tetramethylene ether) Glycol (mw 600-3000) b a 30 x no no Potassium Chloride Solution (10% or More) C A 0 no yes Potassium Hydroxide solution C A X no yes Potassium Oleate C A 0 no yes Potassium Thiosulphate (50% or less) n-Propanolamine C A X no yes Propionaldehyde C A X yes no N-Propyl Acetate D A 0 no no Propylbenzene (All Isomers) A A X no no n-Propyl Chloride D A X yes yes Section 2.5.1 - Page 9 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 SUBSTANCE Name MARPOL Category Tank Group Summary Melting Point C Viscosity at 20C mPa.s Suitable for Ventilation Miscible in Water <25 25-60 60 Propylene Dimer C A X yes no Propylene Glycol Methyl Ether Acetate D A 0 Propylene Glycol Monoalkyl Ether D A 0 no Propylene Glycol Phenyl Ether D A no Propylene Tetramer B A X no no Propylene Trimer B A X no no Pyridine D A no Rosin Soap (Disproportionated) Solution B A 0 X no yes Sodium Acetate Solutions D A 0 no Sodium Alkyl (C14-C17) Sulphonates 60-65% Solution B A 0 X yes Sodium Aluminate Solution D A 0 X no yes Sodium Benzoate D A 0 no Sodium Borohydride (15% or Less) / Sodium Hydroxide Solution C A 0 no yes Sodium Carbonate Solution D A 0 no Sodium Hydrogen Sulphide (6% or Less) / Sodium Carbonate (3% or Less) Solution B A X no yes Sodium Hydrogen Sulphite Solution (45% or Less) D A 0 X no yes Sodium Hydroxide Solution D A X no yes Sodium Silicate Solution C A 0 no yes Sodium Hypochlorite solution (15% or less) C A X no yes Sodium Silicate solution C A no yes Sodium Sulphide solution (15% or less) B A X no yes Sodium Sulphide solution (25% or less) C A X no yes Sodium Thyiocyanate solution (56% or less) B A X no yes Sulphonated Polyacrylate solution D A no Sulphohydrocarbon (C3-C88) D A no Sulpho Hydrocarbon Long Chain (C18+) Alkylamine Mixture B A 0 no no Sulpholane D A no Sulphurised Fat (C14-C20) D A no Sulphurised Polyolefinamide Alkene (C28-C250) Amine D A no Tall Oil (Crude and Distilled) B A no no Tall Oil Fatty Acid, Barium Salt B A no yes Tall Oil Fatty Acid (Resin Acids Less Than 20%) C A X no yes Tall Oil Soap (Disproportionated) Solution B A 0 no yes Tallow D A 0 no Tallow Fatty Acid D A 0 no Tetraethylenepentamine D A X no yes Section 2.5.1 - Page 10 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 SUBSTANCE Name MARPOL Category Tank Group Summary Melting Point C Viscosity at 20C mPa.s Suitable for Ventilation Miscible in Water <25 25-60 60 Tetrahydronaphthalene C A X no no Tetrmethylbenzene (all isomers) A A X no no Toluene C A X no yes Tributyl Phosphate B A X no yes 1,1,1-Trichloroethane C A X yes no 1,1,2-Trichloroethane C A X no no 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-Trifluoroethane C A X yes no Tridecanoic Acid B A no yes Triethanolamine D A 19 X no yes Triethylenetetramine D A X no yes Triethyl Phosphate D A 0 no Triethylphosphite B A Trimethylbenzene (All Isomers) A A X no no Trimethylhexamethylenediamine (2,2,4-and 2,4,4-Isomers) D A X no yes Trimethylolpropane Polyethoxylate D A 0 no 2,2,4-Trimethyl-1,3-Pentanediol-1-Isobutyrate C A X no no 1,3,5-Trioxane D A X no no Turpentine B A X no no Undecanoic Acid B A X no no 1-Undecene B A X no no Undecyl Alcohol B A X no no Urea Ammonium Mono and Dihydrogen Phosphate/Potassium- Chloride Solution D A 0 no Urea/Ammonium Nitrate Solution D A no Urea/Ammonium Nitrate Solution (Containing Aqua Ammonia) C A 0 Urea/Ammonium Phosphate Solution D A 0 no Vegetable Oils, N.O.S D A no Vinyl Neodecanoate B A X no no Vinyl Tolune A A X yes no Waxes D A 0 no Xylenes C A X no no Xylenes/Ethylbenzene (10% or more) mixture B A X no no Xylenol B A X no no Zinc Alkaryl Dithiophosphate (C7-C16) C A 0 no no Zinc Alkyl Dithiophosphate (C3-C14) C A 0 no no Section 2.5.1 - Page 11 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Stripping Test A. Test Condition a) Ships Draught at Fwd: 3.00m Ships Draught at Aft: 5.10m b) Ships Trim: Tan 2.10 c) Ships Heeling: 0.02 Stripping Test Test date: Test Condition Ships Trip = Tan -1 ________0 Ships Heeling = _________0 Witness of BV Surveyor: TABLE 2 - CARGO TANK INFORMATION Tank No. Capacity (m 3 ) Stripping Quantity in Litres (Approximately) Approved Stripping level Under Reg. 5A No.1 COT (P) 3068.8 45.0 0.1m 3 No.1 COT (S) 3069.8 45.0 0.1m 3 No.2 COT (P) 3666.3 45.0 0.1m 3 No.2 COT (S) 3666.3 45.0 0.1m 3 No.3 COT (P) 3670.8 40.5 0.1m 3 No.3 COT (S) 3670.8 40.5 0.1m 3 No.4 COT (P) 3670.8 40.5 0.1m 3 No.4 COT (S) 3670.8 40.5 0.1m 3 No.5 COT (P) 3670.8 42.0 0.1m 3 No.5 COT (S) 3670.8 42.0 0.1m 3 No.6 COT (P) 3370.0 42.0 0.1m 3 No.6 COT (P) 3370.0 42.0 0.1m 3 Slop Tank (P) 441.1 42.0 0.1m 3 Slop Tank (S) 441.1 42.0 0.1m 3 10 20 30 38.1 100 200 300 400 500 600 173.5m3/min Inlet Jet Penetration Depth (m) M in im u m
F lo w
R a t e
F o r
E a c h
T a n k
I n le t
( m 3 / m in In le t D ia m e te r = 6 1 c m In le t D ia m e te r = 4 6 c m Inlet D iam eter = 30cm Inlet Diameter = 23cm Inlet Diameter = 15cm Minimum Flow Rate Section 2.5.1 - Page 12 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Apply prewash in accordance with appendix B and discharge residue to reception facility. Apply subsequent wash with water quality not less than that calculated with 'K' = 1.0. Apply ventilation procedure in accordance with section 2.5.3 Residue may be retained on board and discharged outside special area. Residue of substances with viscosities <60 mPa.s at the unloading temperature may be retained on board and discharged outside special area. Alternatively, tanks may be prewashed and slops discharged ashore. Dilute residue in cargo tanks with water to obtain residue concentration in mixture of 10% or less. Ballast tank, or wash tank to commercial requirements. Condition for discharge of ballast/residue/water mixtures other than prewash: >12 miles from land >7 knots ship's speed >25 metres water depth Using underwater discharge. Ballast added to tank. Condition for discharge of ballasts: >12 miles from land >25 metres water depth Alternatively, residue/water mixtures may be discharged ashore (NB - optional not MARPOL requirement.) Any water subsequently introduced into the tank may be discharged into the sea without restrictions. Cleaning and disposal procedures (CDP) 1(a) 1(b) 2 3 4 6 7 8 5(a) 5(b) Sequence of procedures X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Table A2 Discharge tank and piping to maximum extent possible Residue is Cat. A substance CDP1(a) or CDP2 Residue is Cat. B substance Ship inside special area Yes Yes Solidifying or high visc. substance CDP1(a) CDP1(b) or CDP2 or CDP3 CDP1(a) CDP1(b) or CDP2 CDP1(a) CDP1(b) or CDP2 Yes Yes Ship outside special area Yes Yes Residue is Cat. C substance Ship inside special area Yes Solidifying or high visc. substance CDP1(a) CDP1(b) or CDP2 or CDP6 Yes Yes Residue is Cat. D substance Will residue be treated as Cat. C substance? Yes Discharge into the sea is not regulated by Annex II CDP2 or CDP8 Yes No No CDP2 or CDP4 No No No No Solidifying or high visc. substance CDP1(a) CDP1(b) or CDP2 Yes Ship outside special area Yes No No Solidifying or high visc. substance CDP2 or CDP4 No CDP2 or CDP7 CDP2 or CDP4 No No Illustration 2.5.1a Cleaning and Disposal Procedures Table A1 Cleaning of Cargo Tanks and Disposal of Tank Washings/Ballast Containing Residues of Category A, B, C and D Substances Section 2.5.1 - Page 13 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 2.5.1b Pre-Washing Tables No.1 Tank (Port) 6.5 13.1 No.1 Tank (Starboard) 6.5 13.1 No.2 Tank (Port) 7.2 14.5 No.2 Tank (Starboard) 7.2 14.5 No.3 Tank (Port) 7.2 14.5 No.3 Tank (Starboard) 7.2 14.5 No.4 Tank (Port) 7.2 14.5 No.4 Tank (Starboard) 7.2 14.5 No.5 Tank (Port) 7.2 14.5 No.5 Tank (Starboard) 7.2 14.5 No.6 Tank (Port) 6.9 13.8 No.6 Tank (Starboard) 6.9 13.8 Slop Tank (Port) 3.1 6.2 Slop Tank (Starboard) 3.1 6.2 15.7 15.7 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 16.5 16.5 7.5 7.5 26.1 26.1 29.0 29.0 29.0 29.0 29.0 29.0 29.0 29.0 27.5 27.5 12.5 12.5 31.3 31.3 34.8 34.8 34.8 34.8 34.8 34.8 34.8 34.8 33.1 33.1 14.9 14.9 Tank No. Table B2 - Required Duration ( in Minutes ) of Prewash (when using one machine per tank) Scanjet Fixed Programmable Single Nozzle Tank Washing Machine Use Minimum 8 Bar Washing Pressure Throughput Pressure Washing Machine 25.0m 3 /h at 8 bar Use 'Pitch Setting' 27 degrees per revolution Use Maximum Rotational Speed Start Washing With Washing Machine Pointing Upwards No.1 Tank (Port) No.1 Tank (Starboard) No.2 Tank (Port) No.2 Tank (Starboard) No.3 Tank (Port) No.3 Tank (Starboard) No.4 Tank (Port) No.4 Tank (Starboard) No.5 Tank (Port) No.5 Tank (Starboard) No.6 Tank (Port) No.6 Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Starboard) 3069.8 3069.8 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.09 0.09 5.4 5.4 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.7 5.7 2.6 2.6 5.2 5.2 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.7 5.7 2.6 2.6 6.5 6.5 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 6.9 6.9 3.1 3.1 10.9 10.9 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 11.5 11.5 5.2 5.2 13.1 13.1 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 13.8 13.8 6.3 6.3 2.7 2.7 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 1.3 1.3 3666.3 3666.3 3670.8 3670.8 3670.8 3670.8 3670.8 3670.8 3370.0 3370.0 441.1 441.1 Tank No. V Capacity (m 3 ) r Residual Quantity 1 k = 1.0 Table B1 - With Minimum Quantity of Water (in m3) to be Used During a Prewash 2 k = 1.2 3 k = 2.0 4 k = 2.4 5 k = 0.5 6 k = 1.0 Required Duration ( Minutes) k = 0.5 k = 1.0 k = 1.2 k = 2.0 k = 2.4 k = a Factor having values as follows: 1. Category A, non-solidifying, low-viscosity substance, outside special areas k = 1.0 2. Category A, non-solidifying, low-viscosity substance, inside special areas k = 1.2 3. Category A, solidifying or high-viscosity substance, outside special areas k = 2.0 4. Category A, solidifying or high-viscosity substance, inside special areas k = 2.4 5. Category B and C, non-solidifying low-viscosity substance k = 0.5 6. Category B and C, solidifying or high-viscosity substance k = 1.0 Section 2.5.1 - Page 14 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Slops must be discharged ashore Residue of substances with viscosities < 60 mPa.s at the unloading temperature may be retained on board and discharged outside special area. Alternatively, tanks may be prewashed and slops discharged ashore. Dilute residue in cargo tanks with water to obtain residue concentration in mixture of 10% or less. Discharge rate is maximum permitted by underwater discharge outlet. Additional discharge conditions: - ship's speed at least 7 knots - outside 12 miles from nearest land - depth of water at least 25 metres - using underwater discharge. Slops disposal procedures (SDP) 1 2 3 4 5 6 Sequence of procedures X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Table C2 Identify each category of slop in the tank and from which tanks the slops originated Slops contain Cat. A substance SDP 1* Slops contain Cat. B substance Disposal inside special area Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Solidifying or high visc. substance Yes Yes Discharge into the sea is not regulated by Annex II Yes No No No No No Solidifying or high visc. substance Yes Yes No No Solidifying or high visc. substance No No Illustration 2.5.1c Disposal of Pre-Wash or Slops Table C1 Disposal of Prewash or Tank Washings Containing Category A, B, C or D Substances from Dedicated Slop Tanks Containing Tank Washing or Slops SDP 1* SDP 1* SDP 1* SDP 1* or 6* SDP 4 SDP 4 SDP 4 Disposal outside special area Disposal inside special area Disposal outside special area Slops contain Cat. C substance Slops contain Cat. D substance SDP 4 or 5 Slop resulting from the subsequent washing of tanks which have been prewashed in accordance with Appendix B may be discharged in accordance with SDP 4, provided they are not mixed with other slops requiring discharge in accordance with SDP 1, 2, 3 or 6. * Section 2.5.1 - Page 15 of 15 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.5.2 PRE-WASH WITH WATER Introduction Pre-washing with water is one of the means used to comply with MARPOL Annex II to ensure that noxious liquid substances are discharged without posing a threat to the marine environment. To determine if pre-washing is necessary, refer to the table in Section 2.5.1 with the list of approved Annex II substances which the vessel can carry. If the last cargo in the tank is included in this table then follow the flow diagram and the procedures laid down in table A1. Guide to when it is Necessary to Carry Out a Pre-Wash Category A Substances All category A substance residues, whether the vessel is inside or outside a special area must be discharged ashore prior to departure from port. Note: Special areas are areas as presently defined in MARPOL Annex 11 and may be subject to change. Category B Substances All category B substance residues when within a special area, must be discharged ashore prior to departure from port with the exception of non-solidifying low viscosity residues which may be retained onboard and discharged outside the special area. If outside a special area, all solidifying and high viscosity residues must be discharged ashore. Category C Substances When within a special area, solidifying and high viscosity residues (greater than 25 millipascals/sec) must be discharged ashore prior to departure from port however non-solidifying residues with a viscosity of 25 to 60 millipascals/ sec (mPa/s) may be retained for discharge outside the special area. When outside a special area, the residues which are solidifying or have a viscosity of over 60mPa/s must be discharged ashore before departure from port. Pre-Wash The purpose of pre-washing is not to clean a tank or prepare it for loading or ballasting, but to reduce the residues in the cargo tank and/or pipelines to the maximum extent after unloading but prior to mixing with water for discharge into the sea. This is the principle of Annex II. The use of sea water or detergents as a pre-wash may cause difficulties for the reception facilities or for the ultimate destruction/disposal of the waste and so their use should be discussed with the reception facility before they are used. The use of other washing media is allowed only when the procedures have been approved by the administration and inserted in the Procedure and Arrangement Manual. When pre-washing after carrying a Category A substance, washing should continue until the concentration of cargo in the wash water is 0.1% when outside a special area and 0.05% when within a special area. The discharge should continue until the tank is empty. The measurement of the concentration should be accepted by a government surveyor who should also endorse the Cargo Record Book. Pre-Wash Procedure for Non-Solidifying Substances using the Open Cycle a) Tanks should be washed using fixed machines at a minimum pressure of 8 bar and category A substances should be washed with machines which cover all of the tank surfaces during the programmed wash. In the case of Category B and C substances only one machine need be used. b) During washing the amount of liquid in the tank should be minimised by continuously pumping out the slops and promoting flow to the suction point. If this condition cannot be met then the washing procedure should be carried out three times with thorough stripping of the tank between washings. c) Those substances having a viscosity equal to or greater than 25 mPa/s at 20C should be washed with hot water at a temperature of at least 60C unless the properties of the substance make the washing less effective. d) The quantity of wash water used should be not less than that specified in table B-1. e) The cargo drop lines should also be flushed during the pre- wash. f) After pre-washing, the tanks and lines should be thoroughly stripped as detailed in section 1.3.3 and 2.4.1 of this manual. Pre-Wash Procedure for Solidifying Substances using the Open Cycle a) Tanks should be washed as soon as possible after unloading and preferably heated prior to washing and any residues in manholes and hatches should be removed if possible, prior to the pre- wash. b) Tanks should be washed by means of the fixed programmable machines operating at a pressure of at least 8 bar using a program which will wash all of the tank surfaces. c) During washing the amount of liquid in the tank should be minimised by continuously pumping out the slops and promoting flow to the suction point. If this condition cannot be met then the washing procedure should be carried out three times with a thorough stripping of the tank between washings. d) The tanks should be washed with hot water with a temperature of at least 60C, unless the properties of the substance make the washing less effective. e) The quantity of wash water used should be not less than that specified in table B-1. f) The cargo drop lines should also be flushed during the pre- wash. g) After pre-washing, the tanks and lines should be thoroughly stripped as in section 1.3.3 and 2.2.6 of this manual. Pre-Wash Procedure when Recycling the Washing Medium Washing with a recycled washing medium may be adopted for the purpose of washing more than one cargo tank. In determining the quantity of washing medium required due regard must be given to the expected amount of residues in the tanks, the properties of the washing medium and whether or not any initial rinse or flushing is employed. The calculated end concentration of cargo residue in the washing medium should not exceed 5% based on the nominal stripping quantities specified in table B-2 in section 2.5.1, unless sufficient data is available to make a better calculation. The recycled washing medium should only be used for washing tanks that have contained the same or a similar substance. Section 2.5.2 - Page 1 of 5 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PX PI Key Sea Water Fire Water Fresh Water No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) Deck Store (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Port) Illustration 2.5.2a Pre-Wash with Water CO 242 CO254 CO 443 TC314 TC313 TC628 TC625 From Slop Pump TC642 TC645 CO406 TC648 To Cargo Control Room Chemical Injection Boss with Plug TC641 TC 114 TC 113 TC 514 TC 513 TC312 TC311 TC623 TC624 TC622 TC621 From No.6 Cargo Pump TC640 TC639 TC 112 TC 111 TC 512 TC 511 TC310 TC309 TC619 TC620 TC618 TC617 From No.5 Cargo Pump Connection from Fire Main Line From No.6 Cargo Pump From No.5 Cargo Pump TC638 TC637 TC 110 TC 109 TC 510 TC 509 TC308 TC307 TC615 TC616 TC614 TC613 From No.4 Cargo Pump From No.4 Cargo Pump TC636 TC635 TC 108 TC 647 TC 107 TC 508 TC 507 TC306 TC305 TC611 TC612 TC610 TC609 From No.3 Cargo Pump From No.3 Cargo Pump TC634 TC633 TC 106 TC 105 TC 506 TC 505 TC304 TC303 TC607 TC608 TC606 TC605 From No.2 Cargo Pump From No.2 Cargo Pump TC632 TC631 TC 104 TC 103 TC 504 TC 503 TC302 TC301 TC603 TC604 TC602 TC601 From No.1 Cargo Pump From No.1 Cargo Pump TC630 TC629 TC 102 TC 101 TC 502 TC 501 To/From Cargo System Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 CO246 TC166 TC116 TC115 TC163 TC117 Tank Cleaning Heater (100m 3 /h) TC118 TC 119 TC 120 CO 405 TC624 TC167 Section 2.5.2 - Page 2 of 5 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 a) A quantity of washing medium sufficient to allow continuous washing should be added to the tank or tanks to be washed. The recycling of the washing medium may either be within the tank to be washed or another tank, for example a slop tank. b) All tank surfaces should be washed by means of the fixed tank washing machines at a pressure of at least 8 bar. c) The washing should be continued until the accumulated throughput is not less than that corresponding to the relevant quantities in table B-1. d) Solidifying substances or substances of a viscosity higher than 25mPa/s at 20C should be washed with water of a temperature at least 60C when water is used as the washing medium unless the properties of the substance make the washing less effective. e) The cargo drop lines should also be flushed during the pre- wash. f) After completing the pre-washing as specified in c) above, the washing medium should be discharged and the tank thoroughly stripped. The tank should then be rinsed using clean washing medium with continuous draining and discharge. The rinse as a minimum should cover the tank bottom and be sufficient to flush the pipelines and pumps. g) After pre-washing the tanks and lines should be thoroughly stripped as in section 1.3.3 and 2.2.6 of this manual. The Minimum Quantity of Water to be used in a Pre-Wash The minimum quantity of water to be used in a pre-wash is determined by the amount of noxious substance remaining in a cargo tank, the tank size, the cargo properties, the permitted concentration in any subsequent wash water effluent and the area of operation. The minimum quantity can be derived from the following formula: Q = k((15r 0.8 +5r 0.7) x( V/1000)) where: Q = The required minimum quantity in m 3 r = The residual quantity per tank in m 3 see table B-1 The value of r should be the actual value in the stripping efficiency test but should not be taken as lower than 0.1m 3
for a tank of volume 500m 3 and above and not lower than 0.04m 3 for a tank of less than 100m 3 . For tank sizes between 100m 3 and 500m 3 the minimum value of r is found by linear interpolation. V = Tank volume in m 3 k = A factor having the following values: k= 1.0 Category A substance non-solidifying, low viscosity outside a Special Area k= 1.2 Category A substance non-solidifying, low viscosity within a Special Area k= 2.0 Category A substance solidifying, high viscosity outside a Special Area k= 2.4 Category A substance solidifying, high viscosity within a Special Area k= 0.5 Category B/C non-solidifying, low viscosity substance k= 1.0 Category B/C solidifying or a high viscosity substance Case example of a pre-wash relates to section 2.4.4 The category A substance was carried in No.3 and No.4 COTs. Characteristics of the substance are low viscosity and non-solidifying with the vessel in a special area. The category B substance was carried in No.2 and No.6 COTs. Characteristics of the substance are low viscosity and non-solidifying with the vessel in a special area. Refer to table A-1 and A-2 in section 2.5.1, Chemical Tables, for the cleaning requirements. Refer to table B-1 and B-2 in section 2.5.1 Chemical Tables for the minimum washing time and the quantity of water to be used. In this instance for the Category A substance a pre-wash with water as the medium is required. The minimum water quantity is 7.2m 3 per tank and a washing time of 17.4 minutes for No.3 COTs, and 17 minutes for each of No.6 COTs. The category B substance in this occasion is suitable for pre-wash by ventilation and will be detailed in section 2.5.3, the same substance is also suitable for pre- wash with water. The method to be used will depend on port requirements and the subsequent intended usage of the tanks Procedure to Pre-Wash No.4 COT The intention is to carry out a pre-wash non-recycling, supplying fresh water via the starboard slop tank pump to the fixed tank washing machines discharging the slops directly ashore via the No.4 port manifold. a) Ensure the cargo tanks to be washed are inert and that the oxygen content is less than 8%. b) All valves must be checked and confirmed closed prior to start up. c) The elbow piece between the slop tank pump discharge line and the tank cleaning main at TC120 should be inserted. d) Line up the starboard slop tank pump for washing on open cycle with the return washings being transferred ashore using the cargo tank deepwell pump. Position Description Valve Open Starboard slop tank valve to tank cleaning main CO162, CO405 Open Tank cleaning main line block valves TC119, TC120 Open Tank cleaning main double shut off valves TC118, TC139 Open No.4 COT port and starboard washing machine valves TC107, TC112 TC613, TC614 TC615, TC616 e) Line up the deepwell pumps on No.4 wing tanks to discharge the tank drainings to No.4 port manifold. Position Description Valve Open No.4 port manifold valve CO326 Open No.4 cargo line block valve CO419, CO132 CO131 Open No.4 tank manual crossover block valves CO426, CO432 f) Start up the starboard slop tank pump and open the pump discharge valve CO242. Increase the pump speed until a minimum pressure of 8 bar is achieved on the tank cleaning main. g) Start up the deepwell pumps on the No.4 wing tanks. Section 2.5.2 - Page 3 of 5 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Position Description Valve Open No.4 cargo pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 h) Wash the tank for the required minimum cycle time and flush the cargo drop lines during the wash. i) On completion of washing, shut off the tank cleaning machines and stop the starboard slop tank pump. Position Description Valve Close Starboard slop tank pump discharge valve CO242 Close Starboard slop tank valve to tank cleaning main CO162, CO405 Close Tank cleaning main line block valves TC119, TC120 Close Tank cleaning main double shut off valves TC118, TC139 Close No.4 COT port and starboard washing machine valves TC107, TC112 TC613, TC614 TC615, TC616 j) Stop the cargo pump on completion of draining as previously described and close the cargo discharge valve fully. Position Description Valve Close No.4 cargo pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Stripping of Tanks and Pump Column a) Purge the cargo deck line and minimise the cargo deck line pressure for stripping of the cargo pump. Set the stripping line to No.4 port manifold. b) Start up the cargo pump locally and increase the hydraulic pressure to between 100 bar and 120 bar. c) Open the stripping discharge valve on No.4 cargo pump. Position Description Valve Open No.4 cargo pump stripping discharge valves CO207, CO212 d) Connect the air/inert gas supply line to the pump side of the main cargo tank discharge valve and fill with air/inert gas to a pressure of around 2.0 bar and 4.0 bar. e) Continue stripping until the pipestack is emptied. This can be recognised by frequent speed variations on the pump. The stripping efficiency can be improved by closing the air/inert gas supply during high speed periods. It may be necessary to repeat the stripping process a few times with each pump in order to completely strip out the suction well. f) On completion of stripping close the stripping discharge valve, shut off the air/inert gas supply and stop the cargo pump. g) It is now necessary to strip and purge the cargo line ashore. Purging of Cargo Lines (Section 1.3.3 and 2.2.6) Stage 1 The intention is to purge the line from the cargo pump crossover purge connection up to the manifold crossover line then out through the manifold valve to shore. a) On completion of stripping the tank all of the valves including the manifold valve for the tank are to be closed. b) Connect the air/inert gas hose to the cargo line purge connection. c) Open the port manifold valve and line block valve. d) Open the air/inert gas connection and purge the line to shore. Position Description Valve Open No.4 manifold valve CO326 Open No.4 cargo line block valve CO131. CO132 CO419 Open No.4 tank manual crossover block valves CO426, CO432 Closed No.4 tanks drop valves CO205, CO210 Closed No.4 tanks cargo pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Open No.4 cargo line purge connection CO206 e) Repeat the purge several times then close all of the valves. Stage 2 The intention is to now purge the line from the manifold valve connected to the shore line across to the opposite manifold, down the drain connection and round the drain line back to the outboard side of the manifold valve connected to the shore line. a) Connect the nitrogen hose to the purge connection at No.4 on top of the manifold connected to the shore inboard of the manifold valve. b) Open the drain line connection valve outboard of the port and inboard of the starboard manifold valves, also the drain line block valve adjacent to port manifold valve. c) Open the drain line valve inboard of the starboard manifold valve, this valves allows the purge to enter the drain line. d) Open the nitrogen connection and purge the line to shore. Position Description Valve Closed No.4 manifold valve CO326 Open No.4 crossover line block valve CO419 Open Drain line connections at No.4 manifold valve inboard of the starboard valve and outboard of the port manifold valve CO322, CO329 Open Drain line block valve at No.4 port manifold CO331 Open No.4 cargo line purge connection CO327 e) It may be necessary to carry out the purge several times by closing the drain valve outboard of the manifold and allowing the pressure to build up to ensure the lines are fully stripped and purged. Close all valves on completion. Stage 3 The intention now is to purge back from the manifold down the cargo line towards the cargo pump crossover line. The drain line connection from the cargo pump crossover is opened and the drain line is now purged to the outboard side of the manifold attached to the shore line. a) Connect the air inert gas hose to the purge connection CO327 for No.4 on top of the manifold connected to the shore inboard of the valve. b) Open the drain line connection outboard of port manifold valve and drain line block valve adjacent to manifold valve. Section 2.5.2 - Page 4 of 5 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 c) Open the cargo line block valve to the manifold crossover. d) Open the valves on the drain line leading from No.4 COT pump crossover line back to outboard of the manifold, these valves allow the purge to enter the drain line. e) Open the air/inert gas connection and purge the line to shore. Position Description Valve Closed No.4 manifold valve CO326 Open Drain line connection at No.4 outboard of port manifold valve CO329 Open Drain line block valve at No.6 port manifold CO331 Open No.4 cargo line purge connection CO327 Open No.4 cargo line block valve CO419, CO132 CO131 Open No.4 COT valves on stripping line to manifold CO135, CO136 f) It may be necessary to carry out the purge several times by closing the drain valve outboard of the manifold and allowing the pressure to build up to ensure the lines are fully stripped and purged. Close all valves on completion. On completion of the pre-wash the attending government surveyor should endorse the Cargo Record Book to confirm that the pre-wash has been carried out in a satisfactory manner as required by Annex II. Section 2.5.2 - Page 5 of 5 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 2.5.3a Pre-Wash by Ventilation WARNING The fumes produced are dangerous so care must be taken when shutting the gas freeing lids to avoid inhalation. Key Inert Gas in the Two Step followed by Air during the Single Step Displaced Vapour PV Valve Gas Freeing Valve Tank Inert Gas Isolating Valve Deepwell Cargo Pumps 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 2 Purging of Cargo Tanks Single Step, Dilution Cargo Tank (P) Cargo Tank (S) Upper Deck Cargo Main Inert Gas Crossover Connection Inert Main 3 3 4 4 1 1 2 Purging of Cargo Tanks Two Step, Piston/Dilution Cargo Tank (P) Cargo Tank (S) Upper Deck Cargo Main Inert Gas Crossover Connection Inert Main 3 3 4 4 2 Section 2.5.3 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.5.3 PRE-WASH BY VENTILATION Introduction Any substance of Class A, B, C or D which has a vapour pressure equal to or greater than 5 x 10 3 at 20C may be suitable for pre-wash by the ventilation procedure. Table 1 in section 2.5.1 indicates whether a substance is suitable for pre-wash by ventilation but it does not take into account the toxicity of the substance. The toxicity of the substance must therefore be carefully assessed with regard to the means of disposing of the vapour. Any water subsequently added to a tank after cleaning with this procedure may be regarded as clean and is not subject to any discharge restrictions under Annex II. Pre-Wash by Ventilation Procedure Before residues of noxious liquid substances are ventilated from a tank the safety hazards relating to cargo flammability and toxicity must be considered. With regard to safety aspects, the operational requirements for venting of cargo tanks as mentioned in the International Bulk Chemical Code and the ventilation procedures in the ICS Tanker Safety Guide (Chemicals) should be consulted. Port Authorities may also have regulations on cargo tank venting. a) Pipelines should drained and cleared of all cargo residue by ventilation. b) The list and trim should be adjusted to the minimum levels possible so that evaporation of residues is enhanced. c) Ventilation equipment which can produce a jet of air to reach the tank bottom is to be used. Table D-1 in section 2.5.1 can be used to evaluate the suitability of equipment for ventilating a tank to a given depth. d) Ventilation equipment should be used to direct the air jet as close as possible to the cargo pump sump or suction point in such a manner as to avoid tank structure impeding the air jet. e) Ventilation is to continue until no visible remains of the liquid can be observed in the tank. This is to be verified by a visual examination or an equivalent method. f) Venting is to take place through the vessels approved gas freeing outlets with an exit velocity sufficient to carry the vapours clear of the deck. No escape of cargo vapours should take place at deck level until the concentration within the tank is below 30% LFL and the TLV of the substance. Case Example of a Pre-Wash Relates to Section 2.4.4 The category B substance was carried in No.2 and No.6 COTs. Characteristics of the substance are low viscosity and non-solidifying with the vessel in a Special Area. Refer to table A-1 and A-2 in section 2.5.1 Chemical Tables for cleaning requirements. Refer to the list of chemicals in section 2.5.1, the chemical data sheets for the substance being carried and Chapter 17 of the IBC code to verify the safety hazards, toxicity level and suitability for pre-wash by ventilation. The category B substance in this occasion is suitable for pre-wash by ventilation and is also suitable for pre-wash with water. The method to be used will depend on port requirements and subsequent intended usage of the tanks. In this instance pre-wash by ventilation will be used. The intention is to initially purge No.6 cargo tanks with an inert gas until the hydrocarbon concentration is below 2%. At this point air from the inert gas system will be used to purge and gas free the tank after which a visual inspection can be made from the tank top to ensure that no liquid residue remains. a) Check that all cargo valves are closed and the vessel is upright with minimum trim. b) Close the spectacle piece connecting No.6 COT to the IG main. Close the spectacle pieces connecting the vapour recovery line to the PV valves for No.6 COTs. c) Open the valves connecting the IG system to the cargo system and No.6 COT and insert the two spool pieces and one elbow. Position Description Valve Open No.6 COT starboard loading valve CO232 Open No.6 COT IG isolating valves IG119, IG120 Open IG valve to cargo system CO407, BA133 IG130, IG165 Open Cargo line valves from manifold crossover valves to No.6 COT starboard CO377, CO517 CO151, CO434 Open IG deck isolating valve IG105 d) Set up the Inert Gas system to supply IG. When the engine room confirm that the IG is ready for use, press the DELIVERY START button in the CCR and IG will commence to flow to No.6 COTs. The intention is to purge the tanks by the piston/dilution method. e) Depending on the toxicity of the class B substance in No.6 COT, the vapour can be vented either via the gas freeing lid in No.6 COT port or via the Hi-Jet which can expel the vapour at 30m/ sec. Carefully monitor the pressure of the IG main. f) When the hydrocarbon content of the vapour leaving No.6 COT port is below 2% STOP the supply of IG to the tank and close the tank vapour outlet. Close No.6 starboard COT loading drop valve CO232. g) Set up the IG system ready for use in the AIR mode. h) Open the loading drop valves and the gas freeing lids on the PV valves for No.6 COTs. Position Description Valve Open No.6 COT loading drop valves CO227, CO232 i) When the engine room confirm that the IG is ready for use, press the DELIVERY START button in the CCR and air will commence to flow to both of No.5 COTs. The air jet is being directed straight to the cargo pump sump. j) Depending on the toxicity/TLV of the class B substance vapour remaining in No.6 COTs, the vapour can be vented either via the gas freeing lid in both of No.6 COT or via the Hi-Jet which can expel the vapour at 30m/sec. Carefully monitor the pressure of the IG main. k) When the TLV measurements are at a safe level and the tank vapour is less than 30% LFL a visual inspection may be made from the top of the cargo tank. To stop the air supply press the DELIVERY STOP button on the IG panel in the CCR. l) Complete the cargo record book with the appropriate information and request the government surveyor to endorse the book. In this example the normal inert gas system has been used for the initial purging of the cargo tanks then followed with air, equally well nitrogen could be used if available for purging followed by portable gas freeing fans. Which system or medium is used will depend on the substance discharged and the substance to be loaded next in the COT and the availability of the medium. Section 2.5.3 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.5.4 WATER WASH (HOT AND COLD) Tank Washing The methods of washing in this section are primarily for use in bulk cleaning between cargoes and or grades but are similar to those which can be used for pre-washing on completion of discharge. The methods apply equally well to all general types of cargo which may be carried with the exception of some chemical substances which are water reactive. In Coated Tanks - Temperature Restrictions In ships with coated tanks, the temperature and pressure of washing water should not normally exceed 66C and 10.5kg/cm 2 respectively. However, these may be increased subject to the following criteria: 1 Agreement from the coating manufacturer that excessive heat and/or pressure will not damage the coating. 2 Agreement from the tank cleaning equipment manufacturer that excessive heat or pressure will not cause damage to the machines. The temperature of the washing water should always be at least 15C above the pour point of the previous cargo. In coated tanks of white product carriers washing with cold water is adequate for quality purposes, except where more stringent cleaning is required after the carriage of lubricating oils and diesel oils. The occasional use of hot water may be necessary to degrease tank structures, expedite gas freeing for entry or where a gas-free condition is required for a major change of grade. After Black Oil Cargoes These products range from gas oils to heavy fuel oils and the degree of cleaning necessary will vary considerably with the grade to be loaded and the grades previously carried. Products within this group are persistent oils and residues must be handled in accordance with MARPOL 73/78. With the exception of the slop tank, cargo tanks are cleaned on normal ballast passages to a standard suitable for any of the products within the ships usual trading pattern. Specific instructions will be contained in the company SMS and charterers Instructions. Unless the ship has carried a cargo of crude oil or other low flash point cargo previously, gas freeing should not be necessary. Operation of the inert gas system should be in accordance with 2.2 of this manual. If the ship is back loading at the discharge port, it may be necessary to clean tanks to a shore facility, or retain the residues on board. If washing with some cargo remaining, care should be taken to ensure that segregation is not compromised. Heavy fuel oils leave residues on tank bottoms and structure at low temperatures and these can cause serious contamination of the lighter fuels and gas oils. Portable tank washing machines can be used to supplement fixed machines to ensure effective coverage of all tank structures. Washing must be continued until the required degree of cleanliness is achieved. The bottom portion of the tank will require particular attention, especially after carrying heavy or waxy fuel oils and at low temperatures. Hot water should always be used when the nature of the cargo warrants it or when a special degree of cleaning is required. The temperature of any residues should be 15C above the pour point in order to achieve effective removal by tank washing. Scale formation is not usually heavy in ships with coated tanks which are employed solely on black products trading, but where present it may be mixed with waxy deposits from fuel oils, which can make it difficult to clean to the standard for gas oils and light fuel oils etc. The amount of washing required to change from a black oil cargo to clean oil cargo will, in many circumstances, be trial and error. Generally, about 4 hours per tank will be required, using both fixed and/or portable machines. It is particularly important to ensure that blind areas under structures are adequately washed, and therefore portable machines must be used. Fixed machines on product carriers, whilst suitable for oil cargoes with very little or no residues, may not be sufficiently effective on their own after black oil cargoes. The drop-levels should be calculated such that all parts of the structure are washed either directly or by splashing. After the initial washing, the tank should be gas-freed and inspected to check on the effectiveness of the washing. It may be necessary to wing-out the portable machines by tying them off on a tank structure to get better coverage of the underside of structures. The tank is then re-inerted and re-washed using the portable machines that have been winged-out. CAUTION Ships staff should be aware that suspended machines are likely to suffer severe damage if allowed to swing inside the tank when the vessel is rolling. This is particularly important when the machine is near the tank bottom, and the pendulum effect is at its maximum. After Clean Oil Cargoes Products Range These products range from very light volatile oils like naphtha, to gas oils and lubricating oils that are less volatile but can be greasy. Basic Tank Washing Requirements When tank washing, a good stern trim and efficient use of equipment are important. Provided that a tank is properly drained before washing begins, one full cycle with the fixed machines is normally sufficient to achieve a satisfactory standard of cleanliness. The ships tank cleaning manual will specify washing patterns. Water Washing in Coated Tanks In coated tanks, cold water washing is sufficiently effective to clean for quality purposes for all grades, except after the carriage of the heavier lubricating oils. Cold water should therefore be used unless there are special circumstances that require hot water washing. Hot Water Washing in Coated Tanks The use of hot water expedites tank cleaning after the discharge. It removes greasy films more quickly by raising the temperature of the tanks atmosphere. Hot washing should be used when: Cleaning for dry-docking or repairs A special degree of cleanliness is required Incompatibility of Grades When tank washing, the incompatibility of certain grades to one another will involve the washing-out of all residual and adhering oil. Inert gas must also be operated to reduce oxygen and hydrocarbon gases levels in accordance with 2.2 of this manual. Any slops generated should be disposed of in accordance with MARPOL 73/78. Over-Washing Although it is important to remove all traces of the last cargo it is equally important to avoid excessive tank washing as this will eventually lead to expensive renewal of tank coatings. Providing that the coatings are in a good condition, adhesion of most types of clean oil is minimal and this reduces the amount of washing required. Section 2.5.4 - Page 1 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 After Chemical Cargoes Product Range The product range which may be carried are those suitable for carriage in a Class 3 Chemical tanker and are listed in section 2.5.1. Cleaning between grades can be specialised but generally washing with either or both sea water and fresh water will allow tanks to be prepared to the correct standard. Padding This can be either in vapour form or as a liquid. Where nitrogen is used for padding to separate the cargo substance from oxygen or moisture the cargo lines in addition to the cargo tanks should also be filled with nitrogen before loading is carried out. Water on occasions will be used for padding, here the water is loaded to the tank prior to loading the substance. When loading the cargo this should be loaded down the cargo pump discharge column and at slow speed to ensure a good layering effect is achieved with the PAD. Once sufficient cargo has been loaded to the tank the loading rate can be increased. Residues Following Cargo Discharge With spirit cargoes, little residue is left on tank sides and structures. With gas oils and lubricating oils a greasy film will remain. With all oils, there is also a small amount of liquid left below the effective level of the strum. Difficulty should not be experienced in cleaning tanks after either spirit or greasy cargoes. Bottom washing and stripping should be continued until all oil residues are removed. Scale Deposits All clean-oil ships have coated cargo tanks and scale deposits will be minimal. Any accumulations of scale should be removed frequently, and excessive paint break down leading to build up of scale must be reported to the company. Hot washing will normally be carried out using the closed cycle method with the cargo oil tanks inerted. During the washing, the IG system should be on standby in case the heater trips and cool water is sprayed into the tanks causing a loss of IG pressure. The methods of washing in this section are primarily for use in bulk cleaning between cargoes and or grades. Procedure for Cold Water Washing The slop tanks can be filled to the required level with ballast sea water prior to washing (see Hot Water Washing procedure), or fresh water if required. In this case example No.4 port and starboard initially will be water washed using the starboard slop tank pump and discharging back into the port slop tank. All valves shall be checked shut prior to start up. a) Ensure the cargo tanks to be washed are inert and that the oxygen content is less than 8%. b) Drain any remaining pre-wash liquid from the tank cleaning main to the cargo tanks by opening all the tank cleaning machines on the system, and allow the line to drain down into the tanks. Close ALL tank cleaning valves on completion. c) The elbow piece between the slop tank system and the tank cleaning main should be inserted. And the spectacle pieces blanking the tank cleaning heater should be verified as closed. d) Line up the starboard slop tank pump for washing on open cycle with the return washings being transferred to the port slop tank using the cargo tank deepwell pump. Position Description Valve Open Starboard slop tank valves to the tank cleaning main CO162, CO405 Open Tank cleaning main block valves TC119, TC120 Open No.4 COT tank washing machine valves TC107, TC108 TC613, TC614 TC615, TC616 e) Line up the deepwell pumps on No.4 wing tanks to discharge the tank drainings into the port slop tank. Position Description Valve Open No.4 manifold blind flange valve CO204 Open Slop line manifold blind flange valve CO209 Open Slop line block valves CO077, CO084 Open Port slop tank pump drop valve CO033 f) Start up the starboard slop tank pump and open the pump discharge valve CO242 slowly bringing the pressure in the TC main up a minimum of 8 bar. g) Start up the deepwell pumps on No.4 wing tanks. Position Description Valve Open No.4 COT crossover line block valves CO426, CO432 Open No.4 cargo pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Open No.4 COT line block valve CO131 Open No.4 COT line crossover valves to slop tank line CO133, CO134 Open Slop tank line block valves CO527, CO161 Open Port slop tank loading drop valve CO238 h) Wash the tank for the required minimum cycle time. The actual required duration will be found with experience. Monitor the slop tank ullage and total quantities carefully to ensure that there is no risk of overflow. i) Open the balance line between the slop tanks. Position Description Valve Open Slop tank balance line valve CO255 The above method of water washing is known as Open Cycle washing. Continue to wash by this method until the slop tanks are around the 50% level, then, if required, change over to washing on a closed cycle with the starboard slop tank deepwell pump driving the tank washing machines recirculating to the port slop tank. j) On completion of washing stop the starboard slop tank pump, shut off the tank cleaning machines and strip No.4 COTs dry. On completion of stripping stop No.4 COT deepwell pumps. k) Stripping of the lines should be carried out to remove any remaining water, blowing the lines to the port slop tank. On completion close all valves. l) Enter details of the washing in the cargo record book. Section 2.5.4 - Page 2 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PX PI Key Sea Water Fire Water No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) Deck Store (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Port) Illustration 2.5.4a Hot Wash with Sea Water CO 242 CO254 CO 443 TC314 TC313 TC628 TC625 From Slop Pump TC642 TC645 CO406 TC648 To Cargo Control Room Chemical Injection Boss with Plug TC641 TC 114 TC 113 TC 514 TC 513 TC312 TC311 TC623 TC624 TC622 TC621 From No.6 Cargo Pump TC640 TC639 TC 112 TC 111 TC 512 TC 511 TC310 TC309 TC619 TC620 TC618 TC617 From No.5 Cargo Pump Connection from Fire Main Line From No.6 Cargo Pump From No.5 Cargo Pump TC638 TC637 TC 110 TC 109 TC 510 TC 509 TC308 TC307 TC615 TC616 TC614 TC613 From No.4 Cargo Pump From No.4 Cargo Pump TC636 TC635 TC 108 TC 647 TC 107 TC 508 TC 507 TC306 TC305 TC611 TC612 TC610 TC609 From No.3 Cargo Pump From No.3 Cargo Pump TC634 TC633 TC 106 TC 105 TC 506 TC 505 TC304 TC303 TC607 TC608 TC606 TC605 From No.2 Cargo Pump From No.2 Cargo Pump TC632 TC631 TC 104 TC 103 TC 504 TC 503 TC302 TC301 TC603 TC604 TC602 TC601 From No.1 Cargo Pump From No.1 Cargo Pump TC630 TC629 TC 102 TC 101 TC 502 TC 501 To/From Cargo System Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 CO246 TC166 TC116 TC115 TC163 TC117 Tank Cleaning Heater (100m 3 /h) TC118 TC 119 TC 120 CO 405 TC624 TC167 Section 2.5.4 - Page 3 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Hot Water Washing The vessel is provided with a tank cleaning heater of capacity 100m 3 /h capable of raising the temperature of the wash water from 20C through to 70C. Each of the cargo tanks is provided with a set of heating coils within the tanks to raise the temperature of the tank contents from 44C to 66C in 96 hours. The slop tanks are provided with a set of heating coils within the tanks to raise the water temperature from 33C to 66C in 24 hours. Hot Washing Procedure The following method of water wash is entitled Closed Cycle, and is considered to be the most manageable and controlled method of tank washing. Case example for washing No.4 wing tanks. Ensure that the cargo deck lines are drained prior to start up. a) Ensure the cargo tanks to be washed are inert and oxygen content is less than 8%. b) Drain any remaining pre-wash liquid from the tank cleaning main to the cargo tanks by opening all the tank cleaning machines on the system, and allow the line to drain down into the tanks. Close ALL tank cleaning valves on completion. c) Fill the slop tanks to 50% level with clean sea water using the ballast pump. Position Description Valve Insert Spool pieces between ballast connection valve to cargo line system Open Cargo system main crossover valve to ballast system CO407 Open Port ballast overboard valve BA104 Open Port ballast pump sea valve BA101 Open Port ballast pump discharge valve (NRV) BA103 Open Cargo line crossover valves to slop tank line CO133, CO134 Open Slop tank line block valves CO527, CO161 CO443 Open Slop tank loading drop valves CO238, CO243 d) Start up the port ballast pump, when suction and pressure have been established, shut the overboard valve BA104 and open the ballast crossover valve to the cargo line, BA133. e) When the slop tanks have reached the required level, stop the ballast pump and shut down the following valves on the ballast system: Position Description Valve Remove Spool pieces between ballast connection valve to cargo line system Close Port ballast pump sea valve BA101 Close Port ballast pump discharge valve (NRV) BA103 Close Cargo line crossover valves to slop tank line CO133, CO134 Close Slop tank line block valves CO527, CO161 CO443 Close Slop tank loading drop valves CO238, CO243 f) Swing the blanks to the OPEN position on the tank cleaning heater, in way of valves TC115 and TC118. g) Ensure the elbow piece is swung and the spool piece between valves TC120 and CO405 is in position to connect the slop tank discharge line to the tank cleaning main. h) Open the steam supply and return to the slop tank heating coils. If the sea water temperature is less than 20C do not commence washing until the sea water within the slop tanks has reached this temperature. i) Open the tank cleaning heater isolating, inlet and outlet valves. j) Open the steam supply and return valves on the tank cleaning heater. k) Line up the starboard slop tank deepwell pump for closed cycle washing. Position Description Valve Open Line valves from the slop tank to the tank cleaning main TC120, CO162 CO405 Open Tank cleaning heater block valves TC115, TC118 Open Tank cleaning heater inlet and outlet valves TC116, TC117 Open Tank cleaning machine valves to No.4 COTs TC107, TC108 TC613, TC614 TC615, TC616 Open Slop tank balance line valve CO255 l) Start up the starboard slop tank pump and discharge to the tank cleaning main. Slowly increase pressure to a minimum of 8 bar. Position Description Valve Open Starboard slop tank discharge valve CO242 m) Line up No.4 COT deepwell pumps for transferring the tank drainings to the port slop tank. Position Description Valve Open No.4 cargo line crossover valves to slop line CO133, CO134 Open No.4 cargo line block valve CO131 Open No.4 COT pump crossover block valves CO426, CO432 Open Port slop tank loading drop valve CO238 n) Start up the deepwell pumps on No.4 wing tanks. Position Description Valve Open No.4 cargo pump discharge valves CO204, CO209
o) Wash the tank for the required minimum cycle time. The actual required duration will be found with experience. Monitor the slop tank ullage and total quantities carefully to ensure that there is no risk of overflow. p) On completion of washing shut off the tank cleaning machines, stop the starboard slop pump and strip the tanks dry. Shut down No.4 wing tank deepwell pumps and all valves on the system. Further tanks could be washed if required, in any case all lines used will require to be drained and purged. The cargo tanks with water residues will require the water to be removed for water critical grades. This can be achieved using the methods employed in section 2.5.3 by ventilating with either the inert gas system, portable fans or a combination of both. Note: All control of pumps and ballast operations is carried out via the cargo console and mimic screens, with all remote hydraulic valves being operated with the trackball and reference button console in the CCR. Indications of all valves and their status are displayed on the cargo control console and the mimic screens. Section 2.5.4 - Page 4 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Illustration 2.5.5a Discharge of Slop Water at Sea Booster Pump CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 300 40 125 CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Key Ballast Water Discharged Fresh Water Air Section 2.5.5 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.5.5 DISPOSAL OF SLOPS Discharge to Reception Facilities The methods of disposal in port are already well documented and relate mainly to disposal by pre-wash either by ventilation or water. However if a cargo containing Category B or C substance for which a pre-wash is not required cannot be unloaded and stripped in accordance with the regulations then excessive residues may be remaining in the tank. In such cases the government surveyor should be consulted to determine the need for a pre-wash and disposal of the residues. Discharge at Sea Introduction No discharges into the sea of noxious substances may take place within the Antarctic Area (sea area south of latitude 60S). If any cargo residue, pre-washing water, other washing water, dirty ballast or clean ballast for which different discharge requirements apply are mixed in any way then the most strict of the discharge requirements should apply to the complete volume of the liquid. Where a cargo tank has been washed to commercial requirements to accept loading of a different cargo, ballast water carried in this tank will normally be classed as clean and may be discharged into the sea without any restrictions imposed by Annex II. Table C-1 and C-2 in section 2.5.1 provide a flow chart and disposal advice relating to Annex II substances. An underwater overboard valve on the port side is provided for disposal of the Annex II slops, a high overboard valve and ODME are provided for discharge of substances not relating to Annex II but which the vessel is certified to carry. All discharges are to take place in accordance with MARPOL 73/78 and the relevant Annex. Annex 11 Substances Category A within and outside a Special Area Any water added to a cargo tank after it has been pre-washed for the required time and with the minimum quantity of water then emptied as specified in table B section 2.5.1. may be discharged into the sea through the underwater outlet without pumping rate limitations when the vessel is proceeding at 7 knots or more, is at least 12 miles off land and is in water depth of 25 metres or more. Category B within a Special Area When a required pre-wash has been carried out any water subsequently added to the tank may be discharged into the sea through the underwater outlet at a maximum pumping rate of 314m 3 /h when the vessel is proceeding at 7 knots or more, is at least 12 miles off land and is in water depth of 25 metres or more The flow rate is to be monitored and can be read directly in the CCR via the ODME LED screen. If a tank which has been satisfactorily pre-washed is then additionally washed with a quantity of clean water not less than that calculated for a pre-wash with K=1 (see table B-1 section 2.5.1) then any water subsequently added to the tank may be discharged into the sea without regard to the discharge rate, ships speed or discharge outlet position providing the ship is not less then 12 miles off the land and in water of depth at least 25 metres. Note: The water used during the additional washing should be discharged into the sea through the underwater outlet at a maximum pumping rate of 277m 3 /h when the vessel is proceeding at 7 knots or more, is at least 12 miles off land and is in water depth of 25 metres or more. The flow rate is to be monitored and can be read directly in the CCR via the ODME LED screen. Category B outside a Special Area Cargo residues and any washing or ballast water from a tank unloaded and stripped in accordance with the Annex II regulations, after carriage of a low viscosity, non-solidifying substance including residues retained onboard after such unloading within a Special area, may be discharged to the sea through the underwater outlet at a maximum pumping rate of 277m 3 /h when the vessel is proceeding at 7 knots or more, is at least 12 miles off land and is in water depth of 25 metres or more. The flow rate is to be monitored and can be read directly in the CCR via the ODME LED screen. Wash water and or ballast from a tank pre-washed in accordance with table B in section 2.5.1 after the carriage of a high viscosity or solidifying substance may be discharged to the sea through the underwater outlet at a maximum pumping rate of 277m 3 /h when the vessel is proceeding at 7 knots or more, is at least 12 miles off land and is in water depth of 25 metres or more. The flow rate is to be monitored and can be read directly in the CCR via the ODME LED screen. If a tank which has been satisfactorily pre-washed is then additionally washed with a quantity of clean water not less than that calculated for a pre-wash with K=1 (see table B-1 section 2.5.1) then any water subsequently added to the tank may be discharged into the sea without regard to the discharge rate, ships speed or discharge outlet position providing the ship is not less then 12 miles off the land and in water of depth at least 25 metres. Category C within and outside a Special Area Cargo residues and any washing or ballast water from a tank unloaded and stripped in accordance with the Annex II regulations, after carriage of a high viscosity substance due to being unloaded in a Special Area (viscosity between 25 and 60mPa/sec at the unloading temperature) or any subsequent tank washing/ballast may be discharged to the sea through the underwater outlet at a maximum pumping rate of 277m 3 /h when the vessel is proceeding at 7 knots or more, is at least 12 miles off land and is in water depth of 25 metres or more. The flow rate is to be monitored and can be read directly in the CCR via the ODME LED screen. If a tank which has been satisfactorily pre-washed is then additionally washed with a quantity of clean water not less than that calculated for a pre-wash with K=1 (see table B-1 section 2.5.1) then any water subsequently added to the tank may be discharged into the sea without regard to the discharge rate, ships speed or discharge outlet position providing the ship is not less then 12 miles off the land and in water of depth at least 25 metres. Category D within and outside a Special Area Cargo residues may be discharged into the sea provided they are diluted to give a concentration of one part substance to ten parts water, the ship is travelling at a minimum speed of 7 knots and is at a distance of at least 12 miles off the land. To ensure the required dilution is maintained during discharge the following procedure is recommended after unloading and stripping. Flush the cargo lines with water into the tank via the tank drop line for a period of five minutes Wash the tank for a period of ten minutes using the fixed tank cleaning machine allowing the wash water to accumulate in the tank. Discharge the washing water mixed with the cargo residue while continuing to wash the tank with the fixed machine until a satisfactory standard of cleanliness is achieved. Finally drain the tank and lines completely. When cargo residues have been discharged in a diluted form as described above, any water subsequently introduced to the tank may be regarded as clean and may be discharged into the sea not subject to any further requirements of Annex II. Alternatively Category D substance residues from a tank unloaded and stripped as per Annex II requirements may be discharged into the sea in compliance with the Category C substance residues. Section 2.5.5 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Procedure to Dispose of Category D Residues Case example is the disposal of Category D residues from No.1 cargo tank unloaded and stripped as per Annex II requirements at the discharge port. The same procedure would be required for No.5 cargo tanks All valves shall be checked shut prior to start up. a) Ensure the cargo tanks to be washed are inert and the oxygen content is less than 8%. b) Drain any remaining pre-wash liquid from the tank cleaning main to the slop tanks by opening the tank cleaning machines on the tanks, the fluid should be fresh water or sea water. Close ALL tank cleaning valves on completion. c) The elbow piece between the slop tank line to the tank washing system and the tank cleaning main should be inserted. d) Line up the starboard ballast pump to discharge to the cargo line system. Position Description Valve Open Port ballast pump sea suction valve BA101 Open Port ballast pump discharge valve (NRV) BA103 Open Insert spool piece between valves BA133 and CO407 Open Ballast line connecting valve to cargo line BA133 Open Cargo line connecting valves to ballast main CO211, CO086 Open No.1 manifold crossover valves CO287, CO512 Open No.1 cargo line block valve CO101 Open No.1 COT drop valves CO172, CO177 Open No.1 cargo pump crossover block valves CO423, CO429 e) Start the port ballast pump and flush the cargo lines into No.1 COT for five minutes. f) Line up the starboard slop tank pump for washing on open cycle discharging to the fixed tank washing machines in No.1 COT. Position Description Valve Open Slop tank line valves to TC main CO162, CO405 Open TC main block valves TC119, TC120 Open No.1 wing tank cleaning machine valves having set the machines pointing upwards TC101, TC102 TC601, TC602 TC603, TC604 g) Start the starboard slop tank pump, open the pump discharge valve and slowly increase the pressure on the tank cleaning main to at least 8 bar. Wash the tank for ten minutes allowing the drainings to accumulate and provide the required dilution. Stop the port ballast pump and close the valves between the systems. Position Description Valve Close Ballast line connecting valve to cargo line CO133 Close Cargo line connecting valves to ballast main CO407 Remove Spool piece between valves BA133 and CO407 Close Cargo crossover valves to No.1 cargo lines CO287, CO512 h) Line up the deepwell pumps on No.1 COTs to discharge the tank drainings overboard via the chemical low discharge on the port side. Position Description Valve Open No.1 line crossover valves to slop line CO103, CO104 Open Slop line block valves CO527, CO161 Open Swing spectacle piece to the open position between valves CO251 and CO253 Open Slop line crossover to overboard lines CO247 Open Inner and outer low overboard valves CO251, CO253 Close No.1 COT loading drop valves CO172, CO177 Open No.1 cargo pump discharge valves CO171, CO176 i) Start up the deepwell pumps on No.1 COT, continue washing the tanks until a satisfactory level of cleaning has been achieved. j) On completion of washing stop the starboard slop tank pump, shut off the tank cleaning machines and strip No.4 COTs dry. On completion of stripping stop No.4 COT deepwell pumps. k) Stripping of the lines should be carried out to remove any remaining water, blowing the lines to the port slop tank. On completion close all valves. l) Enter details of the washing in the cargo record book. Section 2.5.5 - Page 3 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.5.6 WASHING WITH A MEDIUM OTHER THAN WATER Chemical tanker washing with product other than water such as mineral oil or chlorinated solvent should only be carried out if approved by the administration and suitable cleaning instructions have been provided. As the vessel is also certified to carry oil products both black and white should a cargo of oil be carried it may be necessary to carry out crude oil washing for heavy weather ballasting. Crude Oil Cargo tanks are crude oil washed to comply with both legislation (contingency ballast requirements) and charterers requirements, in order to achieve maximum out-turn and to reduce sludge build up within the cargo tanks. The vessel is designed to carry enough ballast water in the fully segregated side wing and double bottom tanks for normal conditions. Additional heavy weather ballast can be loaded into any of the cargo tanks via the ballast pumps through the IG line joining the cargo and ballast lines together. Whenever ballast is carried in any of the cargo tanks however, the tanks must be crude oil washed prior to ballasting as per MARPOL requirements. CAUTION Extreme care must be used to ensure the IG line elbow and spool pieces are correctly positioned, including the elbow on the PV breaker, so that the section of IG line used for ballast is completely isolated from the rest of the IG system. IG can still be supplied to the cargo tanks using the other branch line. A programme for the regular crude washing of cargo tanks is to be maintained. Crude oil washing promotes the removal of oil fractions adhering to or deposited on tank surfaces. These deposits, which would normally remain on board after discharge, are then discharged with the cargo. As a consequence, the need to water wash to remove residues is greatly reduced. Crude oil washing must be carefully planned and the system properly tested prior to arrival at the discharge port. Note: Further information can be found in the vessels approved Crude Oil Washing manual. Prior to COW it is necessary to debottom all cargo tanks, including the slop tanks, as this will remove any water that may have settled during transit, thus considerably reducing static charges that may be created during washing. Subject to grade segregation, it is then usually advisable to empty the slop tanks and recharge them with fresh crude prior to COW. The levels to which the slop tanks are recharged are arbitrary, but sufficient ullage is required in the clean slop tank (starboard) to allow for the cargo pump to maintain suction and the balance line to remain covered, a minimum 7m sounding is required. This method of COW allows for greater ullage and easier monitoring of the crude oil returns, but it is quite feasible to utilise a single slop tank for the operation, reducing the level as required to maintain a safe ullage. Cargo tanks are crude oil washed during discharge, using one of the main cargo oil deepwell pumps, by pumping dry crude at a minimum back-pressure of 10kg/cm 2 , from a slop tank to the tank cleaning machines. The cargo oil deepwell pumps of the tanks being crude oil washed are used to drain the tanks to the slop tank or directly ashore if there are sufficient manifold arms connected. Good draining is essential. Careful monitoring of the slop tank is required in order to avoid crude oil build up in the cargo oil tanks being washed. The top wash of the tanks can be carried out by bleeding off from the cargo pump discharge, to pressurise the tank cleaning main to around 10kg/cm 2 . However, should the line pressure drop below this level, washing must be suspended until the pressure can be raised, or the wash system changed over to closed cycle washing only. Each pump is able to wash its own tank, a connection being provided from its discharge to the washing machines. Washing can be started when the cargo tank is nearly drained, each machine takes 60 minutes for a full cycle. Confirmation can be obtained by use of the portable trimode UTI type integral dipping unit and the fixed cargo monitoring equipment. Detergents Note: The use of detergents in tank washing should only be carried out on receiving specialised instructions from head office and the charterer.
When small amounts of detergents are added to water in order to facilitate tank washing, no detergents containing pollution category A components should be used except those components that are readily biodegradable and present in a total concentration of less than 10%. No restrictions additional to those applicable to the tank due to the previous cargo should apply. Only additives/cleaning agents evaluated and approved by the IMO may be used. Cleaning agents may be injected into the tank cleaning main using a suitable dosage pump while water rinsing the tank concerned. The water may either be cold or hot depending on the requirements of the additives and the cleaning standard. Section 2.5.6 - Page 1 of 1 2.6 Gas Freeing 2.6.1 Purging Cargo Tanks 2.6.2 Gas Freeing for Entry Illustrations 2.6.1a Purging 2.6.1b Flammability Composition Diagram 2.6.2a Gas Freeing Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 2.6.1a Purging Key Inert Gas Displaced Vapour PV Valve Gas Freeing Valve Tank Inert Gas Isolating Valve Deepwell Cargo Pumps 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 2 Purging of Cargo Tanks Single Step, Dilution Cargo Tank (P) Cargo Tank (S) Upper Deck Cargo Main Inert Gas Crossover Connection Inert Main 3 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 Purging of Cargo Tanks Two Step, Piston/Dilution Cargo Tank (P) Cargo Tank (S) Upper Deck Cargo Main Inert Gas Crossover Connection Inert Main 3 3 4 4 WARNING The fumes produced are dangerous so care must be taken when shutting the gas freeing lids to avoid inhalation. Section 2.6.1 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.6 GAS FREEING Cargo oil tanks must be water washed, purged and gas freed prior to inspection but must never be entered when they have been inerted. Prior to gas freeing any COT or gaseous space, the hydrocarbon content must be below 2% hydrocarbon (Hc). This will ensure that the space will not pass through the flammable envelope as the oxygen percentage increases. (See Flammability Composition Diagram - Hydrocarbon Gas/Air/Inert Gas Mixture in illustration 2.6.1b.) It is important to locally isolate tanks that are to be gas freed so that inert gas cannot enter these tanks from adjacent, inerted tanks. The first stage in the gas freeing process is called purging. Common practice is to purge several tanks at the same time, and monitor the gas emitted from the gas freeing outlet until it is below 2% Hc. This method is termed replacing a tank atmosphere by displacement, where the heavier inert gas slowly displaces the gaseous atmosphere through the gas freeing lid. The maximum IG pressure during purging should not exceed 200mmWG. The second method described (piston/dilution) is a two stage procedure, the first stage is to admit IG into the tanks via the cargo filling line having inserted the IG connection spool piece into the cargo line. The drop line valves to one side of the ship would be opened, the inert gas and tank vapour mix would then pass out of the tank via the IG inlet valve into the corresponding cargo tank as illustrated in the image 2.6.1a above. The vapour discharge at the gas freeing lid outlet from the second tank could then be measured. The following procedure is to inert all cargo tanks at the same time with no tanks isolated or containing cargo. If a set of tanks did contain cargo or still needed to be gas free, then those tanks must be securely isolated. 2.6.1 PURGING CARGO TANKS Single Step - Dilution a) Open the gas freeing lids on the cargo tanks to be purged. Note: These gas freeing lids are connected to the PV valve standpipe and therefore do not extend into the bottom area of the tank. b) Line up the IGG plant to supply IG to the cargo tanks, ensure all ancillary IG and IGG items are in operation. c) Supply IG to the tanks via the IG inlet valves, monitor the hydrocarbon content on the portable meters at the gas freeing lids until the Hc content is less than 2%. d) Upon completion of purging, the IG plant must be stopped and the pressure of the IG main minimised and the inlet valve to the tank closed. Two Step - Piston/Dilution a) Insert the spool piece connecting the IG system to the cargo lines near the port side manifold crossovers. b) Line up the cargo drop line valves on one side of the ship (starboard side) to receive the IG. c) Ensure the IG valves at each tank are open. d) Line up the inert gas plant and supply IG to the cargo tanks. The inert gas will now enter the cargo tanks (starboard side) via the drop line, displacing the air out of the tank via the IG connection into its corresponding (port side) tank. e) Monitor the emissions from the gas freeing lids until the oxygen meter readings are 5% or less. f) Upon completion of inerting, the IG plant must be stopped and the spool piece in the cargo line removed. Single Step - Piston Instead of using two steps, the inert gas is introduced to each tank through the cargo drop loading lines and vented to atmosphere through the gas freeing lids on the PV mast riser of each tank. Normally all tanks would be inerted at the same time using either of the methods. After a tank has been gas freed using inert gas it may be necessary to replace the inert gas with air to enable tank entry. Aeration a) The spectacle blank flange is to be swung on the tank to be gas freed and the IG gas freeing lid opened. The tank can then be gas freed using the portable fans. b) Monitor the tank atmosphere for oxygen until the readings are 21% O 2 . c) Carefully monitor for LEL and ensure that the reading is consistently below 1% but preferably zero. d) Test for H 2 S if necessary. Alternative Method for Aeration In the event that several, or all, COTs are to be gas freed, the inert gas fan(s) can be changed over to blow air to the tanks if necessary: a) Check that all the COTs, that are not to be gas freed, have been isolated. b) Check that the IG pressure in all COT tanks is reduced to between 25 and 50mmWG. c) Change over the inert gas blowers to fresh air blowing. d) Restart the blower and blow air to the COT to be gas freed, via the removable spool piece, into the cargo lines (all lines must have been well drained). e) Vent through the gas freeing lids. Gas free one COT at a time. f) Monitor the oxygen at all levels in the cargo tank until 21% O 2
is achieved. g) Carefully test the tank for LEL and ensure that LEL is zero. If deemed necessary, test the COT for H 2 S to ensure that it is within acceptable limits. Illustration 2.6.1b Flammability Composition Diagram A C D B F D ilution w ith A ir Flammable Mixture Oxygen - Percentage by Volume Flammability Composition H y d r o c a r b o n
G a s
-
P e r c e n t a g e
b y
V o lu m e D ilu tio n w ith In e r t G a s
Critical Dilution with Air Dilution with Air H E 5 G 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 21 Note: This diagram is illustrative only and should not be used for deciding upon acceptable gas compositions in practical cases Section 2.6.1 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 2.6.2a Gas Freeing Gas Freeing of Cargo Tanks Key Inert Gas Air PV Valve Gas Freeing Valve Tank Inert Gas Isolating Valve Deepwell Cargo Pumps Portable Gas Freeing Fan 1 2 3 4 5 WARNING The fumes produced are dangerous so care must be taken when shutting the gas freeing lids to avoid inhalation. 1 1 2 2 Cargo Tank (P) Cargo Tank (S) Upper Deck Inert Main Crossover Connection 3 3 4 4 5 Section 2.6.2 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.6.2 GAS FREEING FOR ENTRY The following are required, in addition to the general procedure, for gas freeing. More detail and recommendations can be found in the Company SMS, the Code of Safe Working Practices for Merchant Seaman (C.O.S.W.P.M.S), the International Tanker and Terminal Safety Guide (ISOGGT) and the ICG Tanker Safety Guide - Chemicals. A competent person is to make an initial assessment. Competent persons are the Master, Chief Engineer, chief officer and the second engineer. But in the case of cargo tanks the chief officer will normally make the initial assessment. Full account is to be taken of the potential dangers and hazards associated with the space to be entered. A Responsible Person is to Take Charge A responsible officer will take charge of the entry operation and will be appointed by the Master, Chief Engineer or Chief Officer. Potential Hazards to be Identified Oxygen deficiency and/or the presence of toxic substances or flammable vapours. Space Prepared and Secured for Entry The space to be entered is to be secured against the ingress of dangerous substances. Valves and spade blanks are to have a positive method of displaying if open or shut, and of preventing them from being operated while entry is taking place. The OOW on the bridge, or on the main deck, is to be informed of any tank entry. Atmosphere Tested The cargo tank atmosphere is to be tested for both oxygen and LEL, at different levels and sections, and if remote checking cannot take place, entry is to be made wearing breathing apparatus, in a fully controlled manner. A permit to work certificate, of limited duration, will be required. Entry into a space without the use of breathing apparatus, is only permitted when the oxygen content is 21%, and the flammable gas content is nil. Where readings have been steady for some time up, to 1% LEL is acceptable in conjunction with the 21% oxygen. Permit to Work Completed A permit to work must be completed before entry. The permit should be of limited duration and should, in any case, not have a validity in excess of 24 hours. Pre-Entry Preparations Made The space must be thoroughly ventilated and the atmosphere tested and found safe for entry without breathing apparatus. Rescue and resuscitation equipment is to be at the entrance to the space, along with a responsible person who will maintain constant and full communications with the personnel throughout the time they are in the space. He will also maintain communications with the OOW. All equipment is to be checked as being intrinsically safe. Procedures During Entry Ventilation is to be continued throughout the entry period. Should the ventilation fail, the operation is to be stopped and the personnel in the tank are to return to the deck immediately. The atmosphere must be tested at regular intervals to verify that it is still safe. Careful monitoring of the personnel in the tank is to be carried out. Should the responsible person note any adverse signs he is to issue the recall signal immediately and advise the OOW, who will sound the alarm and summon assistance. In a similar manner, should any person in the tank feel adversely affected in any way, they are to warn their companions and vacate the tank immediately. Any cargo or ballast tank to be entered must be gas free prior to entry. This will involve introducing fresh air into the compartment in order to remove the inert gas and hydrocarbon vapours within the space. The atmosphere of the compartment shall first be tested for the presence of hydrocarbons, and if necessary purged below 2% hydrocarbons by volume to prevent the risk of the tank atmosphere entering the flammable range. It is important to locally isolate tanks that are to be gas freed, to ensure that inert gas cannot enter these tanks from adjacent, inert spaces. The first stage in the gas freeing process is called purging (see section 2.2). Common practice is to purge several tanks at the same time, and monitor the gas emitted from the tank until it is below 2% HC. Gas freeing can be carried out using either the inert gas fan on fresh air or the portable gas freeing fans placed over the tank top. Gas Freeing using the Inert Gas Fan In the event that several, or all cargo tanks are to be gas freed, the inert gas fan(s) can be changed over to blow fresh air into the tanks: a) Check all the cargo tanks that are NOT to be gas freed are isolated. b) Check that the IG pressure in ALL cargo tanks not to be gas freed is reduced to between 25mmWG and 50mmWG. c) Press the AIR PRODUCTION pushbutton on the inert gas control panel in the engine room. d) Open the inert gas inlet valve(s) for the tank(s) to be gas freed. e) Start the IG plant, open the deck isolation valve IG145 to supply the IG main, commence gas freeing the required cargo tanks. f) As the air from the inert gas fan enters the tank at deck level via the inert gas inlet pipe, the velocity of the incoming air should be high enough to penetrate to the tank bottom and thus completely dilute the tank atmosphere. In order to achieve this a minimum number of cargo tanks should be open at any one time during gas freeing. g) The atmosphere of the tank should be initially vented through the gas freeing cover on the side of the pressure/vacuum stand pipe, then later through the tank hatch. h) Monitor the oxygen at all levels in the cargo tank until 21% O 2
is achieved. i) Carefully test the tank for LEL and ensure that LEL is zero. If deemed necessary, test the cargo tank for H 2 S to ensure that it is within acceptable limits. j) Change over to the next tank as required shut the inlet valve and swing the inert gas spectacle piece to the shut position on the tanks gas freed. k) Stop the inert gas fan on completion of gas freeing shut the inlet valve and swing the remaining spectacle piece to the shut position on the tanks gas freed. Section 2.6.2 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Gas Freeing using Portable Gas Freeing Fans a) Ensure that the inert gas valves to the tanks to be gas freed are shut and isolated. b) Open the gas freeing lids on the PV vent mast and remove the tank cleaning plate covers from the tanks to be gas freed. c) Place the portable gas freeing fans over the tank cleaning plate covers and connect up the water supply lines ensuring that an effective electrical bond exists between the fan and the deck. Fans should be located such that the ventilation outlet is as far away as possible from the fans. d) Turn on the water supply and commence gas freeing the tanks. e) Monitor the tank atmosphere until the oxygen level has reached 21 % and hydrocarbon gas level is below 1 % LEL. Note: It is possible to use the tank lids rather than the gas freeing lids to vent the tank, if the tank lids are used the following warning must be taken into consideration. WARNING Using this method, inert gas will be discharged at deck level and although the gas will be diluted very quickly, it is possible that personnel could be subject to an oxygen deficient atmosphere and care must be taken to ensure personnel are clear of the area. Gas Freeing for Hot Work In addition to the requirements of section 2.6 and 2.6.1 the following are to be complied with: All the necessary terminal and port authority approvals are to be obtained. WARNING No hot work is allowed during cargo loading or discharging, COW and tank cleaning, tank purging or gas freeing operations. If hot work is to be undertaken outside of the engine room, then a Hot Work Permit must be issued after direct consultation with the BP Shipping Technical Operations office. If the hot work is to be carried out on the main deck then the hot work permit to be issued must confirm the following: That the cargo tanks are at a Hc gas level below 2% and an oxygen level below 8%. The chief officer has carried out all appropriate gas checks and that they are within the acceptable limits. No combustible material is in the area. Tanks below the main deck where hot work is to be carried out must have been water washed and gas freed. Appropriate fire fighting equipment is to be ready for immediate use, including hoses run out and the fire pumps running. Blanket cooling water is to be available on the deck to stop the build up of hot debris from the use of gas cutting equipment. All the equipment to be used has been tested and proved satisfactory. Only competent persons are to carry out the repair work. Hot work must not reduce the vessels fire fighting potential. After completion of the hot work all equipment and materials must be stowed away or secured. If hot work is to be carried out inside cargo, ballast, fuel oil tanks or void spaces then the following requirements must be met: Tanks in which hot work is to be undertaken must have an oxygen level of 21% and less than 1% LEL Hc gases. The tanks in which hot work is to be undertaken must be continuously vented throughout the work. All adjacent cargo tanks, including diagonally positioned tanks must be cleaned and gas freed, or cleaned, inerted and purged to less than 1% Hc gas by volume. If hot work is to be carried out on bulkheads of an adjacent tank, then these adjacent tanks must also have a LEL of less than 1% Hc gases. Other tanks are to be purged to less than 2% Hc gases. Any adjacent ballast tanks are to be tested to ensure that they are gas free. All interconnecting pipelines with other compartments are to be flushed through, drained and isolated from the compartment in which hot work is to be carried out. These cargo lines can then be kept flooded with sea water or alternatively purged. All sludge scale and sediment for a distance of at least ten metres around the hot work area must be removed, including from the reverse side of frames and bulkheads. Areas immediately below the place of hot work is also to be cleared. Any hot work adjacent to fuel oil tanks cannot be carried out unless that space is certified as being safe. Hot work permission is to be obtained from the company/ chemist as appropriate and a gas free certificate issued. The inert gas in all other cargo tanks is to be reduced slightly to just above the alarm limit, i.e. approximately 350mmWG. All cargo valves are to be locked closed, or inhibited with a DO NOT OPERATE sign, posted for the duration of the repair period. When the ship is in dry dock, then the shipyard hot work procedures and work permits will apply. Section 2.6.2 - Page 3 of 3 2.7 Ballasting and Deballasting Operations 2.7.1 Heavy Weather Ballasting 2.7.2 Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment (ODME) Illustrations 2.7.1a Heavy Weather Ballast 2.7.1b Loading Heavy Weather Ballast 2.7.2a Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PX PI PX PI LS LS Illustration 2.7.1a Heavy Weather Ballast No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) Fore Peak Tank No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) Sea Chest No.1 Ballast Pump (750m 3 /h x 25mth) No.2 Ballast Pump (750m 3 /h x 25mth) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) BA116 BA117 No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) BA118 BA120 BA121 BA123 BA125 BA109 BA135 AR110 ST115 BA111 To Control Console in Cargo Control Room To Control Console in Cargo Control Room Sea Chest BA101 BA122 BA124 BA127 BA130 BA129 BA119 BA128 BA114 BA106 BA115 BA107 BA104 BA105 BA112 BA113 BA103 BA133 To Cargo System CO407 BA131 BA132 BA108 CO408 IG165 From Inert Gas Generator Compressed Air Steam BA134 AR109 ST114 Compressed Air Compressed Air From Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System To Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System From Hydraulic Oil System To Hydraulic Oil System Steam IG130 IG131 AR111 Compressed Air AR112 Key Ballast Compressed Air Hydraulic Oil Steam Electrical Signal Section 2.7.1 - Page 1 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.7 BALLASTING AND DEBALLASTING OPERATIONS 2.7.1 HEAVY WEATHER BALLASTING Introduction A detailed description of the ballast system has already been provided in section 1.7 of this manual but in the event of extreme weather conditions, where the Master considers that it would be prudent to take heavy weather ballast, then the following procedure should be adopted: a) Ensure at the discharge port that the heavy weather ballast tanks (in this scenario No.4 wing cargo tanks will be used) have been suitably prepared in accordance with the MARPOL 73/78 requirements. b) Ensure that all of the cargo lines to be used have been well drained. c) Carefully calculate the stress, trim and stability prior to ballasting and to avoid sloshing, aim to ballast each cargo tank to 98% capacity. d) One of the two ballast pumps can be used utilising the main sea valves and the cargo/ballast line crossover on deck. e) Where ballast is put into a tank which has been crude washed but not water rinsed, then the ballast in that tank is to be treated as dirty ballast. A cargo oil tank may not be used for additional ballast unless it was crude washed at the discharge port. At the onset of improved weather, or as soon after as is practicable, the additional ballast should be discharged with dirty ballast being discharged in accordance with the MARPOL 73/78 regulations in sea areas acceptable to the signatories. In addition, the dirty ballast must be discharged with the ODME in operation. Ballasting No.4 Cargo Wing Tanks It is assumed that No.4 cargo wing tanks have not been water rinsed and will be classed as dirty ballast. In this case example, the port ballast pump will be used to ballast No.4 cargo wing tanks. ALL cargo valves must be confirmed CLOSED prior to line up. a) Ensure the spool and spectacle pieces between valves CO407 and BA133 to connect the ballast system to the cargo system are in the OPEN position. b) Set up the system to load ballast to No.4 cargo tanks. Position Description Valve Open No.4 manifold crossover valve CO341, CO515 Open Ballast / Cargo line crossover valve CO407 Open No.4 tank line block valves CO131, CO132 CO419 Open No.4 tank pump crossover block valves CO426, CO432 Open No.4 tank loading drop valves CO205, CO210 Open Port overboard ballast valve BA104 Open Port ballast pump sea valve BA101 c) Start up the port ballast pump and when suction and pressure have been established, shut the overboard valve BA104 and open the ballast crossover valve to the cargo line, BA133. Keep a good watch on the cargo tank IG pressure during the ballasting operation. Any excess pressure can be vented through the Hi-jets which must be set for loading condition in No.4 wing tanks. If at any time the ballast pump should be stopped, for any reason, the sea suction should be closed immediately. Deballasting No.4 Cargo Wing Tanks Any ballast loaded into No.4 cargo wing tanks previously containing oil cargo must be treated as dirty ballast and discharged via the oil discharge monitor in compliance with regulations 9 and 10 of MARPOL 73/78 Annex 1. If the cargo tank previously contained a category A, B or C noxious liquid substance, then the ballast shall be discharged in accordance with the requirements of regulation 5 of MARPOL 73/78 Annex 2. In this case example it is assumed that the ballast was loaded into tanks previously containing an oil cargo. No.4 wing cargo pumps shall be used to discharge the dirty ballast, but only after flushing the cargo lines and pumps into the port slop tank. ALL valves to be confirmed CLOSED. a) Insert the spool piece between valves CO133 and CO134 to connect No.4 line to the slop line. b) Ensure the spectacle blank between valves CO250 and CO252, high overboard discharge valves, is in the OPEN position. c) Line up No.4 wing deepwell pumps to deballast No.4 wing tanks to sea. Position Description Valve Open No.4 wing tank block valve CO131 Open No.4 tank blind flange valve CO426 Open No.4 crossover to the slop line valves CO133, CO134 Open Slop line block valve CO161, CO527 Open Port slop discharge valve to overboard CO247 Open ODME slop return valve to port slop tank CO249 Open High overboard discharge valve CO252 d) Ensure that the oil discharge monitor is lined up and operating on the high overboard discharge sampling valve. e) Start up the inert gas plant. f) Start up No.4 COT pumps at minimum speed and open the pump discharge valves CO204 and CO209; when the ODME is running the intermediate overboard valve CO250 (when allowed by the interlock) should open and valve CO249 close automatically. Section 2.7.1 - Page 2 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 CO 242 Inert Gas Ballast Air CO423 CO424 CO425 CO426 CO427 CO428 CO429 CO430 CO431 CO432 CO433 CO434 Illustration 2.7.1b Loading Heavy Weather Ballast CO101 CO105 CO131 CO139 CO135 CO111 CO115 CO121 CO125 No.1 CO248 CO 252 CO 253 CO 250 CO 251 ODME Monitoring Point and Flow Meter Underwater Discharge Above Water Discharge CO254 No.1 From Ballast Pump From Inert Gas Line CO 140 Compressed Air CO138 CO149 CO 150 CO148 CO163 CO141 CO145 CO159 CO 160 CO 168 CO 169 CO 167 CO158 CO151 CO155 CO166 CO161 CO247 CO165 CO249 CO 255 CO 274 CO 277 CO 276 CO 272 CO275 CO278 CO273 CO 282 CO 285 CO 284 CO 280 CO283 CO286 CO281 No.2 No.2 CO 292 CO 295 CO 294 CO 290 CO293 CO296 CO291 CO 300 CO 303 CO 302 CO 298 CO301 CO304 CO299 No.5 No.5 CO 346 CO 349 CO 348 CO 344 CO347 CO350 CO345 CO523 CO 354 CO 357 CO 356 CO 352 CO355 CO358 CO353 No.3 No.3 CO 310 CO 313 CO 312 CO 395 CO 396 CO 397 CO 398 CO 404 CO 403 CO 402 CO 401 CO 308 CO311 CO314 CO309 CO 318 CO 321 CO 320 CO 316 CO 422 CO118 CO108 CO128 CO 421 CO319 CO322 CO418 CO415 CO414 CO409 IG132 CO411 CO317 No.6 No.6 CO 364 CO 367 CO 366 CO 362 CO365 CO368 CO363 CO 372 CO 375 CO 374 CO 370 CO373 CO376 CO371 Slop Slop CO 382 CO 384 CO 473 CO 408 CO 380 CO383 CO385 CO381 CO 389 CO 391 CO 474 CO 387 CO390 CO392 CO388 No.4 No.4 CO 328 CO 331 CO 330 CO 326 CO329 CO332 CO327 CO 336 CO 339 CO 338 CO 334 CO337 CO340 CO335 CO 399 CO 400 CO132 CO136 CO146 CO164 CO156 CO122 CO142 CO152 CO526 CO527 CO 359 CO 516 CO522 CO 341 CO 515 CO521 CO 323 CO 514 CO520 CO 305 CO 513 CO519 CO 287 CO 497 CO 498 CO 109 CO 110 CO 119 CO 120 CO 512 CO524 CO 377 CO 517 CO525 CO 393 CO 518 CO 511 CO 410 CO112 CO102 CO 407 BA 133 CO 499 CO 129 CO 130 CO106 CO116 CO126 CO104 CO114 CO103 CO113 CO123 CO124 CO 154 CO 144 CO 134 CO 153 CO 143 CO 133 To COW To Tank Cleaning Cargo Pump CO496 CO162 CO244 CO458 CO243 CO472 CO245 Slop Tank Starboard) CO246 To COW Cargo Pump CO238 CO239 CO457 CO471 CO240 CO 237 Slop Tank (Port) CO241 To COW Cargo Pump CO177 CO490 CO178 CO446 CO460 CO179 CO 176 No.1 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO180 To COW Cargo Pump CO172 CO173 CO445 CO459 CO174 CO 171 No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) CO175 To COW Cargo Pump CO188 CO491 CO189 CO448 CO462 CO190 CO 187 No.2 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO191 To COW Cargo Pump CO183 CO184 CO447 CO461 CO185 CO 182 No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) CO186 To COW Cargo Pump CO199 CO492 CO200 CO450 CO464 CO201 CO 198 No.3 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO202 To COW Cargo Pump CO194 CO195 CO449 CO463 CO196 CO 193 No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) CO197 To COW Cargo Pump CO210 CO493 CO211 CO452 CO466 CO212 CO 209 No.4 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO213 To COW Cargo Pump CO205 CO206 CO451 CO465 CO207 CO 204 No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) CO208 To COW Cargo Pump CO221 CO494 CO222 CO454 CO468 CO223 CO 220 No.5 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO224 To COW Cargo Pump CO216 CO217 CO453 CO467 CO218 CO 215 No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) CO219 To COW Cargo Pump CO232 CO495 CO233 CO456 CO470 CO234 CO 231 No.6 Cargo Tank Starboard) CO235 To COW Cargo Pump CO227 CO228 CO455 CO469 CO229 CO 226 No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) CO230 PI PX PX PI PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI PX PI PI CO 420 CO 419 CO443 Booster Pump Location 65 65 65 25 200 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 250 300 300 250 250 250 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 80 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 125 125 100 100 125 65 65 65 65 125 150 150 150 150 125 100 50 50 80 100 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80 80 40 250 250 200 250 250 200 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 25 25 65 65 65 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 Section 2.7.1 - Page 3 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 g) Observe the overboard discharge, and if confirmed satisfactory increase the pump speed to full flow for bulk discharge. h) As No.4 cargo wing tank soundings near the bottom, reduce the pump speed and maintain a good over side watch. i) If the pump discharge is not stopped by the ODME due to a rise in parts per million oil, stop the pumps and shut the high overboard and intermediate high overboard valves. Line up to transfer the remaining tank contents to the port slop tank. All the drainings are thus consolidated into one slop tank ready for decanting after a suitable waiting period. j) Line up the deepwell pumps on No.4 wing tanks to discharge the tank drainings into the port slop tank. Position Description Valve Close High overboard valve CO252 Close Intermediate high overboard valve CO250 Close Port slop discharge to overboard valve CO247 Open Port slop tank loading drop valve CO238 k) Start up No.4 wing cargo pumps and strip the remainder of No.4 cargo wing tanks to the port slop tank. On completion stop the pumps and shut down all valves and remove all spool pieces on the system. Position Description Valve Open No.4 cargo pump discharge valves CO204, CO209 Note: In the case that ballast is being discharged from tanks which have previously contained category A, B or C noxious liquid substances then the below water discharge will be used in place of the high overboard in compliance with MARPOL requirements. Section 2.7.1 - Page 4 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 2.7.2a Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment Computer Unit Flow Transmitter Monitor Control Box Barrier Box Hydraulic Remote Valve Control System Key Slops Air Fresh Water Electrical Signal 1phase, AC 220V 3phase, AC 440V Speed Log Signal Cargo Control Room Safe Area Hazardous Area Air SCU Pump Cell Valve Panel Fresh Water Sample Valve Clean Water Valve Stop Tank Valve Back Flush Valve Slop Tank Return Valve Flow Meter Sensor Overboard Valve Recirculation Valve LP From Slop Pump To Slop Tank Cargo Discharge Line Bulkhead Mounting Plate Mounting Plate PI Section 2.7.2 - Page 1 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 2.7.2 OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING EQUIPMENT (ODME) Manufacturer: Rivertrace Model: OCD 10M Authors Note: The following information to be checked and confirmed as being correct onboard. Introduction The procedures for ballast handling and line washing are in compliance with regulations in accordance with resolution A 586(XIV) and MEPC 51(32) amending the discharge criteria of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 I.E. Line draining must be carried out in accordance with the procedures detailed in the approved Crude Oil Washing Operation and Equipment Manual prior to any discharge of extraordinary dirty ballast, oil contaminated water and slops. Regulation 15(3)(a) of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 specifies that the approved oil discharge monitoring and control system must be in operation when there is any discharge of oil contaminated water into the sea. For this vessel, this means all extraordinary dirty ballast water, line flushing and tank washing water from the cargo spaces must be monitored using the high overboard discharge. Regulation 15(3)(a) makes reference to the Recommendations on International Performance and Test Specifications for Oily Water Equipment and Oil Content Meters adopted by the Organisation by Resolution A.393(x). That the system must be fitted with a recording device to provide a continuous record of the discharge in litres per nautical mile and total quantity discharged, or the oil content and rate of discharge. The discharge monitoring of clean ballast is not required by Annex I of MARPOL 73/78, providing such ballast was contained in a tank previously the subject of tank washing after the carriage of oil. The ballast discharge must not produce visible traces of oil or sludge on the surface of clean, calm water. It is recommended however, that all such extraordinary clean ballast discharges are monitored in order that determinative evidence is gained that the oil content of such discharges does not exceed 15ppm, notwithstanding the absence of visible traces. The discharge monitoring of segregated ballast is not required by Annex I of MARPOL 73/78. Such ballast should be the subject of a surface examination prior to discharge. Prior to any discharge overboard, the oil monitoring and control system must undergo pre-start checks and the input of data variables. The system must remain fully operational during all phases of discharge and the printed record confirming time and date retained on board for a period of at least three years. All ballast and effluent discharge operations must be clearly recorded in the Oil Record Book Part II which is placed on board in accordance with Regulation 20 of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78. It is recommended that the ODME printout is attached to the corresponding entries and be made available for Port State Inspection when required. Subject to charter party agreement, oil contaminated water and slops may be discharged to a shore reception facility at the loading port. Monitoring of discharges in this case is not required. Prior to the discharge of ballast and oil contaminated water, the cargo officer must use the portable cargo monitoring/interface detector in accordance with the manufacturers instructions to determine the position of the oil/water interface. The results must then be recorded prior to the commencement of a monitored discharge. It should also be confirmed that all of the system valves not required for the particular operation being undertaken are fully closed. Note: When not in use, the cargo overboard discharge valves, CO252 and CO251, should be blanked off using the spade blank and padlocked shut with the padlock key kept in the possession of the Master. Oil Monitoring and Control System Introduction The oil discharge monitoring equipment is installed on this vessel to provide the control of overboard discharge by measuring oil outflow concentration. It also computes the rate of discharge and total quantity of oil discharged per ballast voyage. The system monitors the oil content, discharge ratio of oily mixture and discharged oil quantity. It automatically stops the overboard discharge of the oily mixture and returns the discharge to the slop tank when the oil content exceeds the limitation of the preset value. The system fitted to this vessel consist of the following main elements: Sampling system Monitoring system Computing/Control system Their description is detailed in the following sections: Sampling System During operation, the oil monitoring sample pump extracts a sample from the probe, which is situated in the overboard discharge and routed through a local, manually operated probe isolating valve to the valve control assembly and then to the sample pump inlet. From the sample pump discharge, the sample is routed to the analyser unit then back to the valve control unit.before being discharged to the slop tank when the unit is in SAMPLING mode or returned via the backflush line to the probe when in CLEAN mode. Monitoring System - Engine Room The signal is derived from the analysis of the sample water being passed through the measuring vessel from the sampling pump. The calculation of oil in water concentration is based on the principle of transmitting an infrared beam through a glass cell containing a moving sample. The scatter and transmission signal amplitudes received on the far side of the cell are processed to obtain a valve in parts per million of oil concentration. The bulkhead mounted flange provides a gas tight feed through for all the system pneumatic lines, fibre optic cables and sample temperature sensor connections. Control Unit Cargo Control Room The control unit provides the means of total supervision of the monitoring and sampling system and performs the function of a computer and recording device in respect of allowable discharge operations. The digital visual display unit shows the data for any current discharge situation and gives instantaneous alarm indication. A thermal printer is incorporated within the cabinet to provide data required in compliance with IMO Resolution A.586(XIV). Access to data input, operating mode etc, is through the pushbutton keyboard located on the unit. Control Unit Alarms, Controls and VDU Displays Introduction Control Unit Panel Facilities (To be Confirmed) VDU intensity control Mains supply indicator Alarm indicator/acknowledge pushbutton Override switch Section 2.7.2 - Page 2 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Keyboard Visual display unit Thermal printer Override Switch After switching the power on, the override switch is set to one of the following control positions: Normal - Automatic opeation is enabled Valves Closed - All pump and discharge valve relays are disabled 1 to 6 - Each position activates the corresponding pump and discharge valve relays Keypad The keypad is used by the operator to set the various parameters for discharge control including manual inputs in case of partial system failure. Pushbuttons The pushbutton group comprises four momentary action buttons for monitor control and a further button to cancel the adjacent alarm annunciator. START - initiates zeroing of the monitor and commencement of automatic discharge. CLEAN - initiates backflushing of the sample pipework back to the sample probe in the discharge line. It will stop discharge whilst backflushing and so should only be iniitiated when the system is stopped. STOP - Stops the system ALARM CANCEL - cancels the audible alarm however the alarm message box remains on display until cancelled by the ESC key TEST - provides a confidence test of the monitor by disconnecting the measuring cell inputs and substituting known input levels to the amplifiers. Alarms and VDU Displays In case of an alarm condition the alarm point/information is displayed on the VDU together with an audible alarm from the control unit. Pressing the alarm indicator pushbutton will acknowledge the specific alarm condition and cancel the audible alarm. The alarm will remain displayed on the VDU until cancelled by the ESC key. Any message currently displayed on the VDU will be accompanied by a new message at the bottom of the screen, detailing which alarm parameter has occurred and (where applicable) the rectification procedure that should be followed. The alarms (programmed and non-programmed) incorporated within the control unit microprocessor include the following: 30 litres/nautical mile exceeded Discharge valve incorrectly open Total oil limit exceed 15ppm exceeded 100ppm passed 999ppm range exceeded Discharge flow under minimum range Discharge flow range exceeded Flow meter failure Ships speed too high > 20 knots Ships speed too low Water failure Motor pump wrongly powered Calibration failure Oil content meter failure Printer paper failure Automatic and Manual Input Automatic Inputs Concentration of oil in parts per million (ppm) as a real value derived from the installed oil content meter. Time (based on GMT) and date, is pre-programmed until the year 2020. The memory is maintained for a maximum of three months by a rechargeable battery back-up regardless of mains disconnection. Effluent outflow rate is obtained from the installed flow meter system. The ships speed through the water, is obtained from the ships speed log. Manual Inputs Manual inputs are not normally required except for the verification of the sample channel and the selection of total oil reset, total oil limit and ship situation data. Outputs Recorded Introduction The outputs from the control unit are recorded by the thermal printer. Each record must be retained for at least three years. The printer provides a listing every 10 minutes during operation and will provide immediate and additional listings such as: Each time the equipment is switched on Each time an alarm is raised Each time data is changed or revised Each time there is an increase of 10 litres/nautical mile in the quantity of oil being discharged Notified Outputs The printer will provide the following data according to the sampling mode: Date (Day/Month/Year) and time (24 hours GMT) Channel selected manually selected (No.l) State of discharge (permitted/prohibited) Position of discharge valve (open/closed) Flow rate input value Total oil limit in litres - manually input Power on/power off Monitoring Instantaneous rate of discharge of oil in litres/mile Total quantity of oil discharged Input value of oil content in ppm Ships speed input value Other data is listed or displayed on the VDU, as appropriate, according to specific operating parameters or malfunctions, i.e., vessel under voyage, etc. Section 2.7.2 - Page 3 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Starting Interlock The Resolution A.586 (X1V) requirement for a starting interlock is satisfied by electrical control between the control unit and a relay based on interlock circuits contained in the cargo valve console. Discharge Valve Control Fully automatic discharge valve control is arranged in compliance with paragraph 3.3 of Res. A.586 (X1V) by the mutual operation of overboard valve CO250 and slop tank return valve CO249. Flow Rate Indicating System The ODME control unit is provided with an automatic input rate of effluent discharge from the 200mm discharge line leading to the port high overboard valve. The flow rate indicating system consists of a probe located in the horizontal section of the upstream discharge line of the ODME sampling probe. Linked to the probe is a DP transmitter. The low pressure and high pressure impulse lines from the probe are connected to the transmitter mounting valve block. Ships Speed Indicating System The system consists of a Doppler speed log, the transmitted signals of which are cabled directly to the ODME control unit. Discharge of Ballast and Contaminated Water Ensure that line flushing has been completed prior to discharging any ballast or oil contaminated water. All valves not being used for the discharge are to be kept shut. Pre-operational Checks for Oil Discharge Monitoring and Control System Prior to setting the oil discharge monitoring and control system, and prior to the commencement of a ballast or oil contaminated water discharge, the following checks must carried out: Engine Room a) Turn the monitor cabinet power isolator to OFF, open the monitor door and switch the motor circuit breaker ON. Shut the cabinet door and reset the isolator to ON. b) Check that the monitor display shows: Rivertrace OCD110 R3 STOP REMOTE NORMAL If the display requires to be changed open the cabinet door and press the ENTER key this will change the indication from LOCAL to REMOTE. c) Ensure that the air supply of 6 to 8 bar for the monitor cabinet is available. d) Ensure that the clean water supply is available. On Deck a) Take oil/water interface readings of the heavy weather ballast tank(s) and/or of tank washings contained in the slop tanks by using the MMC detector. b) Ensure that an adequate air supply is available to the monitoring system. c) Check and adjust the regulator serving the hydraulic panoply mounted flow detector to 1.2 bar. d) Open the fresh water flushing/calibration shut-off valve. e) Check that all drains valves in the monitoring system are closed. Note: Do not touch the hydraulic panoply flow regulating valve unless absolutely necessary. The valve is preset during commissioning to give a sample flow of between 700 and 750 litres/hour through the ODME system. f) Open the sample probe isolating valve. Cargo Control Room a) Check that the control unit printer has sufficient paper. b) Ensure that 220V power is available to the ODME control unit. Turn the power switch to ON and place the override switch in the normal position. c) Inform the engine room of the cargo pump requirements. d) Start up the hydraulic power pack and open the relevant cargo valves. e) Inform the OOW of an impending discharge. Make an initial entry in the Oil Record Book. f) Press the CLEAN button and flush the system for five minutes then press the STOP button Operation of the Oil Discharge Monitoring and Control System Ballast Monitor Programming Procedure for the Ballast Monitor When the line flushing and pre-operational checks have been carried out, the following operating procedures are carried out at the control unit panel: a) Inform the bridge and engine room watches that discharge of ballast or slops is in progress. The bridge look-out should report to the OOW any oil or discolouration visible in the outflow or wake of the vessel. A seaman, equipped with a radio, should ideally be stationed above the overboard discharge to warn the OOW of any oil or discolouration, especially when the level in the tank is low. b) Set the override switch to NORMAL them turn the control unit power switch to ON. On power up, the Rivertrace Engineering Ltd copyright banner will be displayed for 2.5 seconds followed by the operational information screen. The STOP button will illuminate and a short beep will be heard. The printer will now give a power on message, indicating errors if any and the current selected MODE. The screen displays the STAND BY conditions.
Time: 14:29 Date: 20/12/2006 Mode: Dirty Ballast Oil Conc: 0 ppm Oil Type: 1 Total Oil: 0 litres Reset Total Total Limit: 0 litres Discharge Rate: 30 litres/mile Flow Rate: 600m 3 /h Type: Real Speed: 0 knots Type: Real Discharge Valve: 1 State: Closed Section 2.7.2 - Page 4 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 The Mode selected is the dirty ballast mode, this will effectively monitor the discharge of water from the slop tanks or dirty ballast tanks through the high overboard. An alarm state will be raised under the following conditions: If the ships speed is less than 7 knots If the discharge rate is greater than 30 litres/mile If total oil is greater than the allowed limit During the standby period the operator can change a number of the inputs shown on the display. To change an input use the arrowe keys to highlight the required item, a sub menu will open and display the available choices. To change the display press the DELETE key to remove the data, type in the required input then press the ENTER key to accept the changes. Pressing the ESC key will accept the data on the screen prior to any changes being made. Entering the Total Oil Limit Data This calculated value corresponds to the total quantity of oil that may be discharged into the sea during the ballast voyage. For this vessel, the total quantity of oil discharged into the sea during successive discharge operations is limited to 1/30,000 of the total quantity of the particular cargo of which the residue formed a part. For example, to establish TOTAL OIL LIMIT, assume homogeneous cargo of 37,000 tonnes oil (S.G. 0.85) was carried on the previous loaded voyage. Total oil limit may be calculated as follows: 37,000 divided by 30,000= 1.233 tonnes Convert this figure to m 3 by dividing by the SG, and convert this result to litres by multiplying by 1,000. e.g. 1.233 0.85 x 1000 = 1,048 litres. Enter this value using the keyboard. Display the TOTAL OIL LIMIT page, and enter the data in litres. For example to input 1,048 litres in manual: 0+1+0+4+8 a) If the input data is correct, press the ENTER key to accept the data and return to the standby screen. b) If the input data is incorrect, press the delete key and enter the correct data. c) If the data displayed is already correct press the ESC key to return to the standby screen without change. Resetting the Total Oil Limit to Zero Display the TOTAL OIL LIMIT page then to reset the total oil limit to zero, proceed as follows: a) Press the DELETE key. The total displayed should now reset to zero. If this is correct then press the ENTER key to accept the reset. b) If the reset was incorrectly carried out press the ESC key to exit to the standby screen without change of data. Note: Do not reset the Total Oil Limit if the effluent discharge is subsequent to an earlier discharge during the same ballast voyage. Note: THE TOTAL OIL LIMIT reset facility, detailed above, is to be used only if the SHIP SITUATION data is required to change or the oil residue remaining from the previous loaded voyage have been properly discharged. Where an oil contaminated deballasting or effluent discharge operation has been staged, suspended or interrupted during a specific ballast voyage then the record of the TOTAL OIL LIMIT must be left unchanged pending completion of the ballast passage. Note: Always ensure that the sample channel is open i.e. the manual isolating valve at the probe is open and that the discharge line is not under pressure. Action in Case of ODME Alarm In the case of exceeding an operational limit, or receiving an equipment malfunction alarm, all overboard discharge operations will be stopped by the control system pending further effluent processing (if possible) or system rectification. The action, in the case of manual (override) operation, consists of stopping the discharge pumps and closing the overboard valve.
If the instantaneous rate of discharge (30 litre/nm) is exceeded. a) Stop the discharge pump and secure the cargo system main valves. b) Allow further time for oil/water interface formation. c) If it is known that contamination has occurred, immediately use clean water to flush the lines into the port slop tank. d) Take interface readings. e) Try discharging again at a reduced flow rate, carefully observing the outflow quantity. f) If a further discharge is impossible even though not exceeding the 30 litre/nm limit, retain the oil contaminated water for discharge to a shore reception facility at a later date. If the total quantity limit is reached: a) Stop the discharge pump immediately and secure the cargo system. If the ODME suffers a malfunction or failure. a) Stop the discharge pump and secure the cargo system. b) Dependent on the malfunction, attempt to rectify the fault using the troubleshooting page shown on the control unit display. Commencement of Ballast or Contaminated Oil Discharge a) Ensure that all of the line flushing/tank washing operations are properly completed. b) The oil discharge line will be higher than the cargo system discharge line. c) Ensure that all of the pre-operational checks for the ballast monitor system have been completed. d) Check that the IG plant is available and on standby and that all of the relevant IG/vent distribution system valves have been set to their correct positions. e) Set up the ODME control unit as described previously. The important parameters being: Ships situation Type of product Total oil limit f) Execute a manual flushing procedure and test procedure g) Press the START button. Section 2.7.2 - Page 5 of 6 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 2: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Slowly run up the discharge pump to induce suction and prevent surging and divert the flow into the port slop tank through recirculating valve CO249. When the instantaneous rate of discharge is stabilised at a low reading, the overboard discharge valve CO250 will open and recirculating valve CO249 will close. Run the discharge pump at a suitable speed with the required outflow rate and observe the litre/mile instantaneous rate output carefully. Periodic Checks during the Discharge a) Carefully observe any diminishing tank levels. b) Slow down the discharge pump when there is approximately a 1m level remaining in the tank, in order to avoid vortex formation and possible disturbance to the oil layer. c) Station a watchkeeper, with a radio, above the discharge point to provide an early warning of water discolouration. d) Be prepared to stop discharging at the 30 litre/nm alarm limit. e) Be prepared to stop discharging at the Total Limit Alarm. Note: Always ensure overboard valve CO250 closes and the recirculating valve CO249 opens on reaching an operational or alarm status. Shut Down Procedure On completion of discharge operations. a) Stop the discharge pump. b) Open the recirculating valve CO249; the overboard valve CO250 closes. c) Ensure that the ODME system executes the full calibration/ flushing cycle to completion. d) Ensure the print recorder shows completion of operations. e) Switch off the oil content meter and control unit. Open the sample pump isolator, if automatic flushing is not required. f) Isolate the sample probe and fresh water supply valves as long as auto-flushing is not required. g) Execute the final line flush to the port slop tank on completion of the contaminated oil discharge. h) Secure the discharge system. i) Make the appropriate entry in the Oil Record Book - Part II which is to be countersigned by the Master. Section 2.7.2 - Page 6 of 6 PART 3: CARGO OPERATIONS, CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION 3.1 Cargo Control System 3.1.1 Distributed Control System Overview 3.1.2 Operator Stations 3.1.3 Screen Displays and DCS Operation 3.1.4 Operations Illustrations 3.1.1a Distributed Control System Overview 3.1.2a Operator Control Station Keyboard 3.1.3a DCS Typical Screen Display 3.1.4a DCS Operator Station Screen Display Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 3.1 CARGO CONTROL SYSTEM Cargo operations are controlled from the cargo control room (CCR) in which are located the cargo and ballast display screen and the cargo and ballast pump control panel. Cargo loading or discharge requires that the correct valves for a particular tank and the manifold valves for that tank be open in order for the cargo to flow as required. It is essential that the duty officer and others involved in cargo loading or discharge know and understand the procedures involved. Planning prior to loading or discharge is essential and all systems to be used for these procedures must be checked before they are commenced. The hydraulic valve system should be started in order to ensure that it can operate as required during cargo loading or discharge. The cargo pump operating panel must be checked as must the hydraulic power system for the cargo pumps. Cargo and ballast tank levels are displayed on the cargo control room Aconis workstation screens, the Saab tank radar workstation and the ships loading computer, Ship Manager 88. The operation of the cargo tank level system must be verified before discharge. Readings of tank levels must be taken before and after discharge/loading in order to compute the amount of cargo discharged from a particular tank or loaded into a tank. The Ship Manager 88 program prepares suitable figures in printed format. Tank venting and the inert gas systems must be prepared as required and these must be controlled correctly during their operation. Where ballasting/deballasting is to take place at the same time as discharge/ loading, the ballast system must be prepared and the ballast display checked for operation. If any item of equipment to be used for loading or discharge proves to be defective during the checks made prior to arrival in port, the equipment must be replaced or repaired. If an item of equipment cannot be replaced or repaired a plan must be devised which will allow the desired operations to take place using alternative systems. In the case of failure of the hydraulic valve system or a hydraulic valve actuator, the hand pumps must be prepared or the emergency operating procedure adopted. In the case of a failed cargo pump, the portable cargo pump must be prepared and ready for use. The portable pump has a different arrangement of control from the fixed cargo pumps and the duty officer and others involved in the cargo operations must thoroughly understand the control of the pump and its limitations. An effective communication system must be established to allow for pump control. The hydraulically driven deepwell cargo and ballast pumps are controlled from the Framo cargo control panel located in the cargo control centre. Each pump has its own control handle which allows the speed to be regulated. The control panel also incorporates gauges which allow for monitoring of the cargo and the hydraulic systems. The hydraulic power pack system for driving the cargo and ballast pumps is located in the engine room but is controlled from the Framo cargo control panel. The power pack system must be operating correctly before any of the pumps are started. The control and display cabinet for the remote gas detection system is located in the cargo control centre. This unit continuously samples the atmosphere within the ballast tanks, upper stools and the cofferdam spaces port and starboard. It is essential that all instruments involved in cargo operations are fully functioning before the cargo operations commence. Checks must be made on all systems prior to the arrival of the vessel in port to ensure that there will be no delay in cargo operations. Operating systems such as the remote valve system and the cargo pump drive system must be prepared prior to arrival and the control systems for such devices must be checked as operational as soon as practicable. Valve and pump control panels, tank level gauges and other instruments involved in cargo operations are located in the cargo control centre where radio communication systems are also located. The cargo control centre must be manned at all times during cargo operations. The hydraulic power pack for the remotely operated valves is located in the engine room but is operated from the cargo control centre.
The duty officer in the cargo control centre can set up the ballast valves and some parts of the cargo pipelines from the cargo display screen but a number of the cargo valves are manually operated and must be set locally. The manual valves are provided with memory indicators at the cargo display screen allowing the duty officer to see immediately if a valve is open or closed. When loading, the duty officer must request an initial low loading rate from the terminal and only when satisfied that the system is correctly set and the cargo is going into the desired tank should an increased rate be requested. If at any time during the loading procedure should the tank level monitoring system fail the duty officer should immediately request a stop to the loading procedure whilst the system is corrected or an alternative arranged. Loading should never take place if the duty officer is unable to determine the level in the tank being filled. At all times the duty officer must be in complete control of loading operations. When discharging the duty officer must agree a discharge rate with the terminal and the discharge must commence at a low rate and be increased to the agreed rate when the ship and shore officers are satisfied that discharge is proceeding correctly. Efficient communications between the cargo control centre and the shore terminal are essential at all times for safe and incident free loading or discharge.
Efficient communication is also required between the cargo control centre and the operator on deck. Communication equipment must be tested before the ship arrives in port and reserve equipment with fully charged batteries must always be available. Authors Note: Confirmation required that the ships loading computer is a Ship Manager 88. Section 3.1 - Page 1 of 1 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 3.1.1a Distributed Control System Overview 21" CRT EAP-3 (Chief Engineer) EAP-4 (1st Engineer) EAP-5 (Electrician) EAP-6 (2nd Engineer) EAP-7 (S/O) EAP-8 (Officers Mess Room) EAP-9 (Smoke Room) No.3 Operator Workstation (Cargo Main Server) Cargo Control Room Accommodation 24TFT-LCD Monitor Power Operation Reset ACONIS EAS Enter Function Test W/H ECR ACK ENG'R HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD Extension Alarm System Power Operation Reset ACONIS EAS Enter Function Test W/H ECR ACK ENG'R HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD Extension Alarm System Power Operation Reset ACONIS EAS Enter Function Test W/H ECR ACK ENG'R HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD Extension Alarm System Power Operation Reset ACONIS EAS Enter Function Test W/H ECR ACK ENG'R HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD Extension Alarm System Power Operation Reset ACONIS EAS Enter Function Test W/H ECR ACK ENG'R HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD Extension Alarm System Power Operation Reset ACONIS EAS Enter Function Test W/H ECR ACK ENG'R HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD Extension Alarm System Power Operation Reset ACONIS EAS Enter Function Test W/H ECR ACK ENG'R HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD Extension Alarm System Power Operation Reset ACONIS EAS Enter Function Test W/H ECR ACK ENG'R HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD Extension Alarm System 21" CRT No.4 Operator Workstation (Cargo Reserve Server) Alarm Printer Log Printer Alarm Printer Log Printer Processor Communication Controller-3 HUB-3-2 Processor Communication Controller-4 GROUP Motor Valve PID Group Set Set Print Mode Set DISPLAY CHANNEL PAGE TIME TREND POWER LOG AUTO ALARM ACKNOWLEDGMENT CONFIRMATION SECURITY 7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3 0 BS ' - GROUP Motor Valve PID Group Set Set Print Mode Set DISPLAY CHANNEL PAGE TIME TREND POWER LOG AUTO ALARM ACKNOWLEDGMENT CONFIRMATION SECURITY 7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3 0 BS ' - Gate Way for Interface Level Gauging System (Yard Supply, SAAB) Cargo Station Interface Unit HUB-3-1 Engine Calling System 24TFT-LCD Monitor 21" CRT GROUP Motor Valve PID Group Set Set Print Mode Set DISPLAY CHANNEL PAGE TIME TREND POWER LOG AUTO ALARM ACKNOWLEDGMENT CONFIRMATION SECURITY 7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3 0 BS ' - 21" CRT GROUP Motor Valve PID Group Set Set Print Mode Set DISPLAY CHANNEL PAGE TIME TREND POWER LOG AUTO ALARM ACKNOWLEDGMENT CONFIRMATION SECURITY 7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3 0 BS ' - HUB-2 HUB-1 Processor Communication Controller-2 Processor Communication Controller-1 Power Operation Reset ACONIS EAS Enter Function Test W/H ECR ACK ENG'R HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD Extension Alarm System POWER READY COMM JRC NDZ-127J DATA TERMINAL POWER READY COMM JRC NDZ-127J DATA TERMINAL POWER READY COMM JRC NDZ-127J DATA TERMINAL Gate Way for Interface (HICM-PC 1) VDR (Yard Supply) HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD ST-4 HRC-64A ST-5 HRC-64A ST-3 HRC-64A Wheelhouse Conference Room No.1 Operation Workstation (Main Server) No.2 Operation Workstation (Reserve Server) Engine Control Room EAP-2 UPS-5 AC220V UPS-6 AC220V 7D 6D 5D 4D 3D 2D 1D 26 25 24 23 22 21 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 ECR Console ECC ECC UPS-1 AC220V AC220V Power Supply with Battery 35 34 33 75 44 45 AC220V DC24V AC220V UPS-4 AC220V Data Link-RS484(Main) Data Link-RS485(Reserve) ECR Console Panel Inside ECR Console Panel Inside ST-2 HRC-NET ST-1 HRC-NET Data Link-RS484(Main) Data Link-RS485(Reserve) Reserve (F/STP-LAN) Main (F/STP-LAN) Main LAN Cable Reserve LAN Cable EAS-Reserve (F/STP-LAN) EAS-Main (F/STP-LAN) EAP-1 DC24V DC24V AC220V AC220V AC220V DC24V Power Engine Call Signal Engine Call Signal Engine Call Signal Engine Call Signal Engine Call Signal Engine Call Signal Engine Call Signal Engine Call Signal BZ BZ BZ BZ BZ Section 3.1.1 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 3.1.1 DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM OVERVIEW Manufacturer: Hyundai Heavy Industries Model: Aconis - 2000 Type: Distributed Control System (DCS) Introduction The DCS system is a machinery alarm, monitoring and control system which covers all of the important plant on board the vessel, such as propulsion, power generation, boilers, auxiliary machinery and cargo/ballast systems etc. The DCS system on board is called a distributed control system, because the process control functions are defined locally in the process stations and not in the operator stations. The operator stations function independently, so they can be located at the ship control centres. This also means that each station is capable of controlling any process, provided it has control of the appropriate command group and the user is logged on with the correct access. It is designed to provide the ships staff with all the basic control, alarm and status information they require to maintain the safe and efficient operation of the machinery, especially when the machinery spaces are unmanned. Graphic system illustrations are presented on the system monitors which contain line diagrams with symbols for items of machinery, pumps and valves etc. The user clicks on a symbol and a window is displayed with available commands and information relating to that item of plant. Other information screens (pages) are available with alarm lists etc. In addition to the alarm monitoring, the system also operates the extension alarm system, which provides for signalling of alarms to specified cabins and public spaces during periods of unmanned machinery spaces. This system is activated when the machinery spaces are in the unattended (UMS) mode and one of the engineers is selected as the duty engineer. Description of System Units The Aconis (Advanced CONtrol and Integration System) 2000 is the vessels DCS and consists of six operator workstations in the following locations: Engine control room (No.1, main server) Engine control room (No.2, reserve server) Cargo control room (No.3, cargo main server) Cargo control room (No.4, cargo reserve server) Wheelhouse (No.5, cargo monitoring system) Conference room (No.6, engine room plant) The Aconis 2000 has individual station modules for each system function that connect to the system base network. The system consists of two main areas, namely the operator station part and the sub-station part. The operator station has various modules such as the communication module for telecommunication between the operator station and the sub-station, the alarm server module for handling the alarm data and the logging server module for the store and management of the logging data. The sub-station comprises the process control module (PCM) that performs the various controls with information on the input/output of the process and the input/output controller module (ICM) that performs data management. The communication bus system has a basic dual network structure in which the main bus system and the reserve bus system are separate. This enables them to work in the event of a fault in the communication lines or stations. The system consists of a network, connected by a main and reserve data bus system and all of the the principal items of equipment and machinery are continuously and automatically monitored and supervised by the system. The DCS machinery control equipment is supplied from six dedicated UPS units. UPS units 1 and 2 are for the engine control room system and are located in the engine control room. Units 3 and 4 are for the cargo control room system and are located in the cargo control room. Unit 5 is for the wheelhouse system and is located in the wheelhouse and unit 6 is for the conference room system and is located in the conference room. In addition to these six UPS units, a 24V DC power supply with battery back up is provided which is also located in the engine control room. The unit is supplied with 220V AC from the engine control console. The 220V is transformed and rectified to supply the load with 24V DC. The system also consists of a 24V battery unit made up of two maintenance free sealed 12V, 25Ah batteries. The batteries are normally on a floating charge with the load being supplied from the main 230V supply. In the event of loss of the 220V AC input, the battery unit will automatically take over supplying the load. Operator Workstations The operator workstations can be considered as the computer interface between the operator and the processes controlled and monitored by the DCS system. The control computer, keyboard, trackball unit and the colour graphic monitors form each workstation. The functional keyboard can be directly handled by the trackball. At the engine control room and cargo control room, where there are two monitors in use, one monitor can be used for a status view and the other for a group view of the same process. The control stations in the engine control room and cargo control room have printers which can print alarm and data information (logging) or reproduce screen mimics. Sub-Stations The process control module (PCM) is the brains of the sub-station and uses a 32 bit micro-processor for high speed operation. The PCM supervises the plant control with input/output data to perform scanning of devices, unit conversion, linearisation, PID controlling and so on. and also provides the following: Execution of the control logic using real time data exchange between the operator workstation and other PCM elements Standard field bus communications with the ICMs The ICM element that is connected to the PCM consists of a micro-processor board and an input/output board for digital/analogue as well as standard field bus and CAN protocol for PCM communication. Alarm Printers The alarm printers are connected to the alarm and log station, which record all the alarms activated and the alarms which have returned to the normal condition in the ECR and the CCR. A new alarm entering the list is given the following priority colours: Alarm - red Interlock event - blue Normal event - black Log Printers The report printers are connected to the alarm and log station and are used for process monitoring and reporting in the ECR and the CCR. When the printing of the log information and daily log information are carried out at the same time, the daily log will have priority. Section 3.1.1 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 3.1.2a Operator Control Station Keyboard HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD Group Power Mode Set Motor Valve PID Set Point Security Page Confirmation Main Page Responsibility Last Page Command Cancel Acknowledgment Auto Alarm Trend Sound Ack Function ECDIS Conning Display Graphic Group FBD Main Trend Custom Alarm Inhibit System Report Help Start Reset Stop Standby Start Reset Stop Open Manual (Auto) Travel Stop Ki Kp Local Set Point Manual Output Local Remote Setpoint Manual /Auto Alarm High Alarm Low Interlock Total Hour Time Delay Slow Down Kd Close Stand By Unbalanced/ Balanced Governor Pulse Light Time Mode Load Dependent Start Load Dependent Stop Synchro -nizing Load Sharing Heavy Load Idle Time Light Load Heavy Time 7 4 1 0 . - 2 3 5 6 8 9 BS Key OP Group Control Power Control Display Section Function Selection Page Shift and Security Keys Acknowledgment LED Indicator Cursor Shift Numeric keys Confirmation 10 7 6 9 8 4 2 3 1 5 Section 3.1.2 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 3.1.2 OPERATOR STATIONS Operator Panel The systems operator/user interface is the monitor screen, operating display panel, trackball and keyboard. The monitor screen displays the system views and the operating display panel is used to interact with those views. The keyboard is used for set-up and configuration purposes. The operating display panel is used to interact with the views on the monitor screen, display a new view or to act upon an element within a view. Operator Station Keyboard The keyboard consists of the following keys: Group Control Section (Item 1 in Illustration 3.1.2a) Motor - Start, stop standby and reset buttons Valve - Open, close, manual/auto and travel stop buttons PID buttons for - Selecting the local/remote set point, manual/ automatic mode, Ki to change integral parameter Kp to change proportional parameter Kd to change differential parameters Local set point to change the local set point and manual output to change the manual output Set Point - Alarm high, alarm low, interlock, total hours, time delay and slowdown Function Selection (Item 2 in Illustration 3.1.2a) Conning or ECDIS selection (Authors Note: Details to add when further information available.) Display Selection (Item 3 in Illustration 3.1.2a) Main, graphic, group, FBD, trend, system, report, help, custom, alarm and inhibit display Page Shift and Security Key Selection (Item 4 in Illustration 3.1.2a) Main page -For selecting the main page on the system Last page -For selecting the last page or display Responsibility - Used to transfer/cancel the keyboard responsibility for the process control Power Control Selection (Item 5 in Illustration 3.1.2a) Power - Start - Start a generator engine Stop - Stop a generator engine Standby - Place the generator engine on standby duty Reset - Reset a generator engine trip condition Mode selection buttons - Mode - Pop-up window key for generator mode change Synchronising - Alternative function of manual/automatic mode Load sharing - Alternative function of manual/automatic mode Unbalanced/balanced - Alternative function of manual/ automatic mode Load dependent start - Alternative function of manual/ automatic mode Load dependent stop - Alternative function of manual/ automatic mode Power set buttons Heavy load - Change of heavy load value Light load - Change of light load value Heavy time - Change of heavy load time value Light time - Change of light load time value Idle time - Change of idle running time value Governor pulse - ???? Numeric Keys (Item 6 in Illustration 3.1.2a) Numeric keys - Used for changing the values of the displays BS key - Press for back space Cursor Shift Keys (Item 7 in Illustration 3.1.2a) TREND shift keys - Used for moving to another trend display AUTO ALARM scroll keys - Used for scrolling up or down alarm lists. Confirmation Section (Item 8 in Illustration 3.1.2a) Command - Executes the input command Cancel - Cancels the command message Acknowledgement Section (Item 9 in Illustration 3.1.2a) Sound - Used for silencing the alarms Ack - Used for acknowledging the alarms LED Indicator (Item 10 in Illustration 3.1.2a) This indicates if power is available to the keyboard Trackball The trackball is used to position the cursor on the screen display. Monitor Screen Operations The monitor screen is activated by switching the power on and a display is accessed by pressing the required key on the keyboard or icon on the monitor screen display. To open a status, group or alarm display, press the status, group or alarm key on the keyboard or the icon on the monitor screen display. The previous or the next page can be viewed by pressing the appropriate page key. Section 3.1.2 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 3.1.3a DCS Typical Screen Display Graphic Alarm Inhibit Trend Group Custom I/O Network Point Control Log Function I/O Configure Graphic Editor FBD Editor FBD Run Control Config User ID Log In Log Out Main Page Registration Num Pad Monitor Sound Ack N110#1 N110#2 Cargo Exhaust ACONIS* ACONIS* Server No.1 Date and Time Authors Note: Cargo System Screen Shot to Insert Here Section 3.1.3 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 3.1.3 SCREEN DISPLAYS AND DCS OPERATION Authors Note: Limited information available on the DCS operations. Further details to be added during the verification visit. Monitor Screen Status Display The display system of the Aconis 2000 home page is divided into three major parts as shown in illustration 3.1.3a. The first is the main display which is designed to provide easy access to functions and processes and shows the outline form of the ship. The second is at the bottom of the screen and is a process menu which allows the user to have real time access to the process which then allows the operator to add/delete or control process functions. The third is on the left hand side of the screen where the menu is constructed in three sections, namely: Aconis main function - This section includes the following menus: Graphic (graphic configurator for process menu) Alarm Inhibit Trend Group Custom I/O Network Point control Log Function I/O configure Graphic editor FBD edit FBD run Control configuration Others - Log in Log out Main page Registration Number pad Sound off/acknowledge - Sound Acknowledge Graphic Display The graphic displays are shown on the monitor of the operator stations. These displays show all or part of a system or process using standard symbols to represent the actual plant, equipment, valves, motors etc. Events such as alarms and messages are also shown on the displays. The operator panel is used to interact with the display and control the process. This is achieved by the use of the trackball and buttons to point and click on symbols and menus. Alarm Display The alarm display can show a total of 30 lines per page and arranges the events in chronological order which is called the display list. It shows the channel number in which the alarm was activated, the time when the event occurred and the present measurement value. The alarm high and low limit can also be shown. Any new alarm will be displayed at the top of the screen and will flicker until it is acknowledged. If the operator double clicks on the alarm or clicks the ACK screen button at the main menu, the alarm will be accepted and go to steady state. The alarm display window also provides access via buttons at the top of the screen to the extension alarm stations (EAS) group which displays alarms and alarm lists by group selection (bilge, fire, main engine etc). There are also buttons to allow the operator to view the alarm history and a RELOAD button that reloads the alarms with selective acknowledge/severity condition from the database and will display the alarms on the screen. Inhibit Display The inhibit display can show a total of 30 lines per page and arranges the events in chronological order which is called the display list. This display shows in sequence the channel in which the alarm generated is either blocked (interlocked) manually by the operator or suppressed due to the internal status of the system. The interlock status is presented as a cyan colour (check) and the suppressed status is presented as a blue colour (check). Trend Display Pressing this button provides access to the history and live trend from a selected trend group. The live trend button displays the history data from the present time to 30 minutes previous and also the current live data. The history trend button, with the time and date configured, will show the historical data by its interval time. Group Display The group display indicates the detailed information and status of each channel according to the type of channel. The control of the relevant channel, the change of setting value and the operation of the alarm inhibit set/clear operation can be conducted using the keyboard or the trackball. Custom Display The custom display shows detailed information on the tag name, description, high/low limit etc, and the current status by the channel type (analogue/digital). One page reserves up to 35 channels and can be configured by the operator to show information on specific group systems such as the main engine analogue, main engine digital systems etc etc. I/O Status Pressing this button will provide a visual indication of the status such as on/off, fault, error etc of the process cards fitted in each sub-station that go to make up the DCS. Detailed information such as the tag name, description, maximum and minimum value of a point can also be accessed. Network Status This displays the configuration and the status of an entire system and displays detailed information of each device Point Control Authors Note: Details to Add during ship visit. Log Authors Note: Details to Add during ship visit. Function Authors Note: Details to Add during ship visit. I/O Configure Authors Note: Details to Add during ship visit. Section 3.1.3 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Graphic Editor Authors Note: Details to Add during ship visit. FBO Editor Authors Note: Details to Add during ship visit. FBO Run Authors Note: Details to Add during ship visit. Control Configure Authors Note: Details to Add during ship visit. Authors Note: Limited information available on the Aconis 2000 and the menu buttons on the left hand side of the screen. Further details to be added during the verification visit. Section 3.1.3 - Page 3 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 3.1.4a - DCS Operator Station Screen Display to Insert Here Section 3.1.4 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 3.1.4 OPERATIONS Authors Note: Detailed operation of the DCS to include here during verification trip to the vessel. Section 3.1.4 - Page 2 of 2 3.2 Cargo Control Room 3.2.1 Cargo Control Centre Illustrations 3.2.1a Cargo Control Room and Ships Office 3.2.1b Control Console for Cargo Pumps, Ballast Pumps and Hydraulic Power Packs Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 17 2 18 20 8 8 8 7 18 17 18 18 18 18 18 21 15 16 8 39 41 38 37 36 35 34 15 15 16 15 12 11 10 9 VSP 24 26 28 25 29 30 14 Key 1 - Power Supply Unit for Cargo Control Room 2 - Clinometer 3 - Gas Detector Cabinet 4 - Gas Alarm Meter 5 - Gas Detection Alarm and Control Panel 6 - Automatic Telephone 7 - TWT??? 8 - Bookcase 9 - Load Master Printer 10 - Load Master Workstation and Keyboard 11 - No.3 Operating Workstation for Alarm and Monitoring System 12 - No.4 Operation Workstation for Alarm and Monitoring System 13 - Cargo Tank Monitoring System Workstation 14 - Cargo Pumping System Control Panel 15 - Fluorescent Light 16 - Emergency Fluorescent Light 17 - Revolving Arm Chair 18 - Chair 19 - Monitor for Workstation 20 - Desk Lamp 21 - Coffee Table 22 - ODM Calculator 23 - Inmarsat-B Telephone 24 - Automatic Telephone Exchange 25 - Sound Powered Telephone 26 - VHF Handset 27 - VHF Power Supply Unit 28 - VHF Main Unit 29 - Log Printer 30 - Alarm Printer 31 - Electric Pressure Transmitter Box for Tank 32 - Filing Cabinet 33 - Inert Gas Generator Control Panel 34 - Cargo Alarm Monitoring System Panel 35 - Tank Level Gauging Cabinet 36 - Hospital Alarm Buzzer 37 - Speaker 38 - Electrick Clock 39 - Sideboard 40 - Outdoor Light Control Panel 41 - Refrigerator 42 - Switch Box for Pump Room 43 - Extension Alarm Panel Illustration 3.2.1a Cargo Control Room and Ships Office 13 17 18 19 32 32 31 27 1 5 4 3 40 43 33 6 22 23 42 Cargo Control Room Ships Office Section 3.2.1 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 3.2 CARGO CONTROL ROOM 3.2.1 CARGO CONTROL CENTRE The cargo control room (CCR) and ships office are located amidships on A deck within the accommodation block and are forward facing to enable the main deck area to be visually monitored from the control centre. From the CCR all of the necessary equipment and controls are located to permit the centralised supervision of the cargo operations during the loading and discharging of a cargo. The ships office can be accessed either directly from the CCR or from the passageway. The layout of the CCR and ships office have been detailed in illustration 3.2.1a and includes the following equipment: CRT for alarm and monitoring system Printer for alarm and monitoring system Cargo tank monitoring system work station High and overfill level alarm panel Cargo pumping system control panel Cabinet for tank level gauging Inert gas generator control panel AMS cargo panel Gas detection cabinet Gas alarm meter Gas detection alarm and control panel ODM calculator VHF main unit VHF handset Telephone for Sat Nav B Sound powered telephone Power supply unit for cargo control room Outdoor light control box Switch box for pump room Extension alarm panel Load master printer with keyboard Automatic exchange telephone Clinometer Filing cabinet Hospital alarm buzzer Speaker Electric clock Printer Book case Tank sounding board Cargo Pump Control Console The cargo and ballast pumps are controlled from a separate console as detailed in illustration 3.2.1b. This control console allows control of the pump speed, monitoring of the system pressures and temperatures. The pumps can be tripped from the cargo control room. The hydraulic pumps can be started and stopped from switches above the pump operating controls. Alarms are fitted to give warning of abnormalities. MANUAL OVERRIDE BOARD (Placed inside the Control Panel) WARNING DETAILED INSTRUCTION IN SERVICE MANUAL TO BE FOLLOWED STRICTLY. OVERRIDED FUNCTION TO BE WATCHED CAREFULLY OIL LEVEL FEED PRESSURE ACTIVATE CHECK LIST. BEFORE AND DURING OPERATION: - FEED PRESSURE - OIL TANK LEVEL - OPEN SUCTION/RETURN VALVES - OPEN COOLING WATER VALVE/OIL TEMP. VALVE POSITION RETURN LINE SYSTEM PRS. COMMAND LIMITATION OVERRIDE OF INDIVIDUAL SHUTDOWN FUNCTION MODE 1 . OVERRIDE OF ENTIRE CONTROL SYSTEM (PLC FAILURE)-EMER. STOP BUTTONS ARE ACTIVE MODE 2 . 1 0 - UNLOAD HYDR. PUMPS DURING START UNLOAD LOAD Illustration 3.2.1b Control Console for Cargo Pumps, Ballast Pumps and Hydraulic Power Packs FRAMO CARGO PUMPING SYSTEM 300 225 190 75 0 BALLAST PORT BALLAST STBD SLOP PORT 6 PORT 5 PORT 4 PORT 3 PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT SLOP STBD 6 STBD 5 STBD 4 STBD 3 STBD 2 STBD 1 STBD 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 300 225 190 75 0 No.1 PP HEATING HEATING FEED PUMP No.1 FEED PUMP No.2 HYDR. OIL TANK VALVE CLOSED VALVE CLOSED VALVE CLOSED MAIN PRESSURE LINE No.4 DE PP No.2 PP VALVE CLOSED MAIN RETURN LINE 10 0 5 bar 2000 2500 0 1000 R.P.M 0 50 100 150 C EXCESSIVE WEAR ALARM TRIP REMOTE CTRL RUN START STOP No.3 DE PP 10 0 5 bar 2000 2500 0 1000 R.P.M 0 50 100 150 C EXCESSIVE WEAR EXCESSIVE WEAR ALARM TRIP POWER ON THRUSTER ON 24 VDC POWER FAIL MANUAL OVERRIDE IGS PRS. LOW LOW RETURN PRESS. LOW FEED PRESS.LOW FILTER CLOSED SUCTION LINE CLOSED COOLING SYSTEM FAIL SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW OIL TEMP. HIGH OIL LEVEL HIGH OIL LEVEL LOW OIL LEVEL LOW LOW REMOTE CTRL HEATING ON RUN START STOP START STOP ON OFF RUN LUBE OIL PRESSURE DIESEL RPM COOLING WATER TEMP LUBE OIL PRESSURE DIESEL RPM COOLING WATER TEMP START HIGH START LOW STOP START HIGH START LOW STOP 200 400 600 800 A EXCESSIVE WEAR START LAMP TEST ACCEPT RESET STOP RUN 200 400 600 800 A PRESSURE SET. STOP SYSTEM PRESSURE 0 100 400 300 200 bar FEED PRESSURE 0 5 15 10 bar HYDR. OIL TEMP. 0 20 80 100 40 60 C ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Section 3.2.1 - Page 2 of 2 3.3 Cargo Tank Instrumentation System 3.3.1 Tank Level Measurement 3.3.2 Gas Detection System 3.3.3 Portable Measuring and Sampling Equipment 3.3.4 Loading Computer 3.3.5 Remote Sounding and Draught Gauging System Illustrations 3.3.1a Saab Tank Level Monitor Display 3.3.1b Tank High Level and Overflow Alarm System 3.3.2a Gas Detection Alarm Panel 3.3.3a Manual Sampling Device 3.3.4a Loading Computer Profile Image 3.3.4b Loading Computer Longitudinal Strength Screen 3.3.5a Tank Level and Draught Gauging System 3.3.5b Tank Level Gauge Boards Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 3.3 CARGO TANK INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM 3.3.1 TANK LEVEL MEASUREMENT Saab Tank Radar System Manufacturer: Saab Marine Electronics Type: Saab Rosemount STar General Description The radar transmitters on the top of the tank emit microwaves directed by an antenna towards the surface of the tank contents. The antenna picks up the echo from the surface. The difference in frequency between the transmitted and reflected signal is directly proportional to the measured distance i.e. ullage. The tank level gauging system is made up of the following units: Level unit Transmitters Level Unit The level unit contains terminals for the intrinsically safe connection of the transmitters. It contains the electronics used for processing the signals from the transmitters, for calculating the tank parameters, such as a trim/list, corrected ullage, average cargo temperature etc., and for communicating with the cargo control system. The illustration 3.3.1a opposite shows the Saab screen display indicating the levels in the cargo tanks, the draught levels are indicated in the area above the tank gauging levels. The Level High (%) can be manually adjusted in order to allow the operator to set specific alarm points for any of the individual cargo tanks. This function is useful when setting the filling limits on a particular tank, either the maximum level the tank should be taken to or when topping off a set of cargo tanks should commence. Transmitters The transmitters measure the distance to the product surface, using a continuous radar signal, and have an electronic box that generates and processes the radar signal. The Saab tank radar system is very similar to the normal Saab tank level measuring system except that the transmitter readings are relayed directly to the cargo control system which then displays the information for the cargo tanks on the respective screen displays. The tank level information is also relayed to the cargo loading computer. Illustration 3.3.1a Saab Tank Level Monitor Display Authiors Note: Confirm screen shot details onboard Window Help Close All Nov 04 21:02:09 2006 Overview Ballast Tk Misc Tk Alarm Group System Ov. Saab TankRadar Temps Trim A 0m List S 0.2 SHIP NAME Draft Aft 14.63m Draft Fore 14.63m Draft Port 14.63m Draft Stbd 14.63m Trim/List Corr: Plug Seawater Density: 1.0250 kg/l i i i i i CT 1S i i i i i i i i CT 1P CT 2S CT 2P CT 3S CT 3P CT 4S CT 4P CT 5S CT 5P CT 6S CT 6P SLOP S SLOP P Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.700 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.700 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.810 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.810 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.790 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.790 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 2.800 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 2.250 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.770 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.780 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.740 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.750 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.580 m Temp Avg. 11.9C Ullage 1.590 m i Troll Troll Troll Troll Troll Troll Troll Troll Troll Troll Troll Troll Troll Troll Section 3.3.1 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Tank Bottom Tank Top Overfill (98%) High (95%) L2 L L1 200 Min 200 Illustration 3.3.1b Tank High Level and Overflow Alarm System Tank Name No.1 COT (P) No.1 COT (S) No.2 COT (P) No.2 COT (S) No.3 COT (P) No.3 COT (S) No.4 COT (P) No.4 COT (S) No.5 COT (P) No.5 COT (S) No.6 COT (P) No.6 COT (S) Slop Tank (P) Slop Tank (S) 1388 1388 1447 1447 1447 1447 1447 1447 1447 1447 1414 1414 1429 1429 1153 1153 1212 1212 1212 1212 1212 1212 1212 1212 1179 1179 1194 1194 627 627 686 686 686 686 686 686 686 686 672 672 710 710 L (mm) L1 (mm) L2 (mm) Float Test Rod Adjust Boss Upper Stopper Test Lever Cap Lower Stopper Guide Pipe Earth Strap 98% Alarm 95% Alarm Section 3.3.1 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Independent High Level Alarms Each of the cargo and slop tanks is also fitted with a Pan-Asia high and overfill alarm which is totally independent of the Saab tank radar level monitoring system. The sensors for each of the cargo tanks and the two slop tanks are as shown in illustration 3.3.1b and have two level switches. Each switch has a single float with a built-in permanent magnet for each alarm level and as the float moves upwards, a reed switch inside the housing is deactivated, the reed switch goes open circuit and an alarm is initiated. Each sensor is connected to an alarm module with all signal monitoring being done by a pre-programmed microprocessor in each module. There are several LEDs and lamps situated at the front of this alarm panel with the following functions: The green lamp is illuminated when the module power supply is working correctly The yellow LEDs indicate a High level alarm The red LEDs indicate an Overfill level alarm All the alarm modules are connected to a common alarm processing unit. The alarm panel is mounted on the bulkhead in the cargo control room and has all of the necessary alarm and test button functions. The overfill alarm is set to operate at 98% and the high level alarm is set to operate at 95% for each tank. When a float moves upwards and actuates the reed switch, the relevant LEDs on the alarm module will start to flash, the buzzer in the alarm panel will sound and the BUZZER STOP button will light up. There are two red and yellow xenon strobe alarm lights fitted, one set on port side of the bridge front on the compass deck level and the other set on the forward mast facing aft. A siren is also fitted to its respective strobe light at both locations, These lights and the sirens will be activated as follows: Yellow STROBE light indicates a HIGH level alarm Red STROBE light indicates an OVERFILL level alarm Pressing the BUZZER STOP button will cause the alarms to stop. However, the LEDs on the alarm module will continue to flash. Pressing the FLICKER STOP button will cause the LEDs to become steady. Special Functions Testing Each level switch is fitted with a mechanical testing device which is located under a screw cap on top of the level switchs junction box. By lifting the testing rod slowly both the high and overfill alarm, for that particular tank, will be triggered. To Test the System a) Switch on the system. No alarm indicator lamps on the alarm panel should be lit. A set of white lamps, one for the high level and one for the overflow are located on the alarm panel and are illuminated if the module power supply is working properly. If there is a problem with either the 220V AC supply or the 24V DC output from the AC/DC switching unit, the power failure alarm will function for the high level or overfill alarm system. Accept this by pressing the BUZZER STOP button, the respective failure lamp will be illuminated. b) Check all lights and the buzzer on the alarm panel by pressing the LAMP TEST/BUZZER button on each of the alarm modules. c) Activate an alarm in each tank by lifting the testing device approximately 10mm. The alarm LEDs on the alarm panel will flash, the buzzer in the alarm panel and the siren on deck will sound, and the xenon strobe alarm lights on the bridge front and forward mast will flash. d) Press the BUZZER STOP button on the HIGH alarm module. The siren, xenon strobe alarm light and the buzzer in the alarm panel should turn off, the buzzer will continue if an OVERFILL alarm is active. The yellow alarm LEDs on the alarm module should continue to flash. e) Press the BUZZER STOP button on the OVERFILL alarm module. The siren, xenon strobe alarm light and the buzzer in the alarm panel should turn off. The red alarm LEDs on the alarm module should continue to flash. f) Press the FLICKER STOP button on the HIGH alarm module. All the yellow flashing LEDs on the alarm module should turn constant. g) Press the FLICKER STOP button on the OVERFILL alarm module. All the red flashing LEDs on the alarm module should turn constant. h) Ensure that the testing device on each alarm unit has been returned to its normal position, replace the protective screw cap. All alarm lamps on the panel will now turn off. Section 3.3.1 - Page 3 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 3.3.2a Gas Detection Alarm Panel 3. NO.1 WBT STBD 4. NO.2 WBT PORT 5. NO.2 WBT STBD 6. NO.3 WBT PORT 7. NO.3 WBT STBD 8. NO.4 WBT PORT 10. NO.4 WBT STBD 11. NO.5 WBT PORT 12. NO.5 WBT STBD 13. NO.6 WBT PORT 14. NO.6 WBT STBD 9. No.4 DBWB TANK CENTRE 27.No.1 UPPER VOID TANK LOW GAS ALARM HIGH GAS ALARM ACCEPTED FLOW FAILURE ACCEPTED DISCONNECTED AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION ACCEPT ALARM BUZZER GAS IN CAB POWER RESET LAMP TEST ON/OFF RESET ALARM PURGE CONNECTION CONTROL (DIM) UP SAMPLE SELECTOR SAMPLE POINT DOWN (DIM) MANUAL ACTIVE GAS SAMPLING SYSTEM OGS 3.0 OMICRON 1. FORE PEAK TANK 23. SPARE 24. SPARE 2. NO.1 WBT PORT 15. NO.1 UPPER STOOL 16. NO.2 UPPER STOOL 17. NO.3 UPPER STOOL 18. NO.4 UPPER STOOL 19. NO.5 UPPER STOOL 20. NO.6 UPPER STOOL 21. WBP TRUNK PORT 22. WBP TRUNK STBD Section 3.3.2 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 3.3.2 GAS DETECTION SYSTEM Manufacturer: Omicron Model: OGS 3.0/24 (for ballast tanks and void spaces) Sensor type: Infrared No. sample points: 24 Low alarm set point: 10% LEL High alarm set point: 30% LEL Introduction The Omicron Gas Sampling System is a computerised gas detection system, which monitors and detects explosive gases in the ballast tanks and void spaces. The system has 23 external sampling points and one internal point for sampling the atmosphere inside the detector cabinet itself. Of these sampling points, 14 are designated to cover the ballast tanks including the fore peak tank, where there is one sample point per ballast tank. Sample points are also fitted in each upper void space and in the ballast pump spaces. The sampling points are each fitted with a non-return valve. The gas detection system is an automatic scanning, permanently installed gas detection system. The automatic scanning function ensures that the detector is connected to the different sampling points in a predetermined sequence. After a sample has been drawn and analysed the sample point is purged. This avoids unnecessary quantities of dust, dirt, salt and moisture being drawn into and retained in the individual sample pipes in the system and avoids the necessity of in-line filters which are a known source of faults. At the end of each sampling sequence the air in the gas cabinet is analysed, during this phase GAS CABINET CHECK is displayed on the LCD screen. The sampling system has three modes of operation which are: Automatic Manual Calibration A gas cylinder, with a gas mixture of known composition, is connected to the system for regular calibration of the gas alarm instrument, as well as checks on the operation of the system. The gas detection system consists of four primary units: Display Units The display unit contains all the control and checking functions of the system and is located in the CCR. The display unit is divided into two parts - the gas alarm panel and the operating panel. The gas alarm panel is activated when a gas alarm situation is detected. The sampling point number, alarm level and the actual gas detector in alarm are displayed. The operating panel continuously displays the last sampling point and the measured value. Detector Cabinet Unit The detector cabinet is situated in the CCR and contains all of the functions for the gas detection and transportation of the test samples, as well as an internal sampling point for monitoring internal gas leakage. The power to the detector cabinet will automatically be shut off should any gas be detected in the cabinet. The hydrocarbon gas detection for the ballast spaces is carried out by a SEARCHPOINT OPTIMA PLUS infrared gas detector. External Alarm Panels The function of this panel is to indicate alarms/faults visually and audibly on the bridge. Pipe System The pipe system transports the test samples from sampling points to the detector cabinet and incorporates shut-off valves and flame traps, which are located at the detector cabinet. It is important that the control/instrument air supply to the system is never isolated during the normal operation of the control units. The individual sampling line isolation valves must also remain open during normal sampling operations, these are located in the foam room. Special attention should be made to the ballast tank sampling system. When individual ballast tanks are filled, each sample point in that tank must be disabled from the scanning cycle at the control unit and disconnected by a ball valve. When disconnected, the display unit will send a counter air pressure flow down the line, this is sufficient to ensure that no water can enter the system, which might otherwise cause damage. The non return valve on each sample tube is a back up in case the disabling is not carried out. Ballast Spaces Display Unit Prior to starting up this display unit the operating mode must be selected on the display panel. The normal operating mode is AUTOMATIC. Start Up a) Switch on the system by pressing the ON/OFF button. The buzzer will start sounding and can be silenced by pressing the ACCEPT ALARM button. b) The system will now initialise and the sensors warm-up for sixty seconds. During this period the display will show configured alarm settings for each alarm. c) After the warm-up phase the unit will automatically show the correct sensor values. Response to Alarms All alarms are indicated by the buzzer on the panel, LEDs on the panel and external air horn and light. Acknowledging alarms is in two steps: a) Press the ACCEPT ALARM button to switch off the audible and visual alarm indicators. b) Press the RESET ALARM button, the actual alarm LED will go from flashing to steady or disappear if the alarm condition has gone. External alarm relays will be reset irrespective of whether the alarm condition is still present or not. Gas in Cabinet To ensure safe operation, the gas sampling system analyses the atmosphere in the interior of the detector cabinet for hydrocarbon gas content. During sampling of the cabinet this is shown on the LCD display. Sampling is carried out during the start-up phase and between the last and first sample points. If a gas concentration above the permissible level is detected all power and communication to the gas cabinet will be shut off. The buzzer can be silenced, but this FATAL SYSTEM FAILURE alarm cannot be reset with the RESET ALARM button. WARNING The only way to restore the system is by the use of the POWER RESET button. Power and communication to the detector cabinet is only to be restored after the cabinet has been ventilated and the fault corrected due to the danger of explosion. Section 3.3.2 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 After activating the POWER RESET button the display will show: POWER ON AFTER GAS IN CABINET Calibration Span Calibration The gas detection system has built in automatic calibration and test facilities. When starting up the system set the MODE selector to CALIBRATION. On completion of the system initialising the following will be displayed: SENSOR CALIBRATION USING TEST GAS SAMPLING TEST GAS GAS 1 0% LEL(OR PPM) SAMPLING TEST GAS GAS 2 0% LEL(OR PPM) SAMPLING TEST GAS GAS 3 0% LEL(OR PPM) The above lines for different gases will depend on the number and type of sensors. Note: The test gas as supplied by Omicron is 50% LEL N-Butane in air (DIPPR standard). Test gas can be manufactured to other standards therefore always check the test gas value and standard before calibration. Where the test gas is manufactured to ISO standards the system will theoretically show 41.7% LEL. The test gas flow during calibration must be between 150 and 200 litres per hour and this can be set by adjusting the test gas regulator. Zero Calibration When the system is in the MANUAL IDLE mode the system will analyse the detector cabinet interior atmosphere. With clean air the reading will be 0% LEL for the HC sensor. Alternatively a clean air supply can be connected instead of the test gas bottle. CAUTION Do not use a pressurised air supply. Flow Failure Alarm The most likely alarm from the system is the FLOW ALARM. The system will continuously monitor the vacuum in the system to ensure valid samples are being drawn to the sensor. The OGS3.0/24 has two vacuum pumps. The main pump is used to draw the samples from the sample tubes in the detector cabinet, this ensures fresh samples to the sensor. The sample pump feeds the sample to the sensor, if this flow is restricted it will lead to a FLOW FAILURE ALARM. The alarm buzzer will sound and the BUZZER SILENCE and ACCEPT/ RESET buttons will light up. The LCD display will show the following: XX SAMPLE POINT NAME FLOW FAILURE ALARM The sample point LED will change from a steady GREEN to a slow flashing ORANGE. Note: The sample point LED only changes colour when the unit is in the automatic mode. Press the ACCEPT ALARM button to stop the buzzer sounding, the red light in this button will also be cancelled. Press the RESET ALARM button, the red light in this button will be extinguished and the sample point LED changes from slow flashing ORANGE to a steady ORANGE colour. In the AUTOMATIC mode the system will move to the next sample point and commence to purge the restricted sample point. The restricted sample point will be selected and sampled during the next sequence. The steady ORANGE LED will remain until the restriction is cleared. In the MANUAL mode the system will relieve the sample pump by taking air from the cabinet when the vacuum exceeds the FLOW FAILURE level but will try to sample the restricted sample point again after the ACCEPT/RESET button has been pressed. The steady ORANGE LED will remain until the restriction is cleared. Note: The most common cause for this alarm is forgetting to DISABLE the sample points to ballast tanks which are filled with water. Condensation and water in the sample lines, clogged flame arrestors and sticking non-return valves are also common causes. For further information and operating instructions refer to the makers operating manuals. Section 3.3.2 - Page 3 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 500 Illustration 3.3.3a Manual Sampling Device LOCK FREE DOWN UP 2 3 7 4 3 1 2 6 5 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Adjustable Nuts Securing Collar Sample Bottle Exhaust Cock Tape Wiper Securing Collar Reel Lock Tank Gauging System (Vapour Control Valve) Liquid Sampling Bottle Storage Barrel Tape Reel Device Deck Stool Piece Sample Filler 500 Sampling 500 Filling Section 3.3.3 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 3.3.3 PORTABLE MEASURING AND SAMPLING EQUIPMENT Introduction One ND50 (2") seal valve is fitted to each cargo oil tank, slop tank and residual tank. Two ND25 (1) seal valves are fitted to each cargo tank and one ND25 (1) seal valve to each slop tank and residual tank. These seal valves provide manual dipping and sampling points, independent ullage checks, temperatures and oil/water interface readings using the MMC portable cargo monitoring device. The seal valve allows for the connection and disconnection of the portable cargo monitoring devices, gas sampling station and liquid sampling without having to broach the inert gas in the cargo tanks. Sufficient hand dipping points are fitted for checking the dryness (retained on board value) of the cargo oil tanks in accordance with the requirements of the IMO and pre-wash requirements for chemical cargoes. IMO MARPOL regulation 15.(3)(b) states effective oil-water interface detectors approved by the administration are to be provided for a rapid and accurate determination of oil-water interface in slop tanks and shall be available for use in other tanks where the separation of oil and water effluent may take place and from which it is intended to discharge the effluent direct to the sea. MMC Gauging Device The MMC gauging device Model D-2401-2 as shown in illustration 1.2.2a has been inspected and type approved for usage with oil cargoes and is of the semi- closed gauging construction. The unit performs three functions namely Ullage, Temperature and Oil-Water interface. The MMC gauging device Model N-2401-2 is suitable for closed gas-tight gauging in a chemical tanker. The MMC gauging device with the Model number N-2401-2/D-2401-2 is of the three function type reading ullage, temperature and oil-water interface. This unit is of the closed gas-tight type suitable for chemical tanker operations. One MMC gauging device with the Model number N-2401-2/D-2401-2 is supplied to the vessel. Procedure for Ullage Gauging a) Remove the cap of the vapour lock then mount the tape reel device with storage barrel on the vapour lock. Securely tighten the collar of the storage barrel. b) Depress the pushbutton POWER momentarily, the LCD must indicate 000.0 or 1. If power is already on and the unit is in the temperature mode push the MODE button to change to ullage mode. c) Open the valve of the vapour lock and loosen the reel lock screws so that the reel can be rotated and lower the sensing probe into the tank. Do not allow the probe to free fall, use controlled lowering otherwise the head may be damaged. d) Lower the head slowly until the horn sounds. When the probe reaches the top of the oil layer there is a continuous tone. If a beeping tone sounds it means that conductive liquid like water is detected. e) Rewind the tape slowly, watching the read out point for the graduated tape until the horn stops sounding. Again lower the tape slowly until the horn sounds this is the level of the liquid in the tank. Note the ullage. By raising and lowering the probe very carefully an accurate ullage can be obtained. f) After ullage gauging either restow the tape and probe or proceed with other measurements. Procedure for Interface gauging a) After ullage gauging lower the sensing probe further. When the probe reaches the surface of the water beneath the oil the continuous sound will change to a beeping sound. Lower the probe further slowly and joggle the probe until a stable beeping sound is heard. Rewind the tape until the tone changes to continuous and note the ullage; this is the interface level. Note: As the probe goes through the oil layer it may change back and forth between a continuous tone and a beeping tone, this would indicate that the liquid has emulsified. Once in the water layer this change of tone back a forth may also occur indicating further emulsification. Procedure for Temperature Measuring a) After gauging momentarily depress the mode button to change to temperature mode and note the temperature. b) Lower the sensing probe to any required depth/ullage alternating between modes and read off the temperature. On completion of measurement or gauging depress the power pushbutton and switch off the instrument. Rewind the tape and operate the wiper to clean off any residue adhered to the surface of the tape. Once the probe is stowed in the storage barrel close the vapour lock valve and dismount the unit. MMC Portable Closed Gas-Tight Liquid Sampling Device A model CSTF-C50 as indicated in the illustration 3.3.3a above is supplied to the vessel. This model is designed for use in taking samples from a tank at any desired level without releasing dangerous vapour and where the sample is dangerous it can be transferred directly to a bottle. The device consists of a tape reel (to lower and raise the sampling bottle in the tank), a storage barrel, a sampling bottle and a sample filler. Tape Reel Device Model CST is assembled with a gas-tight housing, a tape reel and a handle mechanism for rotating the tape reel. The graduated stainless steel tape (JIS 1st Class) is wound in the reel, a hook is fitted at the end of the graduated tapes on which to hang the cargo liquid sampling bottle. The model CST unit is designed with a closed (gas tight) construction for chemical cargo liquid sampling. The Cargo Liquid Sampling Bottle Model 05L43D has a capacity of 0.5ltr. liquid sampling can be achieved at any level by a joggling (pumping) action which releases the check valve mechanism (teflon ball) at the bottom of the sampling bottle. The Storage Barrel Model 51S600 acts as a housing for the stored sampling bottle which is connected between the tape reel device and the sample filler. The Sampling Filler Model SF-C50/B is designed to lower the sampling bottle into the tank and to fill the liquid sample to the container (bottle) by operating the three-way valve. This instrument is to be fitted on the Tank Gauging Station Model C-50, the sampling procedure can then be carried out without releasing dangerous vapour from the tank. Procedure to Take a Sample a) Hang the sample bottle on the hook of the tape reel device and then assemble the storage barrel and sample filler. Tighten the securing collar of the storage barrel so as to avoid any leaks. b) Remove the cap of the tank gauging station installed on the tank top and fit the sampling device to the station, tighten the securing collar between the two units. Section 3.3.3 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 c) Mount a liquid container bottle on the sample filler, tighten the adjustable nuts to avoid leaks. d) Turn the handle of the sample filler to SAMPLING (12 oclock) and handle of the exhaust cock to CLOSE (12 oclock) then open the valve of the tank gauging station (12 oclock). e) Hold the reel handle and loosen the reel lock allowing the sample bottle to lower slowly. f) Watch the graduated tape in the window and lower the sampling bottle to the required sampling level. Now joggle the bottle using the handle so that the liquid enters the bottle. g) When raising the bottle it is possible to clean the tape surface by operation of the tape wiper. h) When the sample bottle nears deck level wind the tape in very slowly until the bottle is stored inside the storage barrel then lock the reel and close the valve of the tank gauging station (3 oclock) i) Turn the handle of the sample filler to ( 9 oclock) and open the handle of the exhaust cock (9 oclock) then loosen the reel lock and reel handle so that the sample liquid can decant to the container bottle. j) Close the exhaust cock and dismount the liquid container bottle carefully from the sample filler. Lock the tape reel at the fully stored position of the sampling bottle inside the storage barrel. Now dismount the sampling device from the tank gauging station and securely fasten the cap for the tank gauging station. MMC Hand Dipping Device The simplest method of checking for dryness of a tank bottom is to lower a dipping scale suspended from the graduated stainless steel tape in the reel device to the bottom and note the level of residue adhered to the dipping scale. A model RD-F device is supplied for this purpose it is a semi-closed unit and for use with oil cargo only. This unit utilises the ND 25 vapour lock valves (tank gauging station). Procedure for Hand Dipping a) Remove the cap of the tank gauging station and securely fit the device and tighten the collar. b) Turn the handle of the vapour lock to the 12 oclock position to open the valve. c) Release the reel lock lever so the dipping scale bob is slowly lowered into the tank. d) Lower the tape by hand so that when the bob touches the bottom this is noted. Take care not to lay the scale on its side on the tank bottom. e) Retrieve the tape and dipping scale. When securely stowed in the storage barrel close the vapour lock by turning the handle to the 3 oclock position. f) Dismount the tape reel device and note the reading on the bob scale. Section 3.3.3 - Page 3 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Ship Manager-88- [c:\sm\loadplan\0502 gas oil.ldp] File Result Communication Utility Option Help Cargo Oil Tanks Other Tanks Intact Stability Longi. Strength Damage Stability New Open Save Grade Ullage Rpt. Hydro Constants Print Online Offline Close Help ? Stability Strength Damage Min. Draft Fwd Sea Water S/G = 1.0250 ton/m3 Compartment Displacement LWT DWT DISP DWT RE. C.O.T W.B.T F.O.T D.O.T F.W.T L.O.T ETC. T 8678 33119 41797 4117 30101.7 2105.0 304.6 56.3 133.8 29.1 69.5 Draft & List Fore (F.P) Mid After (A.P) Trim List (') Prop (%) 10.571 10.301 10.031 0.540 0.423 114.379 Stability LCG KMT KG GM GGo GoM 6.393 11.602 8.728 2.874 0.900 1.974 Status View Max. Strength (%) S.F 16 B.M 38 (Fr. 139) (Fr.94) Loading Status 91.60% 91.60% 29.00% 0.83 % 0.83% 34.40% Cargo Tanks Ballast Tanks Hull Shape Only! Profile Option PORT View STBD View PROFILE MIDSHIP SECTION (LOOKING AFT) TANK TOP PLAN 0.82% 0.98% 9.72% 1.46% 1.94% 35.40% 0.90% 0.82% 2.29% 0.98% 9.27% 2.23% 25.30% 1.55% 1.46% 1.37% 1.94% 2.60% 35.40% 29.00% 30.90% Illustration 3.3.4a Loading Computer Profile Image Authors Note: Check screen shots for accuracy during ship visit Ship Manager-88- [c:\sm\loadplan\0502 gas oil.ldp] File Result Communication Utility Option Help Cargo Oil Tanks Other Tanks Intact Stability Longi. Strength Damage Stability New Open Save Grade Ullage Rpt. Hydro Constants Print Online Offline Close Help ? Stability Strength Damage Min. Draft Fwd Sea Water S/G = 1.0250 ton/m3 Compartment Displacement LWT DWT DISP DWT RE. C.O.T W.B.T F.O.T D.O.T F.W.T L.O.T ETC. T 8678 33468 42146 3828 30100.2 2455.9 304.3 56.3 133.8 29.1 69.5 Draft & List Fore (F.P) Mid After (A.P) Trim List (') Prop (%) 10.453 10.380 10.306 0.148 0.189 119.113 Stability LCG KMT KG GM GGo GoM 5.812 11.602 8.642 2.960 1.038 1.923 Status View Max. Strength (%) S.F 16 B.M 38 (Fr. 139) (Fr.94) Loading Status 87.50% 87.70% 91.60% 87.70% 86.60% 61.30% 87.50% 87.70% 91.60% 87.70% 86.60% 61.30% 87.30% 22.40% 86.90% 91.60% 87.80% 86.00% 62.00% 91.60% 91.60% Cargo Tanks Ballast Tanks Hull Shape Only! Profile Option PORT View STBD View PROFILE MIDSHIP SECTION (LOOKING AFT) TANK TOP PLAN Section 3.3.4 - Page 1 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 3.3.4 LOADING COMPUTER Manufacturer: Techmarine Co.Ltd Model: Ship Manager - 88 Authors Note: Confirm that this is the correct make and model. No information supplied so it has been assumed to be the same as the E2 class vessels. Introduction The Techmarine Ship Manager 88 system is a windows based computer program for the calculation of the various aspects of cargo calculation and damage stability. The main functions of the Ship Manager loading program is as follows: Automatic calculation Displacement and dead weight calculation Trim and draught (fore, aft and mean) calculation Draught (fore, aft and mean) correction due to the difference in the sea water density Heeling angle calculation Trim and heeling adjustment by using two pairs of forward and aft tanks Propeller immersion calculation Shear force and bending moments at the prescribed frame points with graph Maximum values of bending moments and shear forces with their actual position Displacement and deadweight calculation based on actual draughts physically measured on the draught marks Static stability (KTM, KG, GGo, GoM) calculation Intact stability calculation including GoM according to IMO A.749(18) Free surface moment (maximum and actual) Trend curve Cargo ullage report MENU SYSTEM The loading condition files are managed by use of the file menu. This menu contains several sub menus and each menu function is as follows. File Menu As the name suggests the FILE menu contains functions for opening and saving condition files, printing and exiting the Ship Manager 88. By clicking onto FILE in the main tool bar the following options are available: Voyage Description - The details of the voyage are entered here, Operator, Date, Loading, Discharge Ports and any remarks. New Plan - Create a new loading condition, The lightship condition is created ready to receive input from the operator. Open Plan - Read a loading plan currently saved as a *.LDP file in the LOADPLAN directory. Recent Loading Plan - Read a recent loading plan. Save Plan - Save the current loading condition to the LOADPLAN directory. Save as - Save the current loading condition to the LOADPLAN directory as a different file name. Delete Plan - Delete the current loading plan. File Esteem - File explorer can be used to format discs, make back-ups and get an overall view of the file system. Print - Print out the selected item. Print setup - Print set-up. Exit - Exit the Ship Manager 88 session. Result Menu In the results menu the following is stored: Intact Stability Results - Data and graph calculated by IMO. A749(18) Criteria. SF/BM Result - Table of actual shear force and bending moments on each bulkhead. - Graph of actual value on each bulkhead. - The ratio of shear force and bending moments (allowable shear force and bending moments on each bulkhead at sea or in port). - Maximum shear force and bending moment and their position. Loading Status - The operator can see an image outline of the loading status of the vessel which consists of profile, tank top plan and amidships section. Data calculated by MARPOL 73/78 Criteria. Communications Menu On-line - Select on-line mode between the cargo monitoring system and the loading computer. Off-line - Select off-line mode between the cargo monitoring system and the loading computer. Line Setup - Select menu ON or OFF on on-line status. Connection - Configure communication characteristics. Utility Menu Calculator - Leads the operator to the MS windows calculator. Control Panel - Leads the operator to the control panel where it is possible to change colours, printer attributes etc. Shifting - Shift a load from one compartment to another. Trimming - Carry out adjustment trim by adding cargo/ballast to two designated compartments. - Trim with Cargo add - Control trim by adding weight. - Trim with Cargo shift - Control trim by moving a weight. Rolling Period - Show and calculate the rolling period. Propeller Immersion - Shows information of propeller immersion. Hydrostatics - Shows following information - Displacement - Draught equivalent - LCG, LCB, MTC, LCF , TKM, KG Ullage Report - This function is used to prepare the report which shows the quantity of cargo onboard after loading the cargo. Note: This report should be submitted to the shore parties to compare the ship figure loaded with the shore figure loaded. In this calculation the quantity of cargo loaded should be corrected according to the PM table. Option Menu Constants - Inquiry or change deadweight constants. Sea Water Density - Inquiry or change sea water density. Load limitation - Inquiry or change Limitation of Cargo tanks. Cargo Grade - Enter the name and API, density or SG of the cargo (Speed button). Section 3.3.4 - Page 2 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 120000 -60000 180000 -180000 60000 -49200 4667 -4667 7000 -7000 Bending Moment (Mt-m) Shear Force (Mt) 2333 -2333 Hog (+) Sag (-) Max BM FR = 94.00 Value = -26267 Max BM FR = 94.00 Value = -26267 Value = 611 Max SF FR = 139.00 Illustration 3.3.4b Loading Computer Longitudinal Strength Screen Legend Shear Force Buoyancy Weight Allowable S.F. Hull Shape Sea Going/Harbour Condition at Sea & Port Allowable B.M. at Sea at Port 70 -482 -430 -195 -225 -74 196 601 515 611 489 466 141 -153 611 2 10 9 5 5 2 4 13 12 15 12 12 3 3 15 139.00 1 8 8 4 4 1 4 11 10 12 10 9 3 3 12 4110 -4980 -4607 -4234 -4409 -4584 4584 4584 4279 3974 3964 3954 4647 -5340 3974 4990 -5940 -5537 -5134 -5224 -5314 5314 5314 5159 5004 5004 5004 5357 -5710 5004 -11060 -11685 -16613 -21160 -23403 -26158 -25492 -22178 -16052 -10968 -4894 -377 3312 2550 -26267 28 26 25 27 30 33 32 28 20 14 8 1 18 37 33 94.00 16 15 15 16 16 18 18 15 11 8 5 1 8 16 18 -39400 -44600 -65500 -78500 -78500 -78500 -78500 -78500 -78500 -78500 -58500 -37600 18500 6800 -78500 -69800 -77600 -108800 -132200 -142600 -142000 -145000 -145000 -145000 -145000 -136000 -104000 -71400 39100 16200 -145000 40 43 55 67 79 91 103 115 127 139 151 163 175 187 MAX FR. NO FR. NO (Mt) SEA PORT SEA PORT (Mt-m) SEA PORT SEA PORT ACTUAL ACTUAL (%) ALLOW (Mt) ACTUAL ACTUAL (%) ALLOW (Mt-m) SHEAR FORCE BENDING MOMENT Bending Moment SF/BM Table & Graph Authors Note: Check screen shot for accuracy during ship visit Section 3.3.4 - Page 3 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 FS Moment - Inquiry or change maximum or actual inertia moment. Unit Selection - Select units for cargo calculation and others. Calculation Mode - Select volume calculation before or after loading. Configuration - Ship Manager 88 allows the user to configure screen set-up to individual choice. Help Menu Approved Test Conditions - These conditions are approved by DNV. Users cannot modify or delete these conditions and should submit them for regular inspection. General Particulars - Shows information on LBP, LOA , breadth, depth etc. Contents - Click the contents menu to browse through the topics by category. About Ship Manager 88 - Gives information about Ship Manager 88 version. Function Keys The function keys are set up to assist the operator without having to go to the pull down menus and are as follows; F1 Help F2 Save Plan F3 Open plan F4 Intact stability results F5 SF/BM result F6 Damage Stability Results F7 Rolling period F8 Propeller immersion F9 Hydrostatic table F10 Ullage report Ship Manager Screen The screen is classified into PULL DOWN MENU, SPEED BUTTON MENU, WARNING PANEL, WORK TAB and STATUS PANEL. By using one or a combination of these the operator can carry out all the necessary calculations to carry out the cargo operations safely. Pull Down Menu This controls the loading program, all main menus can be accessed by the pull down method. Speed Button Menu On the tool bar there are a series of speed buttons that have the same function as the pull down menus, by clicking on the appropriate button the respective menu is displayed. Warning Panel Where the program calculates a situation that is not within the limits of the stability or strength parameters a warning indication is illuminated on the screen. Where the limits are met the panel shows a steady green and turns to a flickering red if the results are outside the limits. Work Tab The various tabs allow the operator direct access to the window where the changes can be made to the loading condition. The tabs are: Cargo Oil Tanks - 1-6 wings, both slop tanks and the residual oil tank. Other Tanks - Water ballast tanks including the fore and aft peak, bunker fuel oil tanks, fresh water tanks and all other engine room tanks. Loading Status - Here the operator is given a visual view of the loaded status of the vessel. The operator can select cargo tanks, ballast tanks or hull only and either port or starboard side views.. Intact Stability - GZ curve graph, comparison table for angles of heel and KN table. Longitudinal Strength - SF and BM graph and tables. Damage Stability - This displays the criteria required to be met for any given condition compares the actual data calculated and states whether or not the condition is within limits e.g. YES or NO. Status Window When any window is open, the results table giving the displacement, draught and list, stability and maximum SF and BM percentages with the frame numbers is constant displayed on the right side of the screen. This results list is constantly updated as the data in the tanks changes. Operation a) From the file pull down menu the operator selects Voyage Description and enters the relevant details. b) From either the pull down menu or a speed button open a new loading condition or one from the stored examples. c) Using the function key F2 or the pull down menu save the file giving it a name. Where the plan is an old example the Save As menu would be used with a new name. d) From the speed button tool bar select Grade. Enter the grade and either the API, density or specific gravity into the relevant column. The table automatically updates the other two columns and selects the correct PM table. e) Using the work tabs select the window required e.g. Cargo Oil Tanks and enter the cargo grade for each tank to be loaded. f) Using the work tab, select other tanks, enter the SG for each tank contents. g) Once all the details have been entered into the two windows the on-line mode if connected to the cargo monitoring device can be selected, quantities for those tanks being monitored will be automatically updated. Where off-line is used the data must be entered manually. h) From the Speed Button tool bar select the Constant Table. Here are the lightship weight plus the weights for stores, crew etc. and any other weight not covered by the two main windows. Once all the cargo, ballast, bunker etc. data has been entered the operator can then use the pull down menus, speed buttons or function keys to access the other windows to obtain the relevant information on the status of the vessel. This information can be printed off for recording purposes. Ullage Report Before or on completion of all cargo operations it is possible to produce an ullage report with the details of cargo on board, both individual tanks and totals of each grade, draught and heel. Selecting the speed button Ullage report from the tool bar will open this window, the report can then be printed off as required. Full details of the operation and use of the Ship Manager 88 are contained in the users manual. Section 3.3.4 - Page 4 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 3.3.5a Tank Level and Draught Gauging System No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) Fore Peak Tank Aft Peak Tank No.4 DB Water Ballast Tank (Central) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) Dry Air Inlet (From Valve AR02V) Slop Tank (Stbd) Slop Tank (Port) Engine Room No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) A f t
P e a k
T a n k M D O
S e r v ic e
T a n k
( P o r t ) M D O
S t o r a g e
T a n k
( S t b d ) M D O
S t o r a g e
T a n k
( P o r t ) H F O
S e t t lin g
T a n k
( P o r t ) H F O
S e r v ic e
T a n k
( P o r t ) A f t
D r a f t F o r e
D r a f t Cargo Control Room Mid Draught (Port ) Mid Draught (Starboard ) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) Key Air Electrical/Pressure Type Draft Gauge (4 Sets) Electrical/Pressure Type Level Gauge (22 Sets) Hydraulic Oil Constant Flow Regulator Air Supply Unit Main Deck Main Deck Main Deck Main Deck Indicator Air Supply Purge Pipe H Purge Mouth Measuring 'Zero' Point Dead Zone P P Liquid Level Height Specific Gravity P H g : : : Measuring Depth Pressure P P H H g g = = No.1 HFO Tank (Port) No.1 HFO Tank (Stbd) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) Section 3.3.5 - Page 1 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 3.3.5 REMOTE SOUNDING AND DRAUGHT GAUGING SYSTEM Manufacturer: Pan-Asia Type: Electro-pneumatic remote sounding system The ballast tanks and draught gauges, fuel oil service, settling and bunker tanks and the diesel oil service and bunker tanks are all fitted with electro-pneumatic type measuring devices. The pneumatic measurement lines from all the electro-pneumatic transmitters are led back to the transmitter box, where the pneumatic signal is converted to an electronic signal and passed to the respective displays in the cargo control room. The data from the transmitter is relayed to the Aconis control, alarm and monitoring system as well as an output to the loading computer. The fuel oil and diesel oil service, settling and bunker tanks are also indicated through pneumatic level gauges in the ECR on the main control console. Operating Principle The operating principle is based upon the measurement of the hydrostatic pressure by providing a constant low flow of air which opens at the tank bottom. A light quantity of air supplied from the flow regulator is discharged through the purge mouth and into the tank in the form of bubbles, this method of measurement is known as the bubbler method. At this time the pressure P inside the purge pipe becomes equal to the product of the level H to the purge mouth and the specific gravity of the liquid in the tank. The pressure in the purge pipe i.e. the measuring depth pressure, is transferred to the indicator for remote indication. The output signal of the pneumatic indicator is fed into a P/I converter where the pneumatic signal is converted to an electric signal connected to the display and digital indicator. To prevent the backflow of sea water into the signal line due to overfilling of the tank, the system has a built-in check valve which closes against the backflow of line pressure. In order to kept the purge lines clear, it is periodically necessary to blow through each line, one at a time with air at the system working pressure of 4kg/cm 2 . To carry out this function and to protect the gauging equipment, each gauging line is fitted with a three-way isolating valve and a blow button. Before any attempt to operate the blow button is made, it is important that the three-way valve on the line to be blown through is set to either VENT or STOP. With the three-way valve correctly positioned, press the BLOW PUSH button for several seconds. When the blow through is complete, wait for several more seconds in order to allow the pressure in the line to equalise to the tank pressure. After the line pressure has been allowed to equalise the three-way control valve can be turned back to the GAUGE position. If the recorded level indicated on the Aconis control, alarm and monitoring system and loading computer do not tally with manual dips, then there are a number of steps that can be carried out to possibly rectify a simple line fault. These range from blowing through the line to clear blockages, checking the working air pressure (to high, or to low) to the tanks and inspecting the air lines for leaks. Draught Gauge The vessel is fitted with four draught gauge transmitters. The forward transmitter is fitted in the fore peak tank, the aft transmitter in the engine room and the midship transmitters (two) in No. 4 port and starboard ballast tanks. Section 3.3.5 - Page 2 of 3 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 3: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 3.3.5b Tank Level Gauge Boards Cargo Control Room Gauge Board Engine Control Room Gauge Board No.6 W.B.T (S) BLOW PUSH BLOW PUSH BLOW PUSH BLOW PUSH BLOW PUSH BLOW PUSH BLOW PUSH SUPPLY AIR SUPPLY AIR AIR REGULATING VALVE AIR REGULATING VALVE BLOW PUSH BLOW PUSH BLOW PUSH BLOW PUSH BLOW PUSH PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P No.6 W.B.T (P) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P No.5 W.B.T (S) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P No.5 W.B.T (P) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P No.4 W.B.T (S) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P No.4 W.B.T (P) No.4 W.B.T (P) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P No.3 W.B.T (S) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P No.3 W.B.T (P) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P No.2 W.B.T (S) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P No.2 W.B.T (P) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P No.1 W.B.T (S) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P No.1 W.B.T (P) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P A.P.T PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P M.D.O. SERV. TK. (P) H.F.O. SERV. TK. (P) H.F.O. SETT. TK. (P) H.F.O. TK. (P) H.F.O. TK. (S) M.D.O. STOR. TK. (P) M.D.O. STOR. TK. (S) M.G.O. TK. (S) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P F.P.T PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P 0 6 8 10 2 4 GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P 0 6 8 10 2 4 AFT DRAFT FORE DRAFT PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P MID DRAFT (S) MID DRAFT (P) PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P PUSH GAUGE VENT S T O P S T O P Section 3.3.5 - Page 3 of 3 PART 4: EMERGENCY SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES 4.1 Fire Hydrant System Illustrations 4.1a Engine Room Fire Hydrant System 4.1b Deck Fire Hydrant System 4.2 Deck Foam System Illustrations 4.2a Deck Foam System 4.3 Discharge of Cargo from a Damaged Tank Illustrations 4.3a Discharge of Cargo from a Damaged Cargo Tank 4.4 Cargo Spillage 4.5 Emergency Inerting Illustrations 4.5a Emergency Inerting of a Ballast Tank 4.5b Ballast Tank Inerting Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 4: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 4.1a Engine Room Fire Hydrant System High Sea Chest (Port) Low Sea Chest (Starboard) WS04V WS01V WS32V WS02V WS05V To Main Cooling Sea Water Pumps Scrubber Cooling Sea Water Pump (245m 3 /h x 40mth) Foam Sea Water Pump (460m 3 /h x 100mth) To Fresh Water Generator Ejector Pump WS33V WS26V CI PI WS27V WS28V WS34V BG38V BG39V BG32V BG33V BG34V WS35V CI PI Fire, Bilge and General Service Pumps (130/70m 3 /h x 30/70mth) CI PI CI PI No.1 No.2 Sea Water Fire Water Bilges BG37V BG29V BG30V BG23V BG25V BG24V BG22V BG28V BG26V BG27V BG31V BG35V BG36V Tank Top 3rd Deck 2nd Deck A Deck B Deck C Deck D Deck Nav Deck To Foam Room Emergency Supply To Fresh Water Generator To Fire Wash Deck Main To Inert Gas Generator To Deck Seal Water Pumps Aft Peak Tank Emergency Fire Pump Room Emergency Fire Pump (72m 3 /h x 70mth) Stern Tube Cooling Water Tank Authors Note: Details of This System To Be Confirmed During Visit From Bilge Main From Bilge Direct Sea Chest Key Section 4.1 - Page 1 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 4: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 4.1 FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM Bilge, Fire and GS Pump Manufacturer: Shin Shin No. of sets: 2 Type: Vertical, motor driven, centrifugal Model: D125 VID2 Capacity: 130/70m 3 /h at 30/70mth Emergency Fire Pump Manufacturer: Shin Shin Type: Electric motor driven vertical centrifugal with vacuum pump type self priming No. of sets: 1 Model: SVS 100 Capacity: 72m 3 /h at 70mth (Confirm capacity) Foam Sea Water Pump Manufacturer: Shin Shin No. of sets: 1 Type: Vertical, motor driven, centrifugal Model: SVS 250F Capacity: 460m 3 /h at 100mth Introduction The fire hydrant and wash deck system can supply sea water to: The fire hydrants in the engine room and the steering gear compartment The fire hydrants around the accommodation block and on deck The foam system on deck The hawse pipes The forward bilge eductors, including the bow thruster space The port deck store water spray system Both of the bilge, fire and GS pumps are normally kept lined up for use on the fire main because, in addition to the emergency fire pump, these pumps can also be started from the foam room/fire control station and the wheelhouse. The bilge, fire and GS pumps can also be started at their respective group starter panel on the main switchboard, although this function is not available for the emergency fire pumps 440V feeder panel on the emergency switchboard. The bilge, fire and GS pump suction valves from the sea suction main and the discharge valves to the fire main are all manually operated and normally left in the open position. The foam sea water pump also supplies the fire main which has a distribution pipework leading to the deck foam system. It is an electrically driven self- priming vertical centrifugal pump and is situated inboard of the bilge, fire and general service pumps at the floor level. The pump can be started and stopped locally or remotely from the foam room/fire control station. Fire Main The fire main system has numerous hydrants in the engine room, accommodation block and forward and aft working deck areas. At each outlet is a hose box that contains a fire hose and a discharge nozzle. These must be fully maintained at all times and the outlet valves should be operated at regular intervals to ensure that they open and close satisfactorily and are ready for immediate use in the event of an emergency. The fire main must be maintained in an operational condition at all times and all of the hydrant outlet valves kept closed. This will ensure that in the event of an emergency, there is sufficient water pressure available at the hydrants in the locality of the fire. Main Deck Fire Main System Water supplied to the fire main on the main deck is configured in accordance with the layout shown in illustration 4.1b. The fire main hydrants on the working deck have been positioned to ensure that all areas of the main deck can be reached by water discharged from a fire hose and all of the hydrant outlets are branched off a single fire main line that runs up the centre of the ship at main deck level. Intermediate valves have been fitted in the fire main along the deck to allow sections of the pipeline to be isolated in the event of a line failure or the need to undertake maintenance. Under normal operating conditions, these valves should be kept open at all times to ensure that water is always available to all of the hydrants. Note: All of the hydrant valves should be opened at frequent intervals to ensure that they will be free should they be required in an emergency. Use of all deck valves should take place at least once every two months and this can be achieved during fire drills and normal deck washing procedures. Preparation for the Operation of the Fire Hydrant System The bilge, fire and GS pumps would both normally be left set up to supply sea water to the fire main to minimise the delay in supplying the fire main in an emergency situation. It is important to ensure that the bilge suction, either from the bilge direct or bilge main are securely closed. This is to ensure that no water can be directed onto a fire which may contain oil, or the possibility of the pump losing suction if a bilge well becomes empty. a) Ensure that all of the suction strainers are clear. b) Ensure that all the pressure gauge and instrumentation valves are open and that the instrumentation is reading correctly. c) It has been assumed that the main sea water crossover line is open on the low sea chest suction, with the high sea suction chest valves closed. Additionally, it has been assumed that the deck and accommodation area fire lines have not been drained down due to cold weather conditions and that the isolating valve to deck FD??? is open. Set the system valves as per the table below. Position Description Valve Closed High sea chest suction valve WS05V Closed High sea chest suction strainer outlet valve WS02V Open Low sea chest suction valve WS04V Open Low sea chest suction strainer outlet valve WS01V Open Sea water suction isolating valve to the fire pumps BG34V Open No.1 bilge, fire and GS pump sea suction valve BG28V Closed No.1 bilge, fire and GS pump bilge suction valve BG27V Open No.1 bilge, fire and GS pump discharge valve to the fire main BG33V Closed No.1 bilge, fire and GS pump discharge valve to the aft peak tank BG34V Closed No.1 bilge, fire and GS pump discharge valve to overboard BG32V Open No.2 bilge, fire and GS pump sea suction valve BG23V Closed No.2 bilge, fire and GS pump bilge suction valve BG24V Closed No.2 bilge, fire and GS pump direct bilge suction valve BG22V Closed No.2 bilge, fire and GS pump aft peak suction valve BG25V Open No.2 bilge, fire and GS pump discharge valve to the fire main BG30V Closed No.2 bilge, fire and GS pump discharge valve to the aft peak tank BG29V Closed No.2 bilge, fire and GS pump discharge valve to overboard BG31V Section 4.1 - Page 2 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 4: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 4.1b - Deck Fire Hydrant System to Insert Here Section 4.1 - Page 3 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 4: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Position Description Valve Open Foam sea water pump suction valve BG38V Open Foam sea water pump discharge valve BG39V Open Deck isolating valve, upper deck port side FD??? Closed Deck hydrant line drain valves With the lines set, it is now possible to start one of the fire pumps to feed the fire hydrant system. When the ship is trading in cold weather areas it will be necessary for the deck fire main to be isolated from the engine room riser and the feed line from the emergency fire pump. It will be necessary for the hydrant lines on deck and around the accommodation to be fully drained down with the drain valves left in the open condition. Note: To avoid cavitation and overheating at least one outlet on the system should be opened whilst the bilge, fire and GS pumps are running to allow some flow through the pump. This would usually be an anchor chain wash. There is a crossover connection onto the IGG scrubber line via non-return isolating valve WS28V. If it is necessary for the bilge, fire and GS pumps to be used to supply the IGG scrubber, then both pumps will be required to meet the demand. Emergency Fire Pump The emergency fire pump is an electrically driven centrifugal pump situated in the emergency fire pump recess, located within the steering gear room. The pump has a discharge capacity of 72m 3 /h and to ensure it can prime itself, it has been fitted with a self-priming device. The pump can be started locally in the pump recess itself or at the steering gear level and remotely from the foam room/fire control station and wheelhouse on the main centre console. Note: Because the pump can be started from a number of remote locations, it is essential that the suction and discharge valves are left open to ensure the pump is available for immediate operation. The pump is equipped with its own suction line from a dedicated sea chest located in the stern end of the vessel. The sea suction valve ???? is normally left open but is also fitted with a position sensor which interfaces with the DCS and prevents the pump from being started if the valve is closed (check). The suction valve ???? together with the emergency fire pump discharge valve ???? normally remain open at all times but they should all be operated periodically to ensure that they are operational and free to be closed should the need arise. The pumps electrical supply is taken from the emergency switchboard which, if necessary, can be fed from the emergency generator. The fire main on the discharge side of the pump can be operated in accordance with the procedures detailed previously but if the emergency fire pump is started, at least one outlet valve must be opened to ensure there is always a flow of water through the pump casing. Section 4.1 - Page 4 of 4 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 4: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 Illustration 4.2a Deck Foam System PI PI CI LI Foam Room/Fire Control Station Foam Tank (14m 3 ) Foam Proportioner Foam Liquid Pump Filling Cap Key Foam Fire Water Foam Box Hose Box PI Bilge, Fire and GS Pumps (130/70m 3 /h x30/70mth) Emergency Fire Pump (72m 3 /h x70mth) Foam Sea Water Pump (460m 3 /h x100mth) Tank Top 3rd Deck 2nd Deck BG33V BG30V BG39V A Deck To Accommodation To Accommodation A Deck Sea Chest for Emergency Fire Pump From Engine Room Steam or Air To Hydrant in Engine Room Casing Upper Deck Level To Deck Hydrants To Deck Hydrants Foam Room/ Fire Control Station From Emergency Fire Pump Engine Room Riser From Foam and Fire Pumps To Deck Foam System No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Starboard) HB HR HB HB HB HB HB HB Portable Foam Monitor (400 l/min with 18m Hose) No.2 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) No.1 Cargo Oil Tank (Port) FB FB FB FB FB Authors Note: Details of This System To Be Confirmed During Visit Section 4.2 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 4: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 4.2 DECK FOAM SYSTEM Foam System Manufacturer: NK Co. Ltd No. of sets: 1 Foam tank capacity: 14,000 litres Foam Sea Water Pump Manufacturer: Shin Shin No. of sets: 1 Type: Vertical, motor driven, centrifugal Model: SVS 250F Capacity: 460m 3 /h at 100mth Bilge, Fire and GS Pump Manufacturer: Shin Shin No. of sets: 2 Type: Vertical, motor driven, centrifugal Model: D125 VID2 Capacity: 130/70m 3 /h at 30/70mth Foam Liquid Pump Manufacturer: NK Co. Ltd No. of sets: 1 Type : Vertical centrifugal Model: CR32-5-2 Capacity: 26.33m 3 /h at 10 bar Foam Proportioner Manufacturer: NK Co. Ltd No. of sets: 1 Type: PRS80/200 Mixing ratio: 6% Foam Monitors Manufacturer: NK Co. Ltd No. of sets: 6 Model: SFS-150 Introduction The foam system supplies foam to six monitors (each rated at 7,000 litres/ minute) mounted on deck and also supplies six outlets for the four portable foam applicators (each rated at 400 litres/minute). The foam is low expansion foam and is made by mixing 6% foam making chemical with 94% sea water, which mix in the foam porportioner before discharging into the foam main. The sea water is supplied from a dedicated foam sea water pump located on the floor deck level in the engine room, although this pump also directly supplies the fire hydrant system. The pump can be started either locally or in the foam room/fire control station. The fire main system for deck wash and fire hydrant duties is normally maintained by the two bilge, fire and GS pumps and the emergency fire pump which is situated in the steering gear compartment. The foam room is located at the port side forward in the accommodation on the main deck and comprises the foam storage tank, foam liquid pump and proportioner. Procedure for Making the Foam System Operational a) Ensure that there is sufficient foam chemical in the foam tank. b) Check that monitors and their associated hydrant valves (6 sets) are closed. Check that the foam system section isolating valve on deck are open, plus the main isolating valve FM??? in the foam room/fire control station. c) The line drain valves should be maintained in a closed position, unless the ship is working in cold climate areas, in which case the line foam line will have been drained down and the drain valve left open. Note: Before any action is taken to start the foam system the fire alarm must be activated. Procedure for Operating the Foam System from the Fire Control Station a) Ensure that the main power is switched on and check that the sea water supply valve to the deck fire main and foam system, valve FD??? is open. b) Open the foam system sea water supply valve FM???. c) Check that the sea water flushing valves FM???, FM??? and the line drain valves FM??? and FM??? are closed. d) Open the monitor and hydrant valves as required. e) Open foam tank system valves FM??? and FM???. These are the foam pump inlet and outlet valves. f) Start the foam sea water pump. g) Start the foam liquid pump. h) Initially direct the stream away from the fire until a consistent foam stream is being developed. i) Check that foam is issuing from the monitors and direct the monitors so that foam is placed where it is required. Procedure for Cleaning and Preparing the Foam System a) After finishing with the deck foam system shut down the sea water supply pump(s) and the foam pump. b) Close valve FM???, the foam tank outlet valve to ensure that sea water does not enter the foam tank. c) Open the sea water flushing valve FM???. d) Start the foam sea water pump (or other sea water supply pump for the fire main) and the foam liquid pump. Open the forward monitor on the upper deck until clean sea water comes out and then operate all other monitors, drains and hydrants progressing aft, for a few seconds in order to clear foam residues from the lines. e) Once satisfied that the lines are clear, stop the sea water pump and drain the lines by opening all drain valves. f) Once the lines have fully drained, revert all valves to their previously listed standby positions. g) Refill the foam tank as soon as possible. Use of the Foam Monitors Dont aim directly at the fire. This will spread the burning oil. Try to allow the foam to flow as gently as possible over the burning liquid, preferably by aiming at a vertical surface beyond the fire. This will help form a smothering blanket. The best use of the system is one monitor plus two foam applicators. To use more is to reduce the systems efficiency. Section 4.2 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 4: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 4.3 DISCHARGE OF CARGO FROM A DAMAGED TANK Note: In the event of confirmed or suspected leakage of cargo oil from a cargo oil tank or from a valve or blank, reference must be made to the SMPEP manual. In the event that a leakage to sea or to a ballast tank occurs due to suspected tank damage, measures should be taken to reduce the head (increase the ullage) in the cargo tank involved, either by internal transfer or discharge ashore. Unless corrective action is taken promptly, oil will continue to flow to sea until the hydrostatic balance is achieved between the head of oil remaining in the tank and the sea water pressure exerted on the outer hull. If it is not possible to identify the specific tank from which the leakage is occurring, the levels of all tanks in the vicinity should be reduced, taking into account the effect on hull stresses and stability. If it is suspected that leakage is from a fracture on the bottom plating or lower shell plating, the level in the tank should be reduced and then a water bottom pumped into the damaged tank to prevent further oil spillage. Note: In a tidal stream, any seepage or leakage from the hull (or sea valve, for that matter) may be carried by the current to another part of the ship before it surfaces and is noticed. This is particularly so in the area of the bilge keels. For example, oil leaking from a sea valve can be carried forward by the current, entrapped below the bilge keel, to surface in the forward part of the ship. Where action is taken to prevent or minimise oil spillage, preventive measures should take priority over cargo segregation and quality concerns. Similarly, no action must be undertaken that could jeopardise the safety of the personnel on board the ship and on shore. No Yes Yes No 4.3a Discharge of Cargo from a Damaged Cargo Tank DAMAGED CARGO TANK Initial Casualty message to BP HQ. After discussion at disport, both tanks will need to be C.O.W. if a repair/inspection is to be carried out. Actions as per SMPEP. Check all ballast tanks for hydrocarbons and liquid. Initial message to HQ. Stop cargo operations. Assess situation. Carry out emergency inerting of the ballast tank. If cargo is passing into a ballast tank, endeavour to transfer cargo out of the damaged cargo tank, lowering the ullage to a level below the hole. Liaise with BP HQ to determine the best option for minimising any environmental or safety hazard. OPTIONS Short load the vessel. Put water in the ballast tank to an ullage at which the ingress of oil is stopped, stress permitting. Discharge the ballast tank to shore reception facilities after discharging the cargo tank. Outer and inner hulls breached. Actions as per SMPEP. BP CASUALTY tlx counter flood liaising with HQ to maintain the vessel in a safe and stable condition. OPTIONS If the vessel is at sea the best option would be a ship to ship transfer of all or part of the cargo. If the vessel is at disport, the cargo would be discharged in such a manner as to minimise pollution and stress. If the vessel is at loadport, loading would be discontinued and one or both of the previous options utilised. To avoid further bulkhead damage maintain equal ullages during either loading or discharging in both tanks affected. Damage between cargo tanks. Cargo tank to ballast tank. Section 4.3 - Page 1 of 1 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 4: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 4.4 CARGO SPILLAGE Note: In the event of confirmed or suspected leakage of cargo oil from a cargo oil tank or from a valve or blank, reference must be made to the SMPEP manual. The following text in italics has been extracted from a BP quality manual and was correct as of June 2006. The section numbers at the beginning of each section are the same as those used in the BP manual. 7. Prevention of Operational Oil Spills 7.1 Pollution Avoidance The Master will appoint the Chief Officer as Pollution Prevention Officer. As with matters relating to safety, the Master is responsible for leading by example in ensuring that procedures designed to avoid pollution are meticulously followed and rigorously enforced. 7.2 Priority Of Actions Measures to prevent or minimise pollution damage take priority over cargo segregation and quality issues. Measures to prevent pollution do not however take priority over the safety of individuals or the vessel. 7.3 Cargo Tank Leakage (Also refer to Section 6.6.) In the event of suspected tank leakage, the head in the cargo tank involved must be reduced, either by internal transfer or discharge ashore. Oil will continue to flow from the tank until a hydrostatic balance is achieved between the head of oil in the tank and the ballast or sea water pressure exerted on the outer skin of the tank. If it is not possible to identify the specific tank from which the leakage is occurring, the levels of all tanks in the vicinity should be reduced, taking into account the effect on hull stresses and stability. If it is suspected that leakage is from a fracture in the bottom plating, the level of oil in the tank, if full, should be reduced and water pumped into the damaged tank to form a water bottom to prevent further leakage of oil. In a tidal stream or river, any leakage from the hull or a seavalve may be carried by the tide or current to another part of the vessel before it surfaces and is noticed. This is particularly so in the area of the bilge keels. For example, oil leaking from a sea-valve may be carried forward by the current, entrapped below the bilge keel, to surface at the fore end of the vessel. 7.4 Pipeline Leakages Cargo, ballast, and tank washing pipelines must be pressure tested to their maximum working pressure at the intervals prescribed in the vessels planned maintenance routines or 12 months, whichever is the lesser period. Pressure tests of cargo pipelines must be recorded in white paint on the deck lines. Should an oil leakage occur from pipe work on deck, the affected sections must be drained down and not used again until the leakage has been repaired. 7.5 Requirements for Cargo Pumproom Sea Valves a) Locking and Blanking Arrangements To prevent pollution through incorrect or inappropriate operation of the valves, the following arrangements must be maintained. Outer manual valves must be equipped with a physical locking device such as a chain and padlock. The device must incorporate a substantial lock and the key must be retained by the Chief Officer. The locking device must be fitted in such a manner that it is not easily by-passed by disconnection or removal of an extended spindle or hand wheel. The inner hydraulic valves must be equipped with a physical locking device on the valve control panel to prevent the operation of the control lever or switch. The key must be retained by the Chief Officer. On ships with computer controlled valve operation, the operation of the valves must be password protected and the password must be known only to the Chief Officer and the Master. The operation of the sea valves (either suction or overboard discharge) shall only be carried out under the direct supervision of the Chief Officer or the Master. The valves will be kept locked at all times except when it is specifically required that they be open for operational purposes. Locking and unlocking of the valve(s) must be recorded in the Oil Record Book (Cargo) and the entry signed by the Chief Officer and Master. Details of the date, time, vessel location and reason for locking or unlocking the valves must be given. The valves must be provided with a blanking arrangement for use if pressure testing indicates that a valve is leaking. The blank shall be located between the two valves to protect it from both the sea and the cargo in normal operation. The blanking arrangement shall be approved by class and included in the planned maintenance system. b) Testing Of Cargo Pumproom Sea Valves Valves must be tested as detailed in Prevention of Oil Spillages Through Cargo Pumproom Sea Valves. Testing shall be carried out one week prior to arrival in port where practicable to allow time for remedial work if required. In vessels engaged on long voyages such testing must be carried out at 4- week intervals if no pre-arrival test has been carried out within the previous 4 weeks. The space between the inboard and outboard valves shall be drained down by means of the drain cock fitted in the section of pipeline between the two valves and confirmed as being dry and at zero pressure as measured by the pressure gauge fitted in the same section of line. The section of line between the valves shall then be pressurised with compressed air (suction valves to 3.5 Kg/cm2, discharge valves to 7 Kg/cm2) injected through the connection fitted for the purpose. The pressure is to be monitored for a period of 15 minutes. Any pressure drop is likely to indicate a leak and the drain cock should be opened to check for ingress of sea water or oil. A record of testing of the sea valves (both suction and discharge) shall be entered in the Oil Record Book (Cargo) and signed by the Master and Chief Officer. c) Monitoring of Cargo Pumproom Sea Valves During Cargo Operations Refer to MAROPS-CARGO-WATCH-WP-01 7.6 Monitoring Double Hull Spaces On Loaded Passage The atmosphere in double hull spaces adjacent to cargo tanks must be regularly monitored for hydrocarbon content to confirm the integrity of the cargo tank boundaries and identify any leakage from the tanks. In vessels fitted with a fixed gas detection system in the double hull spaces, monitoring must be carried out daily. In vessels with no fixed system, the monitoring must be carried out weekly with portable gas detection equipment used at designated sampling points in each double hull space. Sounding of each double hull space must be carried out weekly in all vessels as an additional check for ingress of oil or water into the space. In all cases, the results of the atmosphere monitoring and sounding must be recorded in the deck log book. 8. Pollution Response Every vessel is required to carry either a Shipboard Oil Pollution Response Plan (SOPEP) or a Shipboard Marine Pollution Emergency Plan (SMPEP). The SOPEP is for oil tankers or any type of vessel which carries oil whether as cargo or fuel, and the SMPEP is for vessels which carry NLS or chemicals, but in practice the two plans are the same. Vessels which may trade to American ports are also required to carry a Vessel Response Plan (VRP) approved by the USCG. The VRP is very similar to a SOPEP or SMPEP but is specific to operations in American waters. Persons arranging spill response exercises on board should utilise the checklists contained in these plans. 8.1 Dispersants All vessels are supplied with approved oil dispersant and one or more portable sprayers. This dispersant must not be used for any purpose other than dealing with oil spills. For spillages on board, dispersant may be sprayed on the oil covered surfaces, which are then hosed down with sea water. This should only be done with scuppers sealed and under no circumstances should emulsified oil and dispersant be washed off the deck into the sea. Dispersant must not be used on the surface of the sea without the prior approval of the Local Port Authority or Coastal State Authority. 8.2 Materials and Equipment for Oil Spill Cleanup on Deck Refer to the vessels SOPEP or SMPEP for a list of the materials and equipment carried. Section 4.4 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 4: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 8.3 Guidance on the Use of Absorbent Material Booms should be laid down on deck to direct the flow of oil away from scuppers or to create a pool to prevent the oil running the full length of the deck and to assist recovery. Booms may also be laid on the water to contain oil in the vicinity of leaking scuppers or similar small scale spills. It is important that however small the spill; an effort must be made first to contain it on the deck; then to contain it within the smallest possible area; then to recover it. Absorbent granules should be used on deck to protect scuppers or to plug gaps between booms or between parts of the vessels structure. Loose absorbent materials must never be thrown into the water. Pom poms are balls of absorbent material in a shredded form that can be rolled in the oil. They have more surface area available to mop up oil than flat pads which, although they can be turned over, are less efficient. Mops are made of material similar to that used for pom poms but with long strands. These can be used with a wringer bucket to repeatedly mop up oil and collect oil. Pads should be turned over to allow both sides to absorb oil. Oil-soaked absorbents must be placed in the heavy duty plastic sacks supplied for storage until disposal ashore is possible. Oil-soaked absorbent material must not be incinerated. It must be landed ashore as Oily Waste. 8.4 Guidance on the Use of Oil Spill Equipment Some vessels are equipped with Dammit mats to be used for sealing scuppers. These are made of moist clay and must be removed from their plastic wrappers; placed over the scupper and gently tamped down with the foot to form an oil- tight seal. Wheelie bins will be stencilled Oil Spill Equipment and used for no other purpose than to store and move small items such as buckets, scoops, mops, etc, and to temporarily store recovered oil or absorbent materials following a spill. They are to be deployed near to the cargo manifold during cargo and bunkering operations. The Border class coastal vessels operating in the UK will in addition to their main spill response equipment carry a Minor Oil Spill Kit for dealing rapidly with small spills, consisting of: loose Drizitand Drizit pads with an absorbent capacity of 60 litres; 2 off Dammit mats for sealing scuppers. These materials will be contained in a holdall or other easily portable container clearly marked MINOR OIL SPILL KIT and will be conspicuously placed on a cargo tank lid near the vessels cargo or bunker manifold at all times when the vessel is engaged in cargo or bunkering operations. Wilden pumps should be deployed at the aft end of the main deck during cargo operations, connected up to their air lines and oil hoses ready for immediate use in recovering spilled oil and pumping it to a slop tank. Section 4.4 - Page 2 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 4: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 PI Illustration 4.5a Emergency Inerting of a Ballast Tank To Inert Gas Supply for Water Ballast Connection Line No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Starboard) No.1 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.2 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.3 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.4 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.5 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Water Ballast Tank (Port) No.6 Cargo Tank (Starboard) Slop Tank (Starboard) No.5 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.4 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.3 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.2 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.1 Cargo Tank (Starboard) No.6 Cargo Tank (Port) Slop Tank (Port) No.5 Cargo Tank (Port) No.4 Cargo Tank (Port) No.3 Cargo Tank (Port) No.2 Cargo Tank (Port) No.1 Cargo Tank (Port) From Sea Chest From Inert Gas System in Engine Room Key Inert Gas Saturated Steam Condensate Sea Water Hydraulic Oil Deck Water Seal Authors Note: Pipe Arrangement To Confirm During Visit and Valve Numbers To Add Steam Supply Condensate PT PT PT Ballast Connect To Cargo Oil Line (Port Manifold) To Cargo Oil Line Port Manifold IG151 Section 4.5 - Page 1 of 2 Issue: Draft 1 - November 2006 Document Title: Cargo Operating Manual Document Section 4: British Environment Revision: Draft 1 Date: November 2006 IMO No. 9260043 4.5 EMERGENCY INERTING The ballast tanks are each fitted with a Butterworth plate suitable for a portable tank cleaning machine. A single stub piece is positioned on each ballast tank with a 100mm flange for the purpose of providing a point for the connection of a flexible emergency inert gas line. On the inert gas main line there are six 100mm branch lines which allow for the free end of the flexible hose to be connected to the inert gas line. The vessel is provided with two sets of 100mm diameter by 20m length emergency flexible hoses for connection to the inert gas line and ballast tank. Procedure for Emergency Inerting via the Deck Plate Note: Inerting via the deck plate will only be able to provide an inerted tank at atmospheric pressure. a) Remove the cover plate from the 100mm stub piece on the ballast tank to be inerted. b) Prepare the emergency flexible hose and test it to ensure its electrical continuity prior to use. c) Connect the emergency flexible hose to the stub piece flange on the ballast tank. d) Isolate all cargo tank inert gas valves. e) Remove a suitably located 100mm flange blank from the inert gas branch line. Ensure that the hose string is grounded prior to starting the inert gas system. f) Start the inert gas system, adjust the discharge pressure to approximately 40 mbar and commence purging the ballast tank through the ballast air vents. g) Monitor the atmosphere of the tank until the oxygen content is below 8%. h) Shut down the inert gas system on completion and remove the flexible hose connection from the inert gas line and ballast tank stub piece. i) Blank off the inert gas line and ballast tank stub piece. j) Re-open all inert gas tank valves on the system. The ballast tank atmosphere should be frequently monitored to ensure that the oxygen level remains below 8% and that the inert gas pressure is topped up as required to keep the oxygen level down. Procedure for Emergency Inerting via Ballast Lines CAUTION To pressurise the tank with inert gas, the Winel vent must be blanked off, however that would leave the tank without over/underpressure protection unless a spare PV valve is fitted instead. If no PV valve is available, the tank pressure must be very closely monitored. a) Insert the spool piece between the inert gas main and the ballast main. b) Isolate as many cargo tanks from the IG main as possible. c) Set up the ballast line from the connection of the IG main to the ballast line to the tanks affected, then open isolating valves IG130 and IG165. d) Start the inert gas system, and when the oxygen level is satisfactory open the deck isolating valve IG145 and commence inerting the ballast tanks. e) On completion of inerting shut down the ballast system and crossover connection valves. f) Return any isolated cargo tanks to their normal condition. g) On completion shut the deck isolating block valve IG145 and stop the inert gas plant. Illustration 4.5b Ballast Tank Inerting Key Inert Gas Air/ Hyrocarbons Upper Deck Upper Deck Cargo Oil Tank Cargo Oil Tank Cargo Oil Tank From Inert Gas Main Flexible Hose Whinnel Type Vent Inert Gas Supply to Ballast Tanks for Top Feeding Alternative Emergency Inerting Via the Ballast Lines Ballast Main Ballast Main Section 4.5 - Page 2 of 2